Legrand gulf general catalogue part 4 by SENTOR ELECTRICAL

raised access floor metal trunking system

n System overview

A D

C F

A Trunking

F Leveling kit

B Flat angle

G Riser

C End cap

H Modular floor box (support frame + modules + lid and trim) Socket outlets and data sockets plates to be ordered separately

D Junction box E Coupler

I F loor box (full backbox + lid and trim) Socket outlets and data sockets plates to be ordered separately

n Standards

n Materials

Metal trunking according to standard EN 60-670 and EN 50085-2.2

Metal Duct and accessories

It ensures constant performance along the entire distribution up to the user connection point

Material pre-galvanised sheet steel (DX51D Z275 MAC) Standard thickness: 1 mm for body/diverders/covers Standard length: 2.44 m Number of compartments: 3 compartments

Classification for raised floor

Raised floor

6.2

Resistance to impact for installation and application

6.3

Minimum storage and transport temperature

6.3

Minimum installation and application temperature

6.3

Maximum application temperature

6.4

Resistance to flame propagation

Non-flame propagating

Electrical continuity characteristics

With electrical continuity characteristic (metal ducting & accessories)

Electrical insulating characteristics

Without electrical insulating characteristic (metal ducting & accessories)

6.5

6.6

6.7

Degree of protection provided by enclosure

6.9

System access cover retention

2.0 J - 25 째C - 5 째C + 60 째C

IP 20 With a tool

6.101

Floor treatment

6.102

Resistance to a vertical load applied over a small surface area

1500 N (1)

6.103

Optional classification: resistance to vertical load applied through large surface area

3000 N

6.103

Rated voltage

500 V

6.103

Protection against mechanical impact

IK 08

For dry treatment of floor

(1) For 4 compartments, resistance to vertical load applied over a small surface area = 750 N

599

flush floor metal trunking system

6897 61

6897 57 6897 51

6897 63

6897 66

6897 68

6896 36

Conform to BS EN 50085-1: 2005 and EN 50085-2.2 Provides power and data distribution channels in concrete floors This robust system offers a high degree of flexibility for applications requiring frequent maintenance or frequent layout changes Compatible with Cat. 6 structured cabling system Pack.

1 1

Cat.Nos

Metal trunking

IP 20 - IK 08 3 compartments (for separation between ELV and LV cables) made of pre-galvanised steel Supplied complete with 6 covers (406.55 mm) and dividers Length 2.44 m 6 897 50 300 x 65 mm 6 897 51 405 x 65 mm

Trunking accessories Fixing bracket For fixing trunking on floor or on leveling bracket Coupler For joining trunkings Junction boxes For direct access to cables at the intersection of trunkings while maintaining perfect separartion between ELV and LV cables Supplied complete with base, cover and fly-overs For 300 x 65 mm trunking For 405 x 65 mm trunking For junction between 300 x 65 and 405 x 65 mm trunkings

6 897 55

6 897 57

1 1 1

6 897 60 6 897 61 6 897 69

1 1

Risers 6 897 62 For 300 x 65 mm trunking 6 897 63 For 405 x 65 mm trunking

5 4

End caps 6 897 65 For 300 x 65 mm trunking 6 897 66 For 405 x 65 mm trunking

10 10

Leveling kit for trunking For raising trunking level up to 70 to 90 mm 6 897 67 For 300 x 65 mm trunking 6 897 68 For 405 x 65 mm trunking

Leveling kit for junction boxes 6 897 88 For raising junction box level up to 70 to 90 mm

600

Pack.

Cat.Nos

Support plate for floor boxes

To be fitted with lid and trim (p. 606) Integrating socket outlets or support plates (p. 607) For 300 x 65 mm trunking 6 896 36 For 3 compartments

1 1

For 405 x 65 mm trunking 6 896 37 For 3 compartments 6 896 47 For 4 compartments

Lids and trims for floor boxes (p. 606)

flush floor metal trunking system

n System overview

n Materials Metal trunking and accessories G

Material pre-galvanised sheet steel (DX51D Z275 MAC) Standard length: 2.44 m Number of compartments: 3 compartments Standard depth: 65 mm Standard thickness: 1.5 mm for body/2.5 mm for covers/1 mm for dividers

H C E

n Example of layout F

In order that the installation may exhibit the desired flexibility, the ducting is usually laid out on either a Grid, Fishbone or a Comb Pattern of single, double or triple runs

Grid Pattern

D B

A Trunking B End cap C Junction box D Coupler and leveling kit E Fixing bracket and leveling for trunking F Leveling for junction box G Riser H F loor box (support plate + lid and trim) Socket outlets and data sockets plates to be ordered separately

n Standards

A Grid Pattern is widely used in areas where the occupants require the highest degree of flexibility in reconfiguring workspace Capacity can be increased by returning individual ring mains through different runs of trunking, which in itself allows easier installation

Metal trunking according to standard EN 60-670 and EN 50085-2.2 It ensures constant performance along the entire distribution up to the user connection point Classification for flush floor 6.2

Resistance to impact for installation and application

6.3

Minimum storage and transport temperature

Flush floor 2.0 J - 25 째C

6.3

Minimum installation and application temperature

6.3

Maximum application temperature

6.4

Resistance to flame propagation

Non-flame propagating

Electrical continuity characteristics

With electrical continuity characteristic (metal ducting & accessories)

Electrical insulating characteristics

Without electrical insulating characteristic (metal ducting & accessories)

6.5

6.6

Fishbone Pattern

- 5 째C + 60 째C

6.7

Degree of protection provided by enclosure

6.9

System access cover retention

6.101

Floor treatment

6.102

Resistance to a vertical load applied over a small surface area

1500 N (1)

6.103

Optional classification: resistance to vertical load applied through large surface area

3000 N

6.103

Rated voltage

500 V

6.103

Protection against lechanical impact

IK 08

IP 20

The Fishbone Pattern is ideal for a medium sized area where fewer boxes are required

With a tool For dry treatment of floor

Comb Pattern

(1) For 4 compartments, resistance to vertical load applied over a small surface area = 750 N

The Comb Pattern is the most economical way of installation in which a minimum of trunking is used The Comb Pattern is suited for small to medium office areas

601

screed floor ducting system floor ducting and accessories

6897 00

6897 01

6897 20

6897 05

6897 00 + 6897 01

6897 22

6897 21

6897 23

6897 24

Technical characteristics p. 603 Conform to EN 50 085-2.2 Ductings are made from PVC or galvanised steel Minimum screed height 65 mm Compatible with Cat. 6 structured cabling systems Pack

Cat.Nos

PVC floor ducting

IP 20 - IK 08 For distributing LV and ELV cabling in screed floor installations PVC Can be combined with junction boxes, backboxes for wiring devices, fixing and coupler accessories Optimized profile to increase cabling capacity Ducting height 25 mm 6 897 00 75 x 25 mm - 1 compartment Can be assembled to obtain multiple compartment configurations For 150 x25 mm, 2-compartment floor ducting use 2 x Cat.No 6897 00 6 897 01 225 x 25 mm - 3 compartments For 300 x 25 mm, 4-compartment floor ducting use 1 x Cat.No 6897 00 + 1 x Cat.No 6897 01

Pack

Cat.Nos

40 40 40 25 40 25

6 897 10 6 897 15 6 897 20 6 897 25 6 897 30 6 897 35

10 10 10 5 10 5

6 897 11 6 897 16 6 897 21 6 897 26 6 897 31 6 897 36

1 1

6 897 22 6 897 32

1 1

6 897 23 6 897 33

20 10 10

6 897 14 6 897 19 6 897 24

5 15

6 897 29 6 897 34

6 897 39

Metal floor ducting

602

1 1

6 897 05 6 897 07

1 1

6 897 06 6 897 08

IP 20 - IK 08 For distributing LV and ELV cabling in screed floors installations. Particularly suitable for applications requiring EMC screening Pre-galvanised sheet Can be combined with junction boxes, backboxes for wiring devices, fixing and coupler accessories Ducting height 25 mm 225 x 25 mm - 3 compartments 300 x 25 mm - 3 compartments Ducting height 38 mm 225 x 38 mm - 3 compartments 300 x 38 mm - 3 compartments

Ducting accessories Fixing bracket For fixing floor ducting on the floor For 75 x 25 mm ducting (PVC) For 150 x 25 mm ducting (PVC) For 225 x 25 mm ductings (PVC and metal) For 225 x 38 mm ducting (metal) For 300 x 25 mm ductings (PVC and metal) For 300 x 38 mm ducting (metal) Coupler For joining ductings For 75 x 25 mm ducting For 150 x 25 mm ducting For 225 x 25 mm ductings (PVC and metal) For 225 x 38 mm ducting For 300 x 25 mm ductings (PVC and metal) For 300 x 38 mm ducting Junction box For direct access to cables at the intersection of floor ductings while maintaining perfect separation between ELV and LV cables Supplied complete with base, cover fly-overs and site cover For 150 and 225 mm width ductings For 300 mm width ducting Riser For 150 and 225 mm width trunkings For 300 mm width trunkings End cap For 75 x 25 mm ducting For 150 x 25 mm ducting For 225 x 25 mm ductings (PVC and metal) For 225 x 38 mm ducting For 300 x 25 mm ductings (PVC and metal) For 300 x 38 mm ducting

screed floor ducting system backboxes

screed floor ducting system

n System overview

D B

+ = 6896 34

Technical characteristics p. 603 Pack

Cat.Nos

Back-boxes

To be fitted with lid and trim (p. 606) Integrating socket outlets or support plates (p. 607) Accept PVC and metal screed floor ducting and conduits Ø20 and 25 mm Auto-adjustable to screed height 65 up to 90 mm For ducting up to 225 mm 6 896 34 3 compartments

1 1

For ducting up to 300 mm 6 896 35 3 compartments 6 896 45 4 compartments

Lids and trims for floor boxes (p. 606)

A B C D E

Ducting Coupler Junction box Fixing bracket Vertical trunking such as DLP

F Riser G Floor box (back-box + lid and trim) Socket outlets and data socket plates to be ordered separately

n Standards Standard EN 60-670 and EN 50085-2-2 concerns systems for distributing currents in the floor (sunken or surface mounted) It ensures constant performance along the entire distribution up to the user connection point Classification for screed floor

Screed floor

6.2

Resistance to impact for installation and application

6.3

Minimum storage and transport temperature

6.3

Minimum installation and application temperature

6.3

Maximum application temperature

6.4

Resistance to flame propagation

Non-flame propagating

Electrical continuity characteristics

Without electrical continuity characteristic (PVC ducting) With electrical continuity characteristic (metal ducting & accessories)

Electrical insulating characteristics

With electrical insulating characteristic (PVC ducting) Without electrical insulating characteristic (Metal ducting & accessories)

6.5

6.6

6.7

Degree of protection provided by enclosure

6.9

System access cover retention

2.0 J - 25 °C - 5 °C + 60 °C

IP 20 With a tool

6.101

Floor treatment

6.102

Resistance to vertical load applied through small surface area

1500 N (1)

6.103

Optional classification: resistance to vertical load applied through large surface area

3 000 N

For dry-treatment of floor

Rated voltage (PVC ducting)

500 V

Protection against mechanical impact

IK 08

(1) For 4 compartments, resistance to vertical load applied over a small surface area = 750 N

603

Supply power & data right to the desktop In order to guarantee convenience and performance for users in office buildings, Legrand offers different systems for distributing power and data to workstations depending on the building’s existing floor type

DISCOVER THE RANGES Floor boxes • The floor boxes can be integrated directly into the concrete or technical floor to allow distribution of power & data

Floor boxes for carpet, p. 606

Socket outlets for floor boxes, p. 607

Support plates for Arteor mechanisms, p. 607

Integrated workstation solutions • Pop-up boxes, power & data desk grommets, desk modules, meeting room multi-outlet extensions ... integrate harmoniously in all types of office furniture and bring power & data at your fingertips

new

new Pop-up boxes, p. 608

Power & data desk grommete, p. 610

Desktop modules, p. 612

Cable worm, p. 612

Central table meeting room multi-outlet extensions, p. 613

«U» table meeting room multi-outlet extensions, p. 613

new

604

MORE INFORMATION Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports, or contact your Area Commercial Manager

www.legrand.com

E-catalogue

Integrated Workstation Solutions

Workstation solutions guide

QR code

605

floor boxes

for carpet

for tiles/marble

6 896 30 + 6896 38 (p. 598) and wiring devices (p. 607)

Rigid cable exits

6 896 56 equipped with Arteor mechanisms (p. 374)

6 896 56 + 0 896 04

6 896 31 + 6 896 38 (p. 598) and wiring devices (p. 607)

Flexible cable exits

6 89655 55equipped equippedwith with 6896 Arteor mechanisms mechanisms(p.41) (p. 374)

6 896 55 + 0 896 04

6 896 51 equipped with Arteor mechanisms (p. 374)

6 896 51 + 0 896 04

6 896 32 + 6 896 38 (p. 598) and wiring devices (p. 607)

6 896 33 + 6 896 38 (p. 598) and wiring devices (p. 607)

Conforms to IEC 60670-23 and to BS EN 50 085-2.2 (see classification p. 598 to 603) Compatible with either raised access floor trunking system, Electrak busbar system, flush floor trunking system and screed floor system Pack

Cat.Nos

Lid and trims for carpet

Pack

1 1 1 1

6 896 30 6 896 31 6 896 32 6 896 33

To be fitted on either: - modular backbox or full backbox for raised floor (p. 598) - support plate for flush floor trunking (p. 600) - screed floor backbox (p. 603) To be equipped with dedicated socket outlets (p. 607), Arteor wiring accessories or 6C modules Supplied with flexible or rigid cable exits 3-compartment floor boxes Grey cover RAL 7031 with rigid cable exits Grey cover RAL 7031 with flexible cable exits Beige cover RAL 7031 with rigid cable exits Beige cover RAL 7031 with flexible cable exits

1 1 1 1

6 896 40 6 896 41 6 896 42 6 896 43

4-compartment floor boxes Grey cover RAL 1019 with rigid cable exits Grey cover RAL 1019 with flexible cable exits Beige cover RAL 1019 with rigid cable exits Beige cover RAL 1019 with flexible cable exits

1 20

For a metal finish on lid To be used instead of fitting carpet onto the lid 6 896 92 For 3-compartment floor boxes Dimensions: 245,5 x 210 mm 6 896 93 For 4-compartment floor boxes Dimensions: 322 x 210 mm 6 896 99 Metallic link between lid and trim

Cat.Nos

1 1 1

Single cable outlet stainless steel lid and trim 6 896 56 Edge trim for tile 8 to 15 mm thickness

Single cable outlet powder coated lid and trim 6 896 55 Edge trim for tile 8 to 15 mm thickness Grey RAL 7031 Double cable outlet stainless steel lid and trim 6 896 50 Edge trim for tile 8 mm thickness 6 896 51 Edge trim for tile 8 to 15 mm thickness 6 896 52 Edge trim for tile 15 to 22 mm thickness Specific backbox 0 896 04 For installation of floor boxes Cat.Nos 6 896 50/51/52/55/56 for screed floor system

Red catalogue numbers: New products

606

Lid and trim for tiles/marble To be installed in backbox Cat.No 0 896 04 for screed floor system To be equipped with dedicated socket outlets (p. 607), Arteor or 6C modules on special support plates (p. 607)

Stainless steel insert for lid 1

Conforms to IEC 60670-23 and to BS EN 50 085-2.2 (see classification p. 603) Compatible with screed floor system

floor boxes

socket oulet plates

empty wiring accessory plates

6 896 67

6 896 66

6 896 73

6 896 78

Side view

6 896 68 6 896 71

To be equipped with Arteor mechanisms p. 374 Pack

Cat.Nos

Socket outlets for floor boxes

Dedicated socket outlets for floor boxes 13 A - 250 VA 2-gang socket outlets 77 mm width 6 896 65 Unswitched

6 896 66

Switched

6 896 67

Switched for clean earth applications

6 896 69 Switched for staggered configuration 2 x 2-gang socket outlets 154 mm width plate staggered configuration 6 896 68 Switched

Pack

Cat.Nos

Support plates for Arteor mechanism Support plates for integration of Arteor mechanisms in floor boxes 77 mm width plate Flat support plates For 2 modules (2 x 1 module) For 4 modules (2 x 2 modules) For 6 modules (3 x 2 modules) For 6 modules (2 x 3 modules)

12 12 12 4

6 896 72 6 896 73 6 896 74 6 896 77

Waved support plates 6 896 78 For 4 modules (2 x 2 modules)

Support plates for 6C modules

12 12

Support plates for integration of 6C modules in floor boxes 77 mm width plate Flat support plates 6 896 70 For 2 modules (2 x 1 module) 6 896 71 For 4 modules (4 x 1 module)

12 4

Waved support plates 6 896 75 For 2 modules (2 x 1 module) 6 896 76 For 4 modules (4 x 1 module)

Support plates for Lexic DIN-rail equipment

Support plates for integration of DIN-rail equipment in floor boxes 77 mm width plate supplied with transparent plastic cover to avoid accidental handling 6 896 64 For 1 or 2 modules Supplied with 1-module blanking plate

Blank plates for floor boxes 12

To cover of an unused compartment 6 896 62 77 mm width plate

6 896 63 154 mm width plate

607

pop-up type flush-mounting boxes

NEW

for workstation & meeting room table applications

0 540 13

0 540 18

0 540 33

0 540 23

0 540 00

0 540 06

0 540 45

0 540 28

0 540 47

Technical characteristics see opposite Can be installed in concrete or raised access floors or integrated directly into the furniture (desks, meeting room tables, etc). Back Wired. Conform to IEC 60670-1, IEC 60670-23 et IEC 60884-1 Pack

Cat.Nos

1 1 1

0 540 10 0 540 15 0 540 20

1 1 1

0 540 12 0 540 17 0 540 22

1 1 1 1 1

0 540 11 0 540 16 0 540 21 0 540 26 0 540 31

1 1 1 1 1

0 540 13 0 540 18 0 540 23 0 540 28 0 540 33

Pop-up boxes to be equipped

Pack

Slim design for perfect integration into the floor or office furniture Soft opening for enhanced comfort and safety Equipped with "push and slide" locking system to avoid accidental opening by feet To be equipped with Arteor socket outlets For installation use the fl ush-mounting boxes for concrete floors or the kits for raised access floors or table top (see below) 3 modules Matt Aluminium finsih Brushed Brass Brushed Stainless Steel finish 6 (2 x 3) modules Matt Aluminium finsih Brushed Brass Brushed Stainless Steel finish 4 modules Matt Aluminium finsih Brushed Brass Brushed Stainless Steel finish Matt Black Glossy White 8 (2 x 4) modules Matt Aluminium finsih Brushed Brass Brushed Stainless Steel finish Matt Black Glossy White

Cat.Nos

1 1 1 1

0 540 00 0 540 02 0 540 01 0 540 03

10 10

6 503 90 6 503 31

1 1 1 1

0 540 05 0 540 07 0 540 06 0 540 08

1 1

0 540 44 0 540 45

1 1

0 540 46 0 540 47

Red catalogue numbers: New products

608

For installation of pop-up floor boxes in concrete floors Equipped with knockouts for â&#x2C6;&#x2026;20 and â&#x2C6;&#x2026;25 mm conduits Metal flush-mounting boxes 3 modules 6 (2 x 3) modules 4 modules 8 (2 x 4) modules Plastic flush-mounting boxes 3 modules 6 modules

Equipped pop-up boxes

Installation kits for raised access floors or table top Include an empty receptacle and fixing brackets for raised access floor tiles or table tops Equipped with cable retainer for power cables, to ensure increased safety of the installation Compatible with: - Cat. 6 data cabling - audio/video cabling 3 modules 6 (2 x 3) modules 4 modules 8 (2 x 4) modules

Flush-mounting boxes back wired for installation in concrete floors

Slim design for perfect integration into the floor or office furniture Soft opening for enhanced comfort and safety Equipped with "push and slide" locking system to avoid accidental opening by feet Supplied with installation kits for raised access floors or table top With power & data sockets - 4 modules Pre-wired and equipped with: - 1 x 2P+E socket - German standard - 2 x RJ 45 data sockets Cat. 6 UTP - 2 m cord with 2P+E plug - 3 m RJ 45 cord with RJ 45 Cat. 6 UTP plug Glossy White Brushed Stainless Steel finish With power, data & audio-video sockets 8 (2 x 4) modules Pre-wired and equipped with - 2 x 2P+E socket - German standard - 2 x RJ 45 data sockets Cat. 6 UTP - 1 HD 15 connector + 3.5 mm jack - 2 m cord with 2P+E plug - 3 m RJ 45 cord with RJ 45 Cat. 6 UTP plug - 0.1 m female VGA cord - 0.1 m female jack 3.5 mm cord Glossy White Brushed Stainless Steel finish

pop-up type flush-mounting boxes technical characteristics

n Technical characteristics

n Dimensions

Classification of pop-up flush-mounting boxes according to NFC 61-314 / EN 60670-1 / EN 60670-23 Earthing system: R < 0.05 Ohms Protection against mechanical impact: IK 07 Degree of protection: IP 30 cover open IP 40 cover closed Resistance to vertical load applied through small surface area: 1500 N cover open 3000 N cover closed Rated voltage: U 500 V - R > 5 MOhms Electric strength: 2000 V Installation on the floor: t o be insatlled on floor subjected to a dry treatment Material Halogen free, fire proofed and no propagator of the flame Corrosion resistant and to temperature changes

Cover

Finishes

Material

Brass

Brass material

Aluminium

Aluminium material

Stainless Steel

Zamak nickel coating

Black

Aluminium material with black painting

White

Aluminium material with white painting

Pop-up size

A (mm)

B (mm)

3 modules

120

4 modules

120

142.5

6 modules

120

230

8 modules

120

275

Empty pop-up

High/low current compatibility Floor type

High current

Low current

Concrete

Yes

Technical floor

Yes

Cat. 6 compatible

Furniture

Yes

Cat. 6 compatible

Pop-up size

n Installation Desk or technical floor

A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

3 modules

79.8

D (mm) 77.5

4 modules

102.3

114.5

77.5

6 modules

189.8

202

77.5

8 modules

231.6

247

77.5

Pop-up with installation kit for desk or technical floor

B A Pop-up size

A(1) (mm)

B(1) (mm)

3 modules

108

4 modules

108

131

6 modules

108

218

8 modules

108

263

1: +/- 1 mm

B Pop-up size

D A (mm)

B (mm)

C (mm)

3 modules

79.8

74.8

D (mm) 96.1

4 modules

102.3

114.5

74.8

96.1

6 modules

189.8

202

74.8

96.1

8 modules

231.6

247

74.8

96.1

Concrete floors (fixing centres, back wired)

Pop-up size

A (mm)

3 modules

4 modules

106.5

6 modules

194

8 modules

239

609

NEW

power & data desk grommets

for workstation & meeting room table application

0 540 80

0 540 60

0 540 86

0 540 62

0 540 73

0 540 63

0 540 66

0 540 67

Technical characteristics see opposite Particularly suitable for integration of power, mobile phone charger and data connections into desks Conform to IEC 60884-1 Pack

1 1 1

Cat.Nos

British standard

0 540 90 0 540 91 0 540 92

0 540 95 0 540 96 0 540 97

0 540 98

Equipped power & data desk grommets Easily retro fitted into a 60 to 80 mm diameter hole in current office desks and workspace table tops (by replacing the desk grommet) Cover opens to 180째 angle to prevent breaking 3680 W at 230 VA 16 A - 250 V Supplied with finishing plate With 2P+E socket Pre-wired and equipped with: - 1 x 2P+E socket with shutters - 2 m power cord with 2P+E plug White RAL 9003 finishing plate and mechanism Black RAL 9017 finishing plate and mechanism Stainless Steel finishing plate and black mechanism With 2P+E socket and USB phone charger Pre-wired and equipped with: - 1 x 2P+E socket with shutters - 1 x USB phone charger output 5 V= 750 mA - 2 m power cord with 2P+E plug White RAL 9003 finishing plate and mechanism Black RAL 9017 finishing plate and mechanism Stainless Steel finishing plate and black mechanism With 2P+E socket, USB phone charger and RJ 45 retractable cord Pre-wired and equipped with: - 1 x 2P+E socket with shutters - 1 x USB phone charger output 5 V= 750 mA - 1 x RJ 45 Cat. 6 UTP retractable cord (can be extended up to 1.35 m on user side) - 2 m power cord with 2P+E plug - 2 m Cat. 6 UTP data cable with RJ 45 plug White RAL 9003 finishing plate and mechanism

Pack

Cat.Nos

1 1

0 540 70 0 540 71

1 1

0 540 72 0 540 73

Empty power & data desk grommets To be equipped with Arteor socket outlets, pre-wired modules with retractable cords and finishing plates (see opposite) Easily retro fitted into a 60 to 80 mm diameter hole in current office desks and workspace table tops (by replacing the desk grommet) Cover opens to 180째 angle to prevent breaking For one 2P+E socket White RAL 9003 Black RAL 9017 For one 2P+E socket and USB phone charger Supplied with one USB phone charger output 5 V= 750 mA, to be wired White RAL 9003 Black RAL 9017

Finishing plates for empty power & data desk grommets 10 10 10 10

0 540 60 0 540 62 0 540 63 0 540 61

For fitting on an empty power & data desk grommets White RAL 9003 Black RAL 9017 Stainless Steel White RAL 9003 for Cat. 6A data networks

Pre-wired modules with retractable cords

For fitting on an empty power & data desktop modules (under the table top) Automatic cable rewind when not connected, for an optimized use of the desk surface Cat. 6 FTP 0 540 65 Equipped with: - 1.35 m RJ 45 Cat. 6 FTP retractable cord on the user side and - 1 x RJ 45 socket on the installation side Patch cord for connection to data network to be ordered separately (p. 725) Cat. 6 UTP 0 540 66 Equipped with - 1.35 m RJ 45 Cat. 6 UTP retractable cord on the user side and - RJ 45 socket on the installation side Patch cord for connection to data network to be ordered separately (p. 725) USB / micro USB 0 540 67 Equipped with - 1.35 m retractable cord with micro USB connector, on the user side and - 0.5 m cable with USB connector on the installation side

Drill 1

0 540 75 For cutting holes of 80 mm diameter

Red catalogue numbers: New products

610

power & data desk grommets technical characteristics

n Classification of power & data desk grommets Classification of power & data desk grommets according to IEC 60884-1 Standard IEC 60884-1

Level

of protection against access to hazardous parts and against harmful effects 7.1.1 Degree due to ingress of solid foreign objects

IP2X

7.1.2 Degree of protection against harmful effects due to ingress of water

IPX0

7.1.3 Provision for earthing

Accessories with earthing contact

7.1.4 Method of connecting the cable

Rewirable accessories

7.1.5 Type of terminals

Accessories with screw type terminals Accessories with screwless terminals for rigid and flexible conductors

7.2.1 Degree of protection against electric shock

Socket-outlets with increased protection

7.2.2 Existence of shutters

Socket-outlets with shutters

7.2.3 Method of application / mounting of the socket-outlet

Flush-mounting type Portable type Table type

7.2.4 Method of installation

Fixed socket-outlets where the cover or cover plate cannot be removed without displacement of the conductors (type B)

7.3.5 Intended use

Socket-outlets for circuits where a single earthing circuit provides protective earthing for connected equipment and exposed conductive parts of the sockets, if any

n Dimensions Ă&#x2DC; 100

Can be fitted directly into the desk, in the angle of the furniture Table top thickness : m in. 10 mm max. 34 mm

n Installation

180

150 mm

250

150 mm

min: 10 mm max: 40 mm

Ă&#x2DC; 80 mm

611

desktop multi-outlet extensions

desktop multi-outlet extensions to be equipped

6 535 50

0 535 90

0 535 91

6 535 53

Aluminium extensions with reversible cable guide for grouping cords of connected devices For low current sockets, connection on RJ 45 sockets or area distribution box with specific cord RJ 45/stripped Cat.Nos 0 517 96/97/98 (see p. 725) 2P+E sockets with 45째 sloping screw recesses for easy insertion of angled plug 16 A - 250 V - with shutters 3680 W at 230 V per circuit Conform to IEC 60-884-1 Pack

1 1

0 535 98

0 535 99

6 535 30

Cat.Nos

With high-current sockets

Supplied without cord Hight current connection on terminal blocks with cable grip 6 535 50 - 6 x 2P+E sockets - 1 illuminated switch 6 535 51 - 2 x 2P+E sockets - 2 x 2P+E tamperproof sockets

Pack

1 1 1

Cat.Nos

Aluminium extensions with cable guide (reversible) To be equipped with Arteor sockets 0 535 90 8 modules 0 535 91 12 modules 0 535 92 16 modules

Accessories 5 1

Fixing accessory 0 535 99 Fixing accessory to clip on desktop Cable worm 0 535 98 2 compartments Length: 0.75 m White colour Very suitable solution for a safe and design protection of the cabling between desk and floor

With high-current and low-current sockets

1 1

Supplied without cord Hight current connection on terminal blocks with cable grip 6 535 52 - 4 x 2P+E sockets - 3 x RJ 45 sockets Cat. 6 UTP 1 module 6 535 53 - 2 x 2P+E sockets - 2 x 2P+E tamperproof sockets - 2 x RJ 45 sockets Cat. 6 UTP - 2 blanking plates 1 module for VDI

With high-current sockets, USB phone charger and data connection 1

6 535 30 - 2 x 2P+E sockets - 1 x USB phone charger - 0.9 m RJ 45 Cat. 6 FTP retractable cord - 3 m power cord with 2P+E plug 6 535 31 - 2 x 2P+E sockets - 1 x USB phone charger - 2 x RJ 45 sockets Cat. 6 UTP - 3 m power cord with 2P+E plug

Red catalogue numbers: New products

612

Empty aluminium extensions

meeting room multi-outlet extensions with cord

6 535 75

6 535 77

6 535 72

6 535 70 Pack

Cat.Nos

For meeting rooms with central table

Equipped with 8 x 2P+E sockets with 45° sloping screw recesses for easy insertion of angled plug On/off switch with light indicator 3680 W at 230 VA Equipped with 5 m cord (HO5VVF 3G 1,5 mm2) with 2P+E plug Supplied with carrying case High current 6 535 74 For connecting up to 8 devices Composition: - 8 x 2P+E with 45° sloping screw recesses With non manageable switch 6 535 75 For connecting up to 8 devices and networking up to 6 peripherals (computers...) Requires 5 the use of Ethernet 10/100 base T network cards on the peripherals for 10/100 Mbps data exchanges Composition: - 8 x 2P+E sockets - 1 10/100 base T non manageable switch 6 ports Network cable not supplied With non manageable switch and HD 15 + jack socket 6 535 77 For connecting up to 7 devices and networking up to 6 peripherals (computers…) One connection point with HD 15 connector and a 3.5 mm jack Requires the use of Ethernet 10/100 base T network cards on the peripherals for 10/100 Mbps data exchanges Composition: - 7 x 2P+E sockets - 1 10/100 base T non manageable switch with 6 ports - 1 HD 15 socket + 3.5 mm jack - 1 female VGA cord, length 1 m. To be used with a VGA extension - 1 female jack 3.5 mm cord, length 1 m Network cable not supplied

Pack

Cat.Nos

For meeting rooms with U table

Aluminium extensions 2P+E sockets with 45° sloping screw recesses for easy insertion of angled plug 16 A - 250 VA with shutters 3680 W at 230 VA per circuit Equipped with 3 m cord (H05VVF, 3G 1,5 mm2) with 2P+E plug and 3 m cord with RJ 45 Cat.6 FTP plug, wired With switch 6 535 70 For connecting up to 6 devices and networking up to 6 peripherals (computers...) Requires 5 the use of Ethernet 10/100 base T network cards on the peripherals for 10/100 Mbps data exchanges Voltage power indicator on front panel Composition: - 6 x 2P+E sockets - 1 non manageable 10/100 base T switch 6 ports With non manageable switch and HD 15 + jack socket 6 535 72 For connecting up to 5 devices and networking up to 6 peripherals (computers…) One connection point with HD 15 connector and a 3.5 mm jack Requires the use of Ethernet 10/100 base T network cards on the peripherals for 10/100 Mbps data exchanges Composition: - 5 x 2P+E sockets - 1 10/100 base T non manageable switch with 6 ports - 1 HD 15 socket + 3.5 mm jack - 1 female VGA cord, length 1 m. To be used with a VGA extension - 1 female jack 3.5 mm cord, length 1 m

613

columns and half-columns to be equipped aluminium and white finishes

Installation freedom and flexibility

0 307 09 Equipped with column modules

0 307 07 Equipped with column modules

Supplied through the false floor or false ceiling, the columns and half-columns guarantee current distribution as closely as possible to the workstation

MAIN BENEFITS • More practical thanks to the mobile or fixed version of the columns • Mini-columns with a smaller size for an easier integration in workspaces • 4 compartments to separate power and data

- For distribution of power vertically with the input in separate ducts for high voltage and low voltage cables - Power supply via the ceiling and/or the floor - To be equipped with supports for wiring accessories

Mosaic socket outlet

Pack

Cat.Nos

new

Equipped column

Lighting module

more INFORMATION

www.legrand.com 614

E-catalogue

Alu

0 307 08

0 307 09

0 307 27

0 307 28

Columns and half-columns

Consisting of: - Aluminium body - Telescopic pole with height adjustment for installing between false ceiling and ceiling (length 1.10 m) - Two fixing bases with protective caps - Anodised aluminium or white PVC cover White 4-compartment columns 0 307 03 Height 2.70 m Can be adapted to a ceiling height of 3.80 m 0 307 07 Height 3.90 m Can be adapted to a ceiling height of 5 m 2-compartment half-columns Height 2.70 m Can be adapted to a ceiling height of 3.80 m Height 3.90 m Can be adapted to a ceiling height of 5 m

lighting modules for columns

NEW

mini columns, movable columns and supports

0 307 29 Equipped with column modules

Detection via adjustable sensor

0 307 42 Equipped with column modules

Example of lighting module on column

0 307 99 Pack

Cat.Nos

Lighting modules for columns

For installation on columns Cat.Nos 0 307 03/07/08/09 Conform to EN 60598-1 For two T5 Fluorescent lamps 24 W with 220-240 V electronic ballast, 50-60 Hz Steel frame available in aluminium or white finish Darklight grid: double parabolic, anti-glare, low brightness Equipped with fixing system to adjust the luminaire’s tilt angle ON/OFF lighting module Alu White 0 307 97 0 307 94 Enables lighting via one 45 mm auxiliary Mosaic control or presence sensor

Cat.Nos

Mini-column

Consisting of: - 4-compartment aluminium body - Fixing base with protective cap - 4 anodised aluminium or white PVC covers - Finishing cap Alu White 0 307 29 0 307 42 Height 68 cm

Movable column

Dimmable lighting module 0 307 98 0 307 95 Enables the user to set the lighting level on his workstation via a 45 mm Mosaic dimmer Light and presence sensor lighting module 0 307 99 0 307 96 Equipped with a sensor, the module detects the user’s presence and automatically adjusts the needed light level depending on natural light level

White

0 307 00

Comprising: - An aluminium base, length 2 m, 4 compartments - A Ø60 mm flexible sheath, capacity 4 x Ø20, length 2 m - 1 foot, 12 kg, size Ø400 mm - 4 white PVC covers Power supply from ceiling via a flexible sheath Radius of movement of the column in relation to power supply point: 1.5 m Fixing in false ceiling which must not be more than 3 m high Height 2.00 m

Supports for columns 1 1 1

To be equipped with Arteor sockets Alu White 0 307 78 0 310 65 4 modules - Length 215 mm 0 307 79 0 310 66 8 modules - Length 325 mm 0 307 80 0 310 67 12 modules - Length 415 mm

Red catalogue numbers: New products

615

columns and half-columns aluminium and white finishes

n Columns and half-columns Cat.Nos 0 307 03/07/08/09/27/28 Dimensions Protection covers for columns:

92 mm

The system of full aluminium columns offers: - The cable management - The use of various types of mounting boxes - An internal structure of aluminium with aluminium lids, protection accessories for columns and completion accessories - Until 4 equipped (mounting boxes) - Separation of data and energy cables - Energy supply by the ground or the overhead - Height 2.70 m/3.90 m (680 mm for mini-columns) can be adapted to a ceiling height 3.80 m/5 m

160 mm

Half-protection covers for half-columns:

Cat.No 0 307 03 Max. 3 800 mm Cat.No 0 307 07 Max. 5 000 mm

Réf. 307 08 Max. 3 800 mm Réf. 307 09 Max. 5 000 mm Cat.No 0 307 03 Max. 2 700 mm Cat.No 0 307 07 Max. 3 900 mm

Réf. 307 08 Max. 2 700 mm Réf. 307 09 Max. 3 900 mm

Cat.No 0 307 08 Max. 3 800 mm

Cat.No 0 307 09 Max. 5 000 mm Cat.No 0 307 42 : 680 mm

Cat.No 0 307 29 : 680 mm

Réf. 307 29 : 680 mm Cat.No 0 307 08 Max. 2 700 mm Cat.No 0 307 09 Max. 3 900 mm

Base plate of fixing for columns:

120 mm

Base plate of fixing for half-columns:

Aluminium body + PVC covers for columns:

Body

95 mm

Space available for cable management Body & mounting box

Ø Maxi

Section (mm2)

Ø Maxi

Section (mm2)

1250

2 x 13

350

1200

200

Columns 0 307 03/07/08/09

Aluminium body + PVC covers for half-columns: 52 mm

Half-columns 0 307 27/28

95 mm

616

over floor trunking

0 300 93

0 300 92

0 328 00

Conform to standard EN 50085-2-2 For creating a link between trunking, column, mini-column, floor units or protecting cables on passageways Supplied with cover

Over floor trunking 50 x 12 mm

10 10

0 300 11

0 300 18

2 18

0 328 001

Over floor trunking 75 x 18 mm 36

Cat.Nos

Flat angle

Trunking 0 300 931 Length 2 m, supplied with cover 3 compartments Capacity 1: max. Ø14 mm Capacity 2: max. Ø11 mm RAL 7030 Accessories 0 300 19 Cover joint

Pack 2

0 328 07

0 328 03

Over floor trunking 92 x 20 mm Trunking Length 2 m, supplied with cover 4 compartments Equipped with 2 adhesive strips for better floor fixing Capacity 1: max. Ø14.5 mm Capacity 2: max. Ø9.5 mm RAL 7016 Accessories End cap

2 20

Cat.Nos

0 300 921 Length 2 m, supplied with cover 3 compartments Capacity 1: max. Ø9 mm Capacity 2: max. Ø6 mm RAL 7030 Accessories 0 300 12 Cover joint

Pack

92 1 1 : maxi Ø 14,5 mm : 2 maxi Ø 9 mm

Cover joint

0 328 02

Flat angle

0 328 05

Junction to floor duct

75 1

Junction between floor duct and trunkings

Flat angle 5 5

0 107 71 + 0 106 90 0 107 72 + 0 106 90

To be used with Cat.No 0 328 00 For cover 65 mm For cover 85 mm

1: Number of metres in pack

617

Supply power & data through walls Legrand offers flexible and scalable solutions to ensure distribution of power and data through false ceilings and walls. All systems take high and low current functions to connect devices dedicated for workstation operability

DISCOVER THE RANGES Mini-trunking • DLP mini-trunking is particularly used for refurbishment projects

• The installation can be easily upgraded by adding or changing location of wiring devices

Distribution mini-trunking p. 620

PVC and aluminium trunking • The different ranges of DLP wall trunking are ideal, for new or refurbishment projects • They distribute power and data without major changes of the existing electrical installation

Skirting DLP trunking, p. 624

Dado DLP wall trunking, p. 626 618

DLP wall trunking PVC, p. 628

DLP wall trunking aluminium, p. 630

MORE INFORMATION Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports, or contact your Area Commercial Manager

www.legrand.com

E-catalogue

Workstation solutions guide

www.cablofil.com

QR code

619

distribution mini-trunking: profiles and accessories

BODIES

SECTION

Size and shape

Length 2m

15 x 10 20 x 12

NEW

FINISHING ACCESSORIES End cap

Internal angle

External angle

Flat angle

Cover joint

Flat T-junction

6 381 00

6 381 05

6 381 01

6 381 02

6 381 03

6 381 06

6 381 04

6 381 20

6 381 25

6 381 21

6 381 22

6 381 23

6 381 26

6 381 24

6 381 30

6 381 35

6 381 31

6 381 32

6 381 33

6 381 36

6 381 34

6 381 10

6 381 15

6 381 11

6 381 12

6 381 13

6 381 16

6 381 14

6 381 40

6 381 45

6 381 41

6 381 42

6 381 43

6 381 46

6 381 44

6 381 50

6 381 55

6 381 51

6 381 52

6 381 53

6 381 56

6 381 54

6 381 65

6 381 61

6 381 62

6 381 63

6 381 66

6 381 64

6 381 70

6 381 75

6 381 71

6 381 72

6 381 73

6 381 76

6 381 74

6 381 80

6 381 85

6 381 81

6 381 82

6 381 83

6 381 86

6 381 84

24 x 14

16 x 16

32 x 16

40 x 16

50 x 20

6 381 60

60 x 20

40 x 40

Red catalogue numbers: New products

620

DLPlus mini-trunking

n New standard EN 50085-2-1 Standard EN 50085-2-1 concerns electrical trunking systems for installation on walls or on the ceiling This new system standard proposes a tiered classification which allows performance to be adapted to the target applications To satisfy the requirements of NF C 15-100, Legrand has conformed to the current specifications of NF C 68-104 in terms of both performance and level of functions provided by the system To this end, our installation trunking (which carries electrical wiring accessories) is type 3 (installation) in the new standard Classification for DLPlus mini-trunking New standard EN 50085-2-1 6.2 Resistance to impact for installation and application 6.3 Minimum storage and transport temperature 6.3 Minimum installation and application temperature 6.3 Maximum application temperature 6.4 Resistance to flame propagation 6.5

Electrical continuity characteristic

6.6

Electrical insulating characteristic

6.7 6.9

Degrees of protection provided by enclosure System access cover retention

6.101

Position when surface mounted

6.102

Functions provided Rated current Protection against mechanical shocks

2.0 J - 25 째C - 5 째C + 60 째C Non-flame propagating With electrical continuity characteristic Without electrical insulating characteristic IP 40 With a tool Wall fixed Celling fixed Type 1 500 V IK 07

Compositions and functions of DLPlus mini-trunking systems (1 system per line) Finishing accessories End cap

Internal angle

External angle

Flat angle

Flat T-junction

Junction box

Cover joint

0 300 07/08

0 312 02

0 302 21

0 302 23

0 302 24

0 303 16

0 336 02

0 316 94/95/96

0 300 14/15

0 312 03

0 302 51

0 302 53

0 302 54

0 303 16

0 336 03

0 316 94/95/96

0 308 04

0 312 07

0 333 25

0 333 27

0 333 30

0 303 16/26

0 336 04

0 316 94/95/96

0 300 27

0 312 11

0 302 81

0 302 83

0 302 08

0 303 16/26

0 336 06

0 316 94/95/96

0 301 14

0 302 90

0 302 91

0 302 92

0 302 93

0 302 09

0 303 16/26/36

0 336 08

0 316 94/95/96

0 300 33

0 303 00

0 303 01

0 303 02

0 303 03

0 302 18

0 303 16/26/36

0 336 09

0 316 94/95/96

DLPlus range

Size

Frames 60 mm fixing centres

Cat.Nos

20 x 12.5

32 x 12.5

32 x 16

40 x 20

60 x 20

75 x 20

For technical data sheet, see e-catalogue

621

DLP trunking profiles and accessories

DLP TRUNKING skirting and dado - PVC 3 M length Angles Size (mm)

Lids width

Trunkings

Joints

End caps

Internal angles

External angles

Flat angles up

Flat angles down

1 x 42 curved + 1 x 85

6 204 58

6 208 46

6 207 14

6 206 18

6 206 29

6 206 43

6206 44

50 x 195

1 x 42 curved + 1 x 85 + 1 x 40

6 204 54

6 208 47

6 207 10

6 206 18

6 206 29

6 206 65

6206 66

50 x 195

2 x 42 curved + 1 x 85

6 204 55

6 208 48

6 207 13

6 206 10

6 206 30

DADO

SKIRTING

50 x 150

Number of compartments

6 206 67

DLP WALL trunking - PVC 2 M length Angles Trunking

Number of compartments

Cover width (mm)

85 85

Trunking complete with cover

Separation

Clips

Body joints

Cover joints

End caps

Internal angles 85 to 95째

External angles 60 to 120째

50 x 105

0 104 64

0 105 82

0 106 82

0 106 92

0 108 02

0 107 02

0 106 02

0 106 22

50 x 195

0 104 70

0 105 82

0 106 82

0 106 92

0 108 02

0 107 11

0 106 06

0 106 35

Body joints

Cover joints

End caps

Size (mm)

DLP WALL trunking - ALUMINIUM 2 M length Trunking Trunking

Number of compartments

Cover width (mm)

Rigid cover Separation partition

Division partition

Clips

Size (mm)

622

50 x 105

0 111 00

0 111 11

0 111 08

0 106 82

0 111 66 or 0 111 92

0 111 63

0 111 58

50 x 195

0 111 04

2 x 0 111 11

0 111 08

0 111 06

0 106 82

0 111 66 or 0 111 92

0 111 63

0 111 61

Supports

Backboxes

Flat junctions to a vertical trunking 50 x 195

2 modules

0109 92

0 109 93

0 109 94

0 109 96

6 207 57

0 109 92

0 109 93

0 109 94

6 207 59

0 109 92

0 109 93

0 109 94

3 modules

4 modules

6 modules

Junctions

8 modules

25 mm deep

35 mm deep

1-gang

2-gang

1-gang

2-gang

0 109 98

6 208 16

6 208 17

6 208 26

6 208 27

0 109 96

0 109 98

6 208 16

6 208 17

6 208 26

6 208 27

0 109 96

0 109 98

6 208 16

6 208 17

6 208 26

6 208 27

Supports

Flat angles Flat junctions Angled 2 modules 3 modules 4 modules to width junctions 105 mm

Backboxes 6 modules

8 modules

25 mm deep

35 mm deep

1-gang

2-gang

1-gang

2-gang

0 107 85

0 107 36

0 107 63 + 0 106 02

0 109 92

0 109 93

0 109 94

0 109 96

0 109 98

6 208 16

6 208 17

6 208 26

6 208 27

0 107 92

0 107 36

0 107 63 + 0 106 06

0 109 92

0 109 93

0 109 94

0 109 96

0 109 98

6 208 16

6 208 17

6 208 26

6 208 27

Angles Internal External angles angles

Junctions Flat angles

Supports

Flat Angled 2 junctions to junctions modules 50 x 105 mm

Backboxes

3 modules

4 modules

6 modules

8 modules

25 mm deep 1-gang

2-gang

35 mm deep 1-gang

2-gang

0 112 21 0 112 32 0 112 43

0 112 51

0 112 56 + 0 112 21

0 112 12

0 112 13

0 112 14

0 112 16

0 112 18

6 208 16

6 208 17 6 208 26 6 208 27

0 112 29 0 112 40 0 112 47

0 112 51

0 112 56 + 0 112 29

0 112 12

0 112 13

0 112 14

0 112 16

0 112 18

6 208 16

6 208 17 6 208 26 6 208 27

623

skirting DLP trunking 50 x 150

Internal angle Cat.No 6 206 18 Flat angle up Cat.No 6 206 43

External angle Cat.No 6 206 29

Selection chart p. 622-623 Wiring capacity p. 627 Pack

2-compartment trunking

Conforms to BS EN 50085-2-1 (where applicable) Material: high impact self-extinguishing PVC-U Colour: white RAL 9003 50 Trunking 6 204 58 50 x 150 supplied with covers and partitions Length: 3 m, supplied in 2 lengths of 3 m Cover width: 1 x 42 curved + 1 x 85 mm 6 208 46

Joint

Consists of a body coupler and lid joint strips

Angles 5

6 206 18

Internal angle Variable 90 °± 5° Consists of top and bottom parts and dividers

6 206 29

External angle Variable 90 ° ± 5° Consists of top and bottom parts and dividers

Flat angles 6 206 43 Flat angle up

6 206 44

Flat angle down

End cap 5

624

6 207 14

Pack of 2 containing a left and a right-hand cap

Cat.Nos

0 106 82

6 205 22

Spare flat lid width 85 mm Supplied in 8 lengths of 3 m

6 205 09

Spare curved lids width 42 mm Supplied in 2 lengths of 3 m

5 5 5 5

6 208 16 6 208 26 6 208 17 6 208 27

Backboxes 1-gang backbox 25 mm deep 1-gang backbox 35 mm deep 2-gang backbox 25 mm deep 2-gang backbox 35 mm deep

6 208 29

Cable grip Backbox cable grip

0 109 92

0 109 93

0 109 94

0 109 96

0 109 98

Clip for holding cable in place Lids

150

97.5

Accessories

Pack

Clip

52.5

Cat.Nos

Supports for Arteor mechanisms 2 modules 3 modules 4 modules 6 modules 8 modules

skirting DLP trunking 50 x 195

Internal angle Cat.No 6 206 18 External angle Cat.No 6 206 29

Flat angle up Cat.No 6 206 65

Selection chart p. 622-623 Wiring capacity p. 627 Pack

3 compartments trunking

Conforms to BS EN 50085-2-1 (where applicable) Material: high impact self-extinguishing PVC-U 50 Colour: white RAL 9003 Trunking 6 204 54 50 x 195 supplied with covers and partitions Length: 3 m, supplied in 2 lengths of 3 m Cover width: 1 x 42 curved + 1 x 85 mm + 1 x 40 52.5

6 208 47

Joint

Consists of a body coupler and lid joint strips

Angles 5

Cat.Nos

6 207 57

195

Pack

Flat junction Flat junction dado Up with a 195 x 50 mm dado trunking

52.5

Cat.Nos

6 206 18

6 206 29

6 206 65

6 206 66

Internal angle Variable 90 ° ± 5° Consists of top and bottom parts and dividers External angle Variable 90 ° ± 5° Consists of top and bottom parts and dividers Flat angles Flat angle up

Accessories Clip 50

0 106 82

Clip for holding cable in place

6 205 22

Spare flat lid width 85 mm Supplied in 8 lengths of 3 m

6 205 09

Spare curved lids width 42 mm Supplied in 2 lengths of 3 m

5 5

6 208 16 6 208 26

5 5

6 208 17 6 208 27

6 208 29

0 109 92

0 109 93

3 modules

0 109 94

4 modules

0 109 96

0 109 98

Lids

Backboxes 1-gang backbox 25 mm deep 1-gang backbox 35 mm deep 2-gang backbox 25 mm deep 2-gang backbox 35 mm deep Cable grip Backbox cable grip

Supports for Arteor mechanisms Flat angle down

End cap 5

6 207 10

Pack of 2 containing a left and a right-hand cap

2 modules

6 modules 8 modules

625

dado DLP trunking 50 x 195

Internal angle Cat.No 6 206 10 External angle Cat.No 6 206 30 Flat junction Cat.No 6 207 59

Flat angle Cat.No 6 206 67

Joint Cat.No 6 208 48

Selection chart p. 622-623 Wiring capacity p. 627 Pack

3-compartment trunking

Conforms to BS EN 50085-2-1 (where applicable) Material: high impact self-extinguishing PVC-U 50 Colour: white RAL 9003 Trunking 6 204 55 50 x 195 mm supplied with covers and partitions Length: 3 m, supplied in 2 lengths of 3 m Covers width: 2 x 42 curved + 1 x 85 mm

Cat.Nos

0 106 82

6 205 22

Spare flat lid width 85 mm Supplied in 8 lengths of 3 m

6 205 09

Spare curved lids width 42 mm Supplied in 2 lengths of 3 m

0 106 99

5 5 5 5

6 208 16 6 208 26 6 208 17 6 208 27

6 208 29

0 109 92

0 109 93

0 109 94

0 109 96

0 109 98

Clip

52.5

6 208 48

Consists of a body coupler and lid joint strips

Angles 5

Internal angle 6 206 10 Variable 90 °± 5° Consists of top and bottom parts and dividers 6 206 30

External angle Variable 90 ° ± 5° Consists of top and bottom parts and dividers

6 206 67

6 207 13

Pack of 2 containing a left and a right-hand cap

Junction 2

626

6 207 59

Flat junction

Backboxes 1-gang backbox 25 mm deep 1-gang backbox 35 mm deep 2-gang backbox 25 mm deep 2-gang backbox 35 mm deep

Backbox cable grip

Supports for Arteor mechanisms

Flat angle up and down

End cap 5

Wall feedthrough Provides a finish between the trunking and the wall for a feedthrough

Cable grip

Flat angle 2

Clip for holding cable in place Lids

195

Joint 5

Accessories

Pack

52.5

Cat.Nos

2 modules 3 modules 4 modules 6 modules 8 modules

skirting and dado DLP trunking

n Norms Composition and functions for skirting and dado trunking system (standard EN 50085-2-1)

Classification for skirting and dado trunking system (standard EN 50085-2-1) 6.2

Resistance to impact for installation and application

6.3

Minimum storage and transport temperature

- 25 °C

6.3

Minimum installation and application temperature

- 5 °C

2.0 J

6.3

Maximum application temperature

6.4

Resistance to flame propagation

Non-flame propagating

6.5

Electrical continuity characteristic

With electrical continuity characteristic

6.6

Electrical insulating characteristic

Without electrical insulating characteristic

6.7

Degree of protection provided by enclosure

6.9

System access cover retention

With a tool

6.101

Position when surface mounted

Wall fixed/Celling fixed

6.102

Functions provided

Type 1

Rated current

500 V

Protection against mechanical impact

IK 07

+ 60 °C

Dimensions

Cat.Nos

Type

Material

50 x 150

6 204 58

PVC

Sections mm² 1680/4190

50 x 195

6 204 54

PVC

1680/3900/2050

50 x 195

6 204 55

PVC

1680/3900/1680

IP 40

n Wiring capacity Dimensions

Number of compartments

Cover width

Crosssection (mm²)

42 curved

1680

Maximum

4190

Capacity

Ø max.

Conductors maximum capacity (for one specific conductor type) 1,5 mm2

2,5 mm2

4 mm2

6 mm2

3 x 1,5 mm2

3 x 2,5 mm2

UTP & FTP cat. 6

101

Maximum

254

188

165

122

2420

With supports 25 mm deep

146

108

1800

With supports 35 mm deep

109

1680

Maximum

101

3900

Maximum

236

175

153

113

2130

With supports 25 mm deep

3 x 23

129

1510

With supports 35 mm deep

7 x 12

40 curved

1680

Maximum

101

42 curved

1680

Maximum

101

3900

Maximum

236

175

153

113

2130

With supports 25 mm deep

3 x 23

129

1510

With supports 35 mm deep

7 x 12

2050

Maximum

124

1530

With Arteor supports

50 x 150 2 compartments 85

6 204 58

42 curved 50 x 195 3 compartments

6 204 54

50 x 195

85 3 compartments

6 204 55 40

627

DLP wall trunking - PVC 50 x 105

Cat.Nos for 50 x 105 trunking Changeable flat angle Cat.No 0 107 85

Flat junction Cat.No 0 107 35

Changeable external angle Cat.No 0 106 22

Changeable internal angle Cat.No 0 106 02

Selection chart p. 622-623 Wiring capacity p. 632 Pack

Cat.Nos

1-compartment trunking

0 108 02

0 106 92

Cover joint for 85 mm cover Body joint, attached with adhesive (fit at the end of installation)

Angles 10

0 106 02

Internal angle Changeable internal angle, from 85° to 100°

0 106 22

External angle Changeable external angle from 60° to 120°

0 107 85

Flat angle 90° flat angle

0 107 02

Junctions Right or left end cap

Junctions

628

Cat.Nos

0 106 82

Clip for holding cable in place

5 5

6 208 16 6 208 26 6 208 17 6 208 27

Backboxes 1-gang backbox 25 mm deep 1-gang backbox 35 mm deep 2-gang backbox 25 mm deep 2-gang backbox 35 mm deep

5 5

Cable grip 5

6 208 29

0 109 92

0 109 93

0 109 94

0 109 96

0 109 98

Additional partition 0 105 82 Separation partition Supplied in 12 lengths of 2 m Joints

0 107 36

Flat angle For a junction to a 105 mm wide trunking equipped with a 85 mm cover

0 107 63

Angled junctions For a junction to 50 x 105 trunking To be associated with an internal angle Cat.No 0 106 02

Accessories

Pack

Clip

105

Trunking 0 104 64 Complies with EN 50085-2-1 Can be associated with Arteor socket outlets and supports for 85 mm cover 50 Contains: - 1 body 50 x 105 mm, length 2 m - 1 flexible cover 85 mm width Supplied in 8 lengths of 2 m Maximum section: 4300 mm² per compartment Additional cover 0 105 22 Width 85 mm Supplied in 10 lengths of 2 m

Backbox cable grip

Supports for Arteor mechanisms 2 modules 3 modules 4 modules 6 modules 8 modules

DLP wall trunking - PVC 50 x 195

Cat.Nos for 50 x 195 trunking

Changeable internal angle Cat.No 0 106 06

Changeable flat angle Cat.No 0 107 92

Flat junction Cat.No 0 107 35

Changeable external angle Cat.No 0 106 35

Selection chart p. 622-623 Wiring capacity p. 632 Pack

Cat.Nos

2-compartment trunking

Cat.Nos

0 106 82

Clip for holding cable in place

5 5 5 5

6 208 16 6 208 26 6 208 17 6 208 27

Backboxes 1-gang backbox 25 mm deep 1-gang backbox 35 mm deep 2-gang backbox 25 mm deep 2-gang backbox 35 mm deep

6 208 29

Cable grip Backbox cable grip

0 109 92

Cover joint for 85 mm cover

0 109 93

Body joint, attached with adhesive (fit at the end of installation)

0 109 94

0 109 96

0 109 98

Clip

Trunking 0 104 70 Complies with EN 50085-2-1 Can be associated with Arteor socket outlets and supports for 85 mm cover 50 Contains: - 1 body 50 x 195 mm with 2 compartments - 2 flexible covers 85 mm width Supplied in 4 lengths of 2 m Maximum section: 3940 mm² per compartment Additional cover 0 105 22 Width 85 mm Supplied in 10 lengths of 2 m Additional partition 0 105 82 Separation partition Supplied in 12 lengths of 2 m 195

0 108 02

0 106 92

Joints

Angles 5

0 106 06

Internal angle Changeable from 85° to 100°

0 106 35

External angle Changeable from 60° to 120°

0 107 92

Flat angle 90° Flat angle

0 107 11

Accessories

Pack

Supports for Arteor mechanisms 2 modules 3 modules 4 modules 6 modules 8 modules

End cap Right or left end cap

Junctions 5

0 107 36

Flat junction For a junction to a 105 mm wide trunking equipped with a 85 mm cover

0 107 63

Angled junction For a junction to 50 x195 trunking To be associated with an internal angle Cat.No 0 106 06

629

DLP wall trunking - aluminium 50 x 105

Cat.Nos for 50 x 105 trunking

Internal angle Cat.No 0 112 21

External angle Cat.No 0 112 32

Flat junction Cat.No 0 112 51

Flat angle Cat.No 0 112 43

Selection chart p. 622-623 Wiring capacity p. 632 Pack

0 111 00

0 111 11

0 111 08

0 111 63

0 111 66

0 111 92

Aluminium DLP trunking

Trunking 50 x105 trunking, length 2 m Supplied without cover Supplied in 4 lengths of 2 m Cover Rigid cover 85 mm width Supplied in 8 lengths of 2 m Partition Separation partition Supplied in 12 lengths of 2 m Joints Cover joint for 85 mm cover

Cat.Nos

0 106 82

Clip for holding cable in place

5 5 5 5

6 208 16 6 208 26 6 208 17 6 208 27

Backboxes 1-gang backbox 25 mm deep 1-gang backbox 35 mm deep 2-gang backbox 25 mm deep 2-gang backbox 35 mm deep

6 208 29

Cable grip Backbox cable grip

0 112 12

0 112 13

0 112 14

0 112 16

0 112 18

0 111 88

Body joint attached with adhesive (fit at the end of installation) Body joint attached with splint

Angles 10

0 112 43

Flat angle

0 112 32

External angle

0 112 21

Internal angle

Accessories

Pack

Clip 105

Cat.Nos

Supports for Arteor mechanisms 2 modules 3 modules 4 modules 6 modules 8 modules

End cap 20

0 111 58

End cap

Junctions

630

0 112 51

0 112 56

Flat junction For 50 x105 trunking, cover width 85 mm

Angled junction For a junction to 50 x 105 trunking, cover width 85 mm Use with internal angle Cat.No 0 112 21

Earth link Earth link connector

DLP wall trunking - aluminium 50 x 195

Cat.Nos for 50 x 195 trunking External angle Cat.No 0 112 40

Internal angle Cat.No 0 112 29

Flat junction Cat.No 0 112 51

Flat angle Cat.No. 0 112 47

Selection chart p. 622-623 Wiring capacity p. 632 Pack

24 12

Aluminium DLP trunking

Trunking 0 111 04 50 x 195 trunking, length 2 m Supplied without cover Supplied in 2 lengths of 2 m

0 111 11

Cover

Rigid cover 85 mm width Supplied in 8 lengths of 2 m

Partitions Separation partition length 2m Supplied in 12 lengths of 2 m 0 111 06 Division partition for cover 85 mm width Supplied in 6 lengths of 2 m 0 111 08

0 111 63

0 111 66

0 111 92

Joints

Cover joint for 85 mm cover Body joint attached with adhesive (fit at the end of installation) Body joint attached with splint

Angles 2

0 112 47

Flat angle

0 112 40

External angle

0 112 29

Internal angle

Accessories

Pack

Cat.Nos

0 106 82

Clip for holding cable in place

5 5 5 5

6 208 16 6 208 26 6 208 17 6 208 27

Backboxes 1-gang backbox 25 mm deep 1-gang backbox 35 mm deep 2-gang backbox 25 mm deep 2-gang backbox 35 mm deep

6 208 29

Cable grip Backbox cable grip

0 112 12

0 112 13

0 112 14

0 112 16

0 112 18

0 111 88

Clip 195

Cat.Nos

Supports for Arteor mechanisms 2 modules 3 modules 4 modules 6 modules 8 modules

Earth link Earth link connector

End cap 10

0 111 61

End cap

Junctions Flat junction 5

0 112 51

For 50 x105 trunking, cover width 85 mm

0 112 56

Angled junction For a junction to 50 x 195 trunking, cover width 85 mm Use with internal angle Cat.No 0 112 29

631

DLP wall trunking - PVC

n Norms Level

Classification EN 50085-2-1 6.1

Void

6.2

Resistance to impact for installation and application

2.0 J

6.3

Minimum storage and transport temperature

- 25 °C

6.3

Minimum installation and application temperature

- 5 °C

6.3

Maximum application temperature

+ 60 °C

6.4

Resistance to flame propagation

Non-flame propagating

6.5

Electrical continuity characteristic

Without electrical continuity characteristic

6.6

Electrical insulating characteristic

With electrical insulating characteristic

6.7

Degrees of protection provided by enclosure

IP 40

6.9

System access cover retention

With a tool

6.101

Position when surface mounted

Wall fixed, ceiling fixed, wall fixed and supported by the floor or other horizontal surface

6.102

Prevention of contact between liquids and insulated conductors and live parts in case of CTS/CDS mounted in a skirting position and wet-treatment of floor

Instructions restricting the installation position

6.103

The functions provided

Type 3 (installation)

Rated current

500 V

Against mechanical shocks

IK 07

n Wiring capacity Dimensions

Number of compartments

Cover width

1 compartment

50 x 105

Cat.No 0 104 64

Conductors maximum capacity (for one specific conductor type)

Section (mm2)

Capacity

Ø max. 1.5 mm2

2.5 mm2

4 mm2

6 mm2

3x 1.5 mm2

3x UTP & FTP 1.5 mm2 cat. 6

260

113

169

125

2 x 24

137

102

4300

Maximum

2270

With Arteor support

3940

Maximum

238

177

155

114

1910

With Arteor support

115

3940

Maximum

238

177

155

114

1910

With Arteor support

115

85 50 x 195 2 compartments Cat.No 0 104 70 85

632

DLP wall trunking - aluminium

n Norms Level

Classification EN 50085-2-1 6.2

Resistance to impact for installation and application

2.0 J

6.3

Minimum storage and transport temperature

- 25 °C

6.3

Minimum installation and application temperature

+ 15 °C

6.3

Minimum application temperature

+ 60 °C

6.4

Resistance to flame propagation

Non-flame propagating

6.5

Electrical continuity characteristic

With electrical continuity characteristic

6.6

Electrical insulating characteristic

Without electrical insulating characteristic

6.7

Degrees of protection provided by enclosure

IP 40

6.9

System access cover retention

With a tool

6.101

Conditions d'utilisation

Wall fixed, ceiling fixed, wall fixed and supported by the floor (with Cat.No 105 80)

6.102

The functions provided

Type 1

Protection against mechanical impact

IK 07

n Wiring capacity Dimensions

Number of compartments

Cover width

1 compartment

50 x 105

Cat.No 0 111 00

Conductors maximum capacity (for one specific conductor type)

Section (mm2)

Capacity

Ø max. 1.5 mm2

2.5 mm2

4 mm2

6 mm2

3 x 1.5 mm2

UTP & FTP cat. 6

260

193

169

125

2 x 24

137

102

4300

Maximum

2270

With Arteor support

3940

Maximum

238

177

155

114

1910

With Arteor support

115

3940

Maximum

238

177

155

114

1910

With Arteor support

115

85 50 x 195 2 compartments Cat.No 0 111 04 85

n Installation principle

Install the upper and lower parts of the angle

Fix the partition junction

Clip the cover and the three elements of the angle

633

P.â&#x20AC;&#x2C6;636 Lighting management stand-alone presentation

Lighting management

P. 646 Lighting management system presentation

P. 656 BUS/KNX controllers selection chart

Access control

CCTV

P. 664 Access control presentation

P. 678 CCTV kits

P. 690 Emergency lighting presentation

Lighting management, access control & CCTV

Emergency lighting

P. 701 Weatherproof luminaires, safety portable lamps

NEW IN 2013 Lighting management (p. 636)

634

CCTV

(p. 678)

P. 638 Stand-alone sensors selection chart

P. 640 Stand-alone range

P. 648 System sensors selection chart

P. 649 Bus sensors

P. 660 Lighting management Radio/ZigBee®

P. 662 Building management

P. 666 Access control stand-alone

P. 668 Access control centralised

POWER

P. 650 BUS controls

P. 652 BUS/SCS controllers selection chart

P. 672 Safety equipment

P. 673 Sounders and safety boxes

AL2-24MR-A

P. 679 Analog cameras and DVR

P. 683 IP cameras

P. 686 IP network video recorder

P. 687 Video monitors

P. 691 Emergency lighting selection chart

P. 692 U34LED, U33

P. 696 S8 and U21NEW

P. 700 B66LED and B55

P. 704 L31

P. 706 Arcor2

P. 708 LVS2 adressable and monitoring system

P. 710 Conversion kits

U34LED

Emergency lighting units (p. 691)

635

Simple and cost-saving stand-alone sensors Legrand offers the ideal sensors for an effective lighting management solution

DISCOVER THE 2 STAND-ALONE SOLUTIONS 1 output: • ON/OFF sensors

• Ceiling, wall or wall outdoor mounting • Passive infrared (PIR), Ultrasonic (US) or Dual (DT) technology • Detection field: from 15 to 180 m2

2 outputs: • • • •

ON/OFF/Dimming sensors + room controller Ceiling, wall or wall outdoor mounting Passive infrared (PIR), Ultrasonic (US) or Dual (DT) technology Detection field: from 45 to 180 m2

+ Lighting management stand-alone sensors - 1 output, p. 640

Lighting management stand-alone sensors - 2 outputs, p. 642

3 technologies: • Passive infrared (PIR): detection of occupancy by reacting to infrared energy sources such as a human body in

motion • Ultrasonic (US) : emission of ultrasonic sound waves that bounce off objects in the covered space, and then measures the amount of time it takes for the waves to return • Dual technology (DT) : PIR+US technologies, ensures maximum sensitivity and coverage in tough applications for optimal reliability and energy saving

PIR sensors, p. 640, 641, 642, 643 636

US sensors, p. 641, 642

DT sensors, p. 641, 642, 643

MORE INFORMATION Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports, or contact your Area Commercial Manager

new

www.legrand.com

Switch sensors, Application guide

E-catalogue

Switch sensors, Design and installation guide

http://www.legrandoc.com

QR-code

637

lighting management stand-alone sensors main characteristics and applications

Outputs

Operation

Installation type

Sensor technology

Detection field

Diameter at 2.5 m

0 488 03

ON/OFF

ceiling

PIR

IP 20

45 m2

Ø8 m

• movement indoor

0 488 11

ON/OFF

wall

PIR

IP 20

45 m2

range 8 m

• movement indoor

0 697 40/80

ON/OFF

wall outdoor

PIR

IP 55

45 m2

range 8 m

• movement outdoor

5 740 47/5 740 97 5 740 34/5 740 94

ON/OFF

wall

PIR

IP 41

15 m2

range 8 m

• movement indoor

0 488 05

ON/OFF ceiling

IP 20

45 m2

Ø8 m

• restrooms • enclosed hallways • stairways

ceiling

DUAL TECH

IP 20

90 m2

Ø11 m

• offices • conference rooms • classrooms

ceiling

PIR

IP 20

45 m2

Ø8 m

• small offices • hallways • lobbies

ceiling

PIR

IP 20

30 m x 3 m

range 30 m

• corridor

wall

PIR

IP 42

length 30 m

range 30 m

• warehouse •h igh ceiling location

Cat.Nos

0 488 21 + 0 488 50/51/52

ON/OFF/ dimming

0 488 06 0 488 09

ON/OFF

0 488 22 + 0 488 50/51/52

ON/OFF/ dimming

0 488 07 0 488 08

ON/OFF

0 488 20 + 0 488 50/51/52

ON/OFF/ dimming

0 488 17

ON/OFF

0 488 13

ON/OFF

0 488 25 + 0 488 50/51/52

ON/OFF/ dimming

0 488 23 + 0 488 50/51/52

ON/OFF/ dimming

wall

DUAL TECH

IP 42

90 m2

range 7 m

• offices • conference rooms • classrooms

0 488 24 + 0 488 50/51/52

ON/OFF/ dimming

wall

PIR

IP 42

45 m2

range 5 m

• small offices • hallways • lobbies

0 488 10

ON/OFF wall outdoor

PIR

IP 55

180 m2

Ø15 m

• building entrance • warehouse

0 488 30 + 0 488 50/51/52

ON/OFF/ dimming

5 740 49/5 740 99

ON/OFF

wall

DUAL TECH

IP 41

15 m2

range 8 m

• offices • conference rooms

5 740 31/5 740 81

ON/OFF

wall

PIR

IP 41

15 m2

range 8 m

• small offices

PIR: Passive infrared technology, US : Ultrasonic technology, DUAL TECH : PIR and US technologies Red catalogue numbers: New products

638

Recommended application

lighting management stand-alone sensors main characteristics and applications

Cat.Nos

0 488 03

0 488 11

1 output

0 697 40/80

With neutral

5 740 47 5 740 97

With neutral

5 740 34 5 740 94

Without neutral

0 488 05

With neutral

0 488 06 0 488 09

With neutral

0 488 07 0 488 08

With neutral

0 488 17

With neutral

0 488 10

With neutral

0 488 13

2 outputs

With/ Power without supply neutral

With neutral

5 740 49/ 5 740 99

With neutral

5 740 31 5 740 81

Without neutral

0 488 50(1)

With neutral

0 488 51

0 488 52

With neutral

240 V

Halogen light

2000 W

ON/OFF TYPE OF LIGHT COMPATIBILITY ELV halogen Fluorescent light with separate Fluorescent with separate ferromagnetic or LED tube ferromagnetic or electromagnetic electronic ballast transformer

1000 VA

10 x (2 x 36 W)

1000 VA

500 W

Dimming

Compact fluorescent light DALI Contactors with 1-10 V Ballast ballasts 500 W -

100 V

1000 W

1500 VA

5 x (2 x 36 W)

500 VA

250 W

240 V

2000 W

1000 VA

10 x (2 x 36 W)

1000 VA

500 W

max. ≤ 2 A

100 V

1000 W

1500 VA

5 x (2 x 36 W)

500 VA

250 W

240 V

2000 W

1000 VA

10 x (2 x 36 W)

1000 VA

500 W

1000 W

1500 VA

5 x (2 x 36 W)

500 VA

250 W

240 V

2000 W

1000 VA

10 x (2 x 36 W)

1000 VA

500 W

500 VA

1000 W

500 VA

240 V

400 W max 40 W min

400 VA 40 VA

100 V

200 W max 20 W min

200 VA 20 VA

240 V

2000 W

1000 VA

5 x (2 x 36 W)

500 VA

250 W

250 VA

10 x (2 x 36 W)

1000 VA

500 W

1000 W

1500 VA

5 x (2 x 36 W)

500 VA

250 W

240 V

2000 W

1000 VA

10 x (2 x 36 W)

1000 VA

500 W

1000 W

1500 VA

5 x (2 x 36 W)

500 VA

250 W

240 V

2000 W

1000 VA

10 x (2 x 36 W)

1000 VA

500 W

1000 W

1500 VA

5 x (2 x 36 W)

500 VA

250 W

240 V

2000 W

1000 VA

10 x (2 x 36 W)

1000 VA

500 W

240 V

2000 W

1000 VA

10 x (2 x 36 W)

1000 VA

500 W

1000 W

1500 VA

5 x (2 x 36 W)

500 VA

250 W

240 V

2000 W

1000 VA

10 x (2 x 36 W)

1000 VA

500 W

1000 W

1500 VA

5 x (2 x 36 W)

500 VA

250 W

240 V

2000 W

1000 VA

10 x (2 x 36 W)

1000 VA

500 W

500 VA

1000 W

500 VA

5 x (2 x 36 W)

500 VA

250 W

250 VA

240 V

400 W max 40 W min

400 VA 40 VA

100 V

200 W max 20 W min

200 VA 20 VA

240 V

3600 W

1800 VA

500 W

1800 VA

100 V

1800 W

900 VA

250 W

900 VA

240 V

1000 VA

100 V

500 VA

240 V 100 V

max. ≤ 2 A

max. ≤ 2 A max. ≤ 2 A

100 V

max. ≤ 2 A

100 V

max. ≤ 2 A

100 V

max. ≤ 2 A

100 V

max. ≤ 2 A

100 V

max. ≤ 2 A max. ≤ 2 A

100 V

max. ≤ 2 A max. ≤ 2 A

100 V

max. ≤ 2 A max. ≤ 2 A

100 V

max. ≤ 2 A

max. ≤ 2 A max. ≤ 2 A

max. ≤ 2 A

2 x 16 ballasts

max. ≤ 2 A

Red catalogue numbers: New products

639

lighting management stand-alone sensors - 1 output

0 488 03

0 488 11

0 697 80

Technical characteristics p. 644 Automatic lighting management in rarely-used areas: (e.g. garages, storage spaces, corridors...). Mode: automatic on/off switching upon detection Manual adjustment of light level threshold and time delay via thumbwheel /screwdriver Pack

Cat.Nos

360° ceiling sensor - Detection field 45 m²

Fixed directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws (supplied) or installed in 50 mm deep flush-mounting box or in surface-mounting box Cat.Nos 0 488 74/75 PIR - Ø8 m Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m Consumption 0.4 W on standby 0 488 03 Automatic terminal connection All loads 8.5 A - 240 V

Pack

1 1

PIR - Maximum range 8 m - IP 55 Coverage pattern adjustable during installation process Screw terminal connection 0 697 40 Grey 0 697 80 White

NEW 1 1 1 1

5 740 47 5 740 97 5 740 34 5 740 94

Red catalogue numbers: New products

640

360° ceiling sensor - Detection field 45 m²

180° switch sensors - Detection field 15 m²

180° corner indoor sensor - Detection field 45 m² Supplied with fixing base PIR - Maximum range 8 m Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m Consumption 0.4 W on standby 0 488 11 Automatic terminal connection All loads 8.5 A - 240 V

Cat.Nos

Wall mounting PIR - Maximum range 8 m Screw terminal connection Arteor White - With neutral Magnesium - With neutral White - Without neutral Magnesium - Without neutral

lighting management stand-alone sensors - 1 output (continued)

0 488 07

0 488 17

0 488 13

Technical characteristics p. 644 Automatic lighting management in areas that benefit from natural light: (e.g. individual and open-plan offices, meeting rooms) Occupancy mode: automatic on/off switching upon detection Vacancy mode: manual switching on with push-button, automatic switching off Factory pre-set: time delay 15 minutes, light level threshold 500 lux for false ceiling sensors, 300 lux for flush-mounted sensors Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

360° ceiling sensors

Pack

Fixed directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws (supplied) or installed in 50 mm deep flush-mounting box or in surface-mounting box Cat.Nos 0 488 74/75 Detection field 45 m² - for private offices PIR - Ø8 m Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m Consumption 0.4 W on standby Vacancy and occupancy mode (push-button override or mobile configurator) 0 488 07 Automatic terminal connection All loads 8.5 A - 240 V 0 488 08 Fast connection All loads 8.5 A - 240 V Detection field 90 m² - for meeting rooms or large offices Dual-tech - Ø11 m Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 10 m Consumption 0.8 W on standby Vacancy and occupancy mode (push-button override or mobile configurator) 0 488 06 Automatic terminal connection All loads 8.5 A - 240 V

NEW 1

180° corner indoor sensor

For warehouses, corridors or very long areas PIR -Maximum range 30 m - IP 42 Consumption 0.4 W on standby Detection specially adapted for long narrow areas (example: corridors) or very high areas NEW (example: warehouses) Occupancy mode 0 488 13 Automatic terminal connection All loads 2.5 A - 240 V

270° outdoor sensors

0 488 09 Fast connection All loads 8.5 A - 240 V Detection field 45 m² - for enclosed spaces with obstacles US - Ø8 m Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m Consumption 0.8 W on standby Vacancy and occupancy mode (push-button override or mobile configurator) 0 488 05 Automatic terminal connection All loads 8.5 A - 240 V Detection field 90 m²- for corridors or very long areas PIR - 90 m² Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 20 m Consumption 0.4 W on standby Vacancy and occupancy mode (push-button NEW override or mobile configurator) 0 488 17 Automatic terminal connection All loads 8.5 A - 240 V

Cat.Nos

Detection field 180 m² - for building entrances, car parks PIR - Maximum range 15 m Front detection 10 m Lateral detection 30 m (2 x 15) IP 55 Consumption 0.4 W on standby Dual side detection specially adapted for wide areas (example: entrance hall) Vacancy and occupancy mode (push-button override or mobile configurator) 0 488 10 Automatic terminal connection All loads 8.5 A - 240 V

180° switch sensors - Detection field 15 m² for small conference rooms and private offices

1 1

Wall mounting Vacancy mode with neutral Dual-tech - Maximum range 8 m - IP 41 5 740 49 White 5 740 99 Magnesium

1 1

Vacancy mode without neutral PIR - Maximum range 8 m - IP 41 5 740 31 White 5 740 81 Magnesium

NEW

Red catalogue numbers: New products

641

lighting management stand-alone sensors - 2 outputs

+ 0 488 20

+ 0 488 22

0 488 50 (see opposite)

Technical characteristics p. 644 Automatic lighting management in areas that benefit from natural light: (e.g. individual and open-plan offices, meeting rooms) + Management of an additional circuit (lighting/air conditioning/ventilation etc.) Occupancy mode: automatic on/off switching upon detection Vacancy mode: manual switching on with push-button, automatic switching off Factory pre-set: time delay 15 minutes, light level threshold 500 lux for false ceiling sensors, 300 lux for flush-mounted sensors Precise adjustment though mobile configurators Pack

Cat.Nos

360° ceiling sensors

Fixed directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws (supplied) or installed in 50 mm deep flush-mounting box or in surface-mounting box Cat.Nos 0 488 74/75 Connect to 2 circuit controller Cat.No 0 488 50 by cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable fitted with RJ 45 connector Cat.No 0 488 72 Detection field 45 m² - for private offices PIR - Ø8 m Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m Consumption 0.2 W on standby 0 488 20 RJ 45 connection All loads 10 A - 240 V Detection field 90 m² - for meeting rooms or large offices Dual-tech - Ø11 m Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 10 m Consumption 0.5 W on standby 0 488 22 RJ 45 connection All loads 10 A - 240 V Detection field 45 m² - for enclosed spaces with obstacles US - Ø8 m Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m Consumption 0.5 W on standby 0 488 21 RJ 45 connection All loads 10 A - 240 V

Pack

Cat.Nos

Corner sensors

Supplied with fixing base Connect to 2 circuit controller Cat.No 0 488 50 by cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable fitted with RJ 45 connector Cat.No 0 488 72 180° corner sensor - Detection field 45 m² - for small of f ices PIR - Maximum range 8 m - IP 42 Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m Consumption 0.2 W on standby 0 488 24 RJ 45 connection All loads 10 A - 240 V 180° corner sensor - Detection field 90 m² - for conference rooms and large offices Dual-tech - Maximum range 11 m - IP 42 With directional head Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 10 m Consumption 0.2 W on standby 0 488 23 RJ 45 connection All loads 10 A - 240 V 270° corner sensor - Detection field 180 m² - for building entrances, car parks PIR - Maximum range 15 m Front detection 10 m Lateral detection 30 m (2 x 15) IP 55 Consumption 0.5 W on standby 0 488 30 RJ 45 connection All loads 10 A - 240 V

Special for corridors or very long areas 1

642

PIR - Front range 30 m - IP 42 With directional head 0 488 25 Specially adapted for long narrow areas Example: corridors, very high ceiling areas or warehouses

lighting management stand-alone sensors - 2 outputs (continued)

+ 0 488 23 (see opposite)

0 488 72

0 488 50

0 488 68

0 882 35

0 882 30

Cat.Nos

Room controllers

Pack

Ability to connect the sensor(s) and the push-button(s) Fixed directly to the false ceiling via cable ducting Controller/sensor output connection (up to 10 sensors Cat.Nos 0 488 20/21/22/23/24/30) by cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable to be fitted with RJ 45 connector Cat.No 0 488 72 Power supply 100/240 V Room controller 2 outputs 16 A 0 488 50 Allows 2 lighting circuits to be controlled in 2 different phases or 1 lighting circuit and 1 A/C circuit NEW Room control 1 input, 2 outputs DALI/DSI 0 488 51 Controller for DALI and DSI dimming Enables the window side of a room (which benefits from natural light) and the corridor (which has less natural light) to be dimmed separately with a single sensor 1 sensor input, 2 inputs for auxiliaries, 2 DALI outputs and 1 fan output (volt-free contact) For controlling light sources with sensors (with up to 5 sensors): - 2 x 16 DALI/DSI ballasts Connected via screw terminals Room control 1 input, 2 outputs 1-10 V 0 488 52 Dimming lighting controller 1-10 V Enables the window side of a room (which benefits from natural light) and the corridor (which has less natural light) to be dimmed separately with a single sensor 1 sensor input, 2 inputs for auxiliaries and 2 lighting outputs Connected via screw terminals

Cat.Nos

RJ 45-BUS/SCS connector

Allow controller(s) and sensor(s) to be connected directly using BUS/SCS wiring by branch connection 0 488 72 Male connector

0 488 68 Allows the number of controller inputs to be doubled

RJ 45 doubler

Mobile configurators

1 1

All sensors are pre-set in the factory - lighting threshold: 500 lux in false ceiling, 300 lux surface-mounted - time delay: 15 minutes and walkthrough function activated The mobile configurators allow the pre-adjusted settings and the detection sensitivity to be NEW readjusted 0 882 35 Step by step programming via pre-set buttons 0 882 30 Digital programming to the nearest decimal place Instant programming control Allows the settings of each sensor to be displayed Option of putting adjustment settings in the memory and using them for other sensors

IR Remote Control - ON/OFF-dimming control 1

0 882 31 Allows to manage 2 directions and general switch off Powered by two 1.5 V LR 03 alkaline batteries (supplied) For remote control of sensors Cat.Nos 0 488 05/06/07/08/09/10/13/20/21/22/23/24/25

NEW 5 5

Surface-mounting boxes

Used for surface-mounting ceiling sensors 0 488 74 For false ceiling sensors Cat.Nos 0 488 03, 0 488 07 and 0 488 20 0 488 75 For false ceiling sensors Cat.Nos 0 488 05/06, 0 488 17, 0 488 21/22 and 0 488 35

Red catalogue numbers: New products

643

lighting management remote control dimmers

lighting management stand-alone sensors n Ceiling mounting ll sensors have built-in bracket systems that enable ceiling A mounting. Most sensors are suitable for standard EU boxes (diam 65). This is important for applications where the ceiling is unavailable for sensor installation. Only one Cat.No for two ways of mounting.

0 036 59 Pack

0 036 58 Cat.Nos

0 036 60

Remote control dimmers 100 - 240 VA 50/60 Hz

Controlled via non-illuminated push-buttons DIN rail mounting The last lighting level is stored into memory, in case of power cut or switch-off Direct or remote control (switching and Number of dimming) with non-illuminated push-buttons modules 0 036 59 For incandescent and halogen lamp. 2 230 VA and ELV halogen lamps with ferromagnetic transformers Load: 60 to 600 W (for 230 VA 50/60 Hz) 0 036 58 For fluorescent lamps with 1-10 V dimmable 2 ballast (fluorescent tubes and compact fluorescent lamps with separated dimmable ballast) Ballast power: maximum 800 VA (for 230 VA 50/60 Hz) Control current: 50 mA Controlled via bus line DIN rail mounting Direct or remote control (switching and dimming) with non-illuminated double pushbuttons or bus peripherals Equipped with illuminated scale indicating the light level of controlled lamps Number of 0 036 71 For incandescent and halogen lamps 230 VA, ELV halogen lamps with ferromagnetic or electronic transformers Load: 1000 W (for 230 VA 50/60 Hz) 0 036 60 For fluorescent lamps with 1-10 V ballast (fluorescent tubes and compact fluorescent lamps with separated ballast) Ballast power: maximum 1000 VA (for 230 VA 50/60 Hz) Control current: 50 mA

Power supply for bus line 1

0 036 80 Bus power supply for remote controlled dimmers Cat.Nos 036 60/71 For maximum 8 peripherals

modules

n Wall mounting all mounting sensors have a mounting base. For easy and W quick mounting, the base has to be fixed against the wall,the wires connected to the automatic wiring block. Then the sensor part is fitted onto the base.

n Settings Most sensors feature Smart Factory Set technology, adjustments are typically not needed after installation. If adjustments need to be made (due to last minute changes in furniture or fixture placement), sensitivity and time delays should match the activity levels of the monitored spaces. Two commissioning tools can be used to adjust settings: For standard configuration: - Time level: 3, 5, 10, 15, 20 mn - Lux level: 20, 100, 300, 500, 1000 lux - Occupancy, occupancy walkthrough, vacancy modes - PIR & US detection sensibility: low, medium, high, very high - test mode

Number of modules

Occupancy mode 3'

Cat.No 0 882 35

Walkthrough mode Vacancy mode

For advanced configuration: This commissioning tool enables a very precise commissioning of your sensors. - Time: from 0 seconds to 60 mn - Lux: from 1 lux to 1275 lux - Detection mode: occupancy, occupancy walkthrough, vacancy modes - PIR & US detection sensibility: low, medium, high, very high - It also provides access to advanced functions such as calibration, alarms, choice of mode of detection (initial detection, maintain detection, retrigger), daylight function - It also allows downloading of sensor parameters, saving of these parameters in folders and their duplication Cat.No 0 882 30

644

n Room controller (2 outputs) The room controller is a key component of the lighting control system. It provides low voltage power to SCS sensors. Several sensors can be linked (up to 10). Only one Cat.No for several applications. Product features > Screw terminal block > Auxiliary input for manual control by simple push > 1 RJ 45 input for SCS sensors > 16 A outputs for lighting and fan

0 488 20

0 488 22

0 488 21

0 770 40/33

n Example of installation - Example of a 400 m2 premises Picture window

Picture window

Office 1 Hall Office 2

Picture window Picture window

Bathroom

Bathrooms Archives Office

Control of lighting according to presence and daylight levels in 400 m2 building

Infrared 45 m2

With manual switch-on / automatic switch-off

Meeting room

ECONOMY

€ 327 per year

Dual-tech 90 m2

ROI 2 years ECONOMY

497 kg eq. CO2 per year

Hall Workshops Warehouses

Meeting room Archives

CO2 equivalent of all polluting gases (CO2, methane, carbon monoxide, fluorinated gases, etc.)

Ultrasonic 45 m2

Workshops/Warehouses

Detector switches connected to pushbuttons Deliberate switch-on / automatic switch-off

Picture window Picture window Picture window Picture window

Calculation in euros made according to EN 15 193 standard and calculation in CO2 made using EIME software, Electricité de France model

Example of a 400 m2 public building or work premises with self-contained detectors and controllers (public spaces with capacity for 50 or more people) Work premises 3 offices regulated by self-contained ON-OFF detection - 1 output

Office 1

Office 2

Office 3

Picture window

Exhibition hall

Picture window Picture window

Picture window Picture window Picture window

Infrared 360°

Public building Exhibition hall

Unit and detector linked to pushbuttons: Deliberate switch-on / automatic switch-off Possibility of illuminated pushbutton with LED (accessibility regulations) Showroom

Bathroom

With ON-OFF manual switch-on / automatic switch-off and natural lighting ECONOMY

€ 350 per year ROI 2 years

Showroom

ECONOMY DALI controller Cat.No 0 488 51

DALI controller Cat.No 0 488 51

ON-OFF controller Cat.No 0 488 50

539 kg eq. CO2 per year CO2 equivalent of all polluting gases (CO2, methane, carbon monoxide, fluorinated gases, etc.)

Bathroom Picture window

Control of lighting according to presence and daylight levels in 400 m2 building

Window

Dual-tech detector Cat.No 0 488 22

Ultrasonic detector Cat.No 0 488 21

Infrared detector Cat.No 0 488 20

Calculation in euros made according to EN 15 193 standard and calculation in CO2 made using EIME software, Electricité de France model

645

Lighting management system: putting a stop to energy waste Legrand provides products and services that make buildings more energy-efficient Our lighting management systems ensure there is just the right amount of light when and where you need it

3 SYSTEMS: BUS/SCS, BUS/KNX AND RADIO/ZIGBEE® • BUS/SCS: local or remote control of lighting with the use of dedicated softwares

• BUS/KNX: automated control with interoperability between pre-existing applications (emergency lighting, measuring, fire alarms etc.) • Radio/ZigBee: to complete a BUS/SCS installation or for a complete wireless installation such as renovation

BUS/KNX, p. 649 to 659

Radio/ZigBee, p. 660, 661

Mobile configurators and remote controls, p. 650, 655, 661

Softwares and Building management, p. 655, 659, 662

BUS/SCS, p. 649 to 655

Manage and control your installation: • Local touch screen controls • Mobile configurators and remote controls • Software packs and Building management

Local touch screen controls, p. 655 and 659 646

MORE INFORMATION Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports, or contact your Area Commercial Manager

new

www.legrand.com

Lighting Management solutions

E-catalogue

Lighting Management solutions, Best practice guide for office buildings

http://www.legrandoc.com

QR-code

647

lighting management BUS/SCS and BUS/KNX system sensors main characteristics and applications

MAIN CHARACTERISTICS Cat.Nos

Recommended application

Sensor technology

Power supply

Detection field

Diameter at 2.5 m

ceiling

PIR

27 V powered by BUS/SCS or room controllers

IP 20

45 m2

Ø8 m

RJ 45

• small offices • hallways • lobbies

ceiling

27 V powered by BUS/SCS or room controllers

IP 20

45 m2

Ø8 m

RJ 45

• restrooms • enclosed hallways • stairways

ceiling

DUAL-TECH

27 V powered by BUS/SCS or room controllers

IP 20

90 m2

Ø11 m

RJ 45

• offices • conference rooms • classrooms

surface-mounting

DUAL-TECH

27 V powered by BUS/SCS or room controllers

IP 42

90 m2

range 11 m

RJ 45

• offices • conference rooms • classrooms

surface-mounting

PIR

27 V powered by BUS/SCS or room controllers

IP 42

45 m2

range 8 m

RJ 45

• small offices • hallways • lobbies

0 488 25

surface-mounting

PIR

27 V powered by BUS/SCS or room controllers

IP 42

180 m2

range 30 m

RJ 45

• warehouse • high ceiling location

0 488 30

surface-mounting

PIR

27 V powered by BUS/SCS or room controllers

IP 55

180 m2

Ø15 m

RJ 45

• building entrance • warehouse

0 488 20

0 488 21

0 488 22

0 488 23

0 488 24

648

Connection type

Installation type

lighting management BUS sensors

0 488 20

0 488 22

How to select your system

0 488 24

p. 651

BUS sensor for automatic lighting management in areas that benefit from natural light: (e.g. individual and open-plan offices, meeting rooms) To combine with BUS/SCS system (p. 652) or KNX system (p. 656) Occupancy mode: automatic on/off switching upon detection Vacancy mode: manual switching on with push-button, automatic switching off Factory pre-set: time delay 15 minutes, light level threshold 500 lux for false ceiling sensors, 300 lux for flush-mounted sensors Precise adjustment through mobile configurators Pack

Cat.Nos

360° ceiling sensors

Pack

Fixed directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws (supplied) or installed in 50 mm deep flush-mounting box or in surface-mounting box Cat.Nos 0 488 74/75 Connect to SCS or KNX controllers with connectors Cat.No 0 488 72 Detection field 45 m² - for private offices PIR - Ø8 m Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m Consumption 0.2 W on standby 0 488 20 RJ 45 connection All loads 10 A - 240 V Detection field 90 m² - for meeting rooms or large offices Dual-tech - Ø11 m Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 10 m Consumption 0.5 W on standby 0 488 22 RJ 45 connection All loads 10 A - 240 V Detection field 150 m² - for enclosed spaces with obstacles US - Ø14 m Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 12 m Consumption 0.5 W on standby 0 488 21 RJ 45 connection All loads 10 A - 240 V

Cat.Nos

Front range 30 m - IP 42 With directional head 0 488 25 Specially adapted for long narrow areas Example: corridors, very high ceiling areas or warehouses

180° switch sensors

1 1

Detection field 15 m² Occupancy sensors PIR -Maximum range 10 m - IP 41 5 740 46 White 5 740 96 Magnesium

1 1

Vacancy sensors Dual-tech - Maximum range 10 m - IP 41 5 740 48 White 5 740 98 Magnesium

NEW

Lighting measurement cell 1

0 488 28 Used in conjunction with detectors it allows synchronisation of lighting measurement The mobile configurator must be used to configure the lighting cell Cat.No 0 882 30 (p. 655) Connects to BUS/SCS cable with connector Cat.No 0 488 72

180° and 270° corner sensors

Supplied with fixing base Connect to 2 circuit controller Cat.No 0 488 50 by cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable fitted with RJ 45 connector Cat.No 0 488 72 180° corner sensor - Detection field 45 m² - for small offices PIR - Maximum range 8 m - IP 42 Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 6 m Consumption 0.2 W on standby 0 488 24 RJ 45 connection All loads 10 A - 240 V 180° corner sensor - Detection field 90 m² - for conference rooms & large offices Dual-tech - Maximum range 11 m - IP 42 With directional head Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 10 m Consumption 0.2 W on standby 0 488 23 RJ 45 connection All loads 10 A - 240 V 270° corner sensor - Detection field 180 m² - for building entrances, car parks PIR - Maximum range 15 m Front detection 10 m Lateral detection 30 m (2 x 15) IP 55 Consumption 0.5 W on standby 0 488 30 RJ 45 connection All loads 10 A - 240 V

Special for corridors or very long areas

RJ 45-BUS/SCS connectors 1 1

Allow controller(s) and detector(s) to be connected directly using BUS/SCS wiring by branch connection 0 488 72 Male connector 0 488 73 Female connector

Surface-mounting boxes 5 5

Used for surface-mounting ceiling sensors 0 488 74 For ceiling sensors Cat.Nos 0 488 03, 0 488 07 and 0 488 20

NEW

0 488 75 For ceiling sensors Cat.Nos 0 488 05/06, 0 488 21/22 and 0 488 35

Red catalogue numbers: New products

649

lighting management BUS/SCS and BUS/KNX system controls

5 739 74

Arteor key covers and plates p. 406 and 407, 426

5 739 02

Individual or centralised controls for lighting management Supplied with BUS/SCS connector Cat.No 0 492 22 (p. 655) for connection with BUS/SCS and KNX controllers Connection: - to the fixed room controller via BUS/SCS cable fitted with connector Cat.No 0 488 72 (p. 649) - directly to the BUS/SCS cable in the event of a modular control unit Pack

Cat.Nos

"Push-button type" lighting control units

Used to control 1 circuit ON/OFF control units - 2 way Used to control 2 lighting circuits 0 675 53 ON/OFF control unit

Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

Allows several controllers to be operated 4 buttons allowing 1 scenario to managed per button Example: lighting level adjustment, lighting control with openings... 5 739 02 White 5 739 03 Magnesium

"Switch type" multifunctional control units

For controlling a group of controllers: ON/OFF, dimming, ventilation, roller blinds 1 way 0 675 52 "Switch type" multifunctional control unit

Remote control devices - scenario controls

Allowing scenario to be managed Example: lighting level adjustment, lighting control with openings... in the same way as normal cut off IR/RF control - 5 scenarios 0 882 32 Powered by two 1.5 V LR 03 alkaline batteries (supplied) IR/RF control with screen - 16 scenarios 0 882 33 Powered by two 1.5 V LR 03 alkaline batteries (supplied)

Red catalogue numbers: New products

650

Scenario management

>>>

SELECT YOUR SYSTEM

n For BUS/SCS installations Local or remote control of all lighting in the building's installation with the use of dedicated software Bus/SCS

BUS/SCS products Controller

General control

Sensor

BUS products

Control

BUS/SCS : see p. 652 to 655

n For BUS/KNX installations Automated control with interoperability between pre-existing applications (emergency lighting, measuring, fire alarms etc.) Bus/KNX

KNX products General control

Controller

Sensor

BUS products Sensor

Control

BUS/KNX : see p. 656 to 659

651

lighting management BUS/SCS system room controllers MAIN CHARACTERISTICS Cat.Nos

Number of outputs

Power supply

240 V

0 488 41

0 488 42

0 488 44

MULTI-APPLICATION

1 x 1000 VA

1 x 500 W

1800 VA

1 x 500 VA

1 x 250 W

1 x 500 VA

240 V

3600 W

2 x 1000 VA

2 x 500 W

2 x 1000 VA

100 V

1800 W

1800 VA

2 x 500 VA

2 x 250 W

2 x 500 VA

240 V

3600 W

2 x 1000 VA

2 x 500 W

2 x 1000 VA

2 100 V

1800 W

1800 VA

2 x 500 VA

2 x 250 W

2 x 500 VA

240 V

3600 W

4 x 1000 VA

4 x 500 W

4 x 1000 VA

4 100 V

1800 W

1800 VA

4 x 500 VA

4 x 250 W

4 x 500 VA

240 V

4 -

2000 W

2000 VA

2 x 500 W(1) with min 40 W per output

2 x 1000 VA

2 100 V

1000 W

1000 VA

2 x 250 W(1) with min 20 W per output

240 V

3600 W

3600 VA

2 x 1000 W

2 x 1000 VA

2 x 500 W

2 lighting +

0 488 47 2 automation

1: Compatible with most types of dimmable

100 V

LED

1800 W

1800 VA

2 x 500 W

2 x 500 VA

2 x 250 W

Motors

1 x 1000 VA

1800 W

240 V

652

3600 W

LED

Automation

Compact fluorescent DALI light with Ballast 1-10 V ballasts

100 V

0 488 45

3600 W

Dimming

DIMMING

0 488 43

ON/OFF

Fluorescent ELV halogen light with with separate Halogen Fluorescent separate ferromagnetic or light tube ferromagnetic electromagnetic or electronic transformer ballast

ON/OFF

0 488 40

TYPE OF LIGHT COMPATIBILITY

2 x 500 VA

4 x 32 ballasts

500 VA

lighting management BUS/SCS system DIN controllers CHARACTERISTICS Cat.Nos

Number Number Power of of supply outputs modules

ON/OFF DIMMING MULTI-APPLICATION

100 V

1 x 1800 W

1 x 500 VA

1 x 250 W

240 V

2 x 3600 W

2 x 1000 VA

2 x 500 W

100 V

2 x 1800 W

2 x 500 VA

2 x 250 W

240 V

4 x 3600 W

4 x 1000 VA

4 x 500 W

100 V

4 x 1800 W

4 x 500 VA

4 x 250 W

240 V

8 x 3600 W

8 x 1000 VA

8 x 500 W

100 V

8 x 1800 W

8 x 500 VA

8 x 250 W

240 V

4 x 1000 VA

100 V

4 x 500 VA

240 V

1 x 1000 W

1 x 1000 VA

1 x 500 W(1)

100 V

1 x 500 W

1 x 500 VA

1 x 250 W

240 V

2 x 400 W

2 x 400 VA

1 x 200 W(1)

100 V

2 x 200 W

2 x 200 VA

1 x 100 W

240 V

100 V

240 V

100 V

240 V

100 V

240 V

0 038 44 1: Compatible with most types of dimmable

1 x 500 W

0 038 42

1 x 1000 VA

0 038 41

1 x 1000 VA

0 026 33

1 x 3600 W

0 026 22

1 x 3600 W

0 026 21

240 V

0 026 12

Compact fluorescent light DALI Motor with 1-10 V Ballast ballasts

0 026 04

LED

Automation

0 026 02

Dimming

0 026 01

ON/OFF

Fluorescent ELV halogen light with with separate Halogen Fluorescent separate ferromagnetic or light tube ferromagnetic electromagnetic or electronic transformer ballast

0 026 00

TYPE OF LIGHT COMPATIBILITY

100 V

8 x 16 ballasts

4Ax1 output

2Ax2 outputs

2Ax4 outputs

LED Red catalogue numbers: New products

653

lighting management BUS/SCS system room controllers

0 488 42

lighting management BUS/SCS system DIN controllers

0 026 33

0 488 47

Connection: - to the sensor by cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable BUS/SCS to be fitted with RJ 45 connector Cat.No 0 488 72 (p. 649) - to the BUS/SCS directly by cord or cable to be fitted with RJ 45 / BUS/ SCS connector Cat.No 0 488 72 (p. 649) Can be controlled for each output by a sensor and/or an individual or centralised BUS/SCS control Configuration with controls and sensors: - intuitive by default - Plug nâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; go mode - product customisation by touch support or by mobile configurator Cat.No 0 882 30 (p. 655) (via sensors) - Push nâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; learn mode - via programming software Cat.No 0 488 80 (p. 655) Install on false ceiling via cable ducting Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

ON/OFF lighting controllers

1 1 1

Dimming controllers 1

1 1

DIN controllers and interfaces connected to the BUS/SCS by BUS/SCS cable Each output is independent and can be used in conjunction with a control Configuration with controls and sensors: - intuitive with Cat.No 0 035 70 (addressing module) - product customisation by touch support - through programming software Cat.No 0 488 80 (p. 655)

Pack

0 488 40 16 A on 1 output 0 488 41 16 A on 2 outputs

For DALI protocol 0 488 44 4 outputs 16 ballasts maximum per output For 1-10 V ballast 0 488 42 2 outputs 1000 VA maximum per output 0 488 43 4 outputs 1000 VA maximum per output For LV and ELV halogen 0 488 45 2 outputs 1000 W maximum per output

0 038 42

Cat.Nos

ON/OFF lighting controllers

0 026 00 1 x 16 A output 4 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 0 026 01 2 x 16 A outputs 4 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 0 026 02 4 x 16 A outputs 6 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 0 026 04 8 x 16 A outputs 10 x 17.5 mm DIN modules

Dimming controllers 1

1 1

Multi-application controllers 1

0 488 47 2 or 1-10 V dimming lighting outputs 1 blinds output 1 fan output

0 488 68 Allows the number of controller inputs to be doubled

For 1-10 V ballast 0 026 12 4 outputs - 1000 VA maximum per output 10 x 17.5 mm DIN modules For LV and ELV halogen 6 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 0 026 21 1 output - 1000 W maximum 0 026 22 2 outputs - 500 W maximum per output For DALI protocol 10 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 0 026 33 8 outputs 16 ballasts maximum per output, frame steering

Multi-application controllers

RJ 45 doubler

1 1 1

N/O contact For roller blinds and motors 2 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 0 038 41 1 x 16 A output 0 038 42 2 x 6 A outputs 0 038 44 4 x 6 A outputs

Addressing module 1

0 035 70 To be used with DIN dimming controllers and ON/OFF lighting controllers for automatic or customised configuration 2 x 17.5 mm DIN modules

Red catalogue numbers: New products

654

lighting management BUS/SCS system touch screen control and DIN equipment

0 035 62

5 739 58 Pack

lighting management BUS/SCS system software and accessories

Cat.Nos

0 488 81

Area manager

Pack

0 026 45 Includes 2 functions: - manages scenario programming (for example: time management, lighting, presence) - IP interface links the BUS/SCS infrastructure and the IP network Requires power supply unit Cat.No 0 634 42 For operation, requires software pack Cat.No 0 488 81 or for supervision requires Cat.No 0 488 82 (see opposite) 6 x 17.5 mm DIN modules

Touch screen controls - scenario management

BUS/SCS multiple scenarios Allows manual or programmed control of lighting (lighting level), openings, fans and multimedia equipment. Option of timed management To be installed in flush-mounting box Cat.Nos 0 892 79 or 0 893 79 (p. 436) 5 739 58 Equipped with White and Magnesium surround To be equipped with Arteor plates Cat.Nos 5 764 84 (Mirror White), 5 764 83 (Mirror Black), 5 764 86 (Stainless Steel), 5 764 80 (Gold Brass) and 5 764 87 (Wooven Metal)

Extension gateways

For BUS/SCS 0 035 60 230 VA - 27 V= - 1.2 A 8 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 0 035 67 230 VA - 27 V= - 0.6 A 2 x 17.5 mm DIN modules

Software packs

0 488 80 Pack 1: - quoting software - product setup on AutoCad installation diagram - system configuration (addressing and product interlinking) 0 488 81 Pack 2: - quoting software - product setup on AutoCad installation diagram - system configuration (addressing and product interlinking) - use (installation monitoring and maintenance with optimised energy consumption in the building) Option of installing remote control on the PC desktop 0 488 82 Pack 3: - quoting software - product setup on AutoCad installation diagram - system configuration (addressing and product interlinking) - use (installation monitoring and maintenance with optimised energy consumption in the building) Option of installing remote control on the PC desktop - supervision (surveillance and remote control of the installation)

Supplied on a reel 0 492 31 Length 100 m 0 492 32 Length 500 m 0 492 33 Length 200 m halogen free

Mobile configurators

1 1

Modular power supply units 1

0 882 30

BUS/SCS cables 1

Allow the BUS/SCS to communicate with other systems Scenario module 0 035 51 Allows scenarios to be created through link with Arteor Cat.No 5 739 60 without a software tool Wiring system - BUS/SCS 0 035 53 Used to connect traditional wiring accessories (for example: switch, timer, external sensor) 2 independent contacts 2 x 17.5 mm DIN modules BUS - BUS/SCS extension 0 035 62 Used to extend a line beyond 175 products and 300 m and therefore allows product identification in the same line Needs a power supply Cat.Nos 0 035 60/67 2 x 17.5 mm DIN modules

Cat.Nos

0 882 35

All sensors are pre-set in the factory - lighting threshold: 500 lux false ceiling, 300 lux surface-mounted - time delay: 15 minutes and walkthrough function activated The mobile configurators allow the pre-adjusted settings and the detection sensitivity to be readjusted 0 882 35 Step by step programming via pre-set buttons 0 882 30 Digital programming to the nearest decimal place using digital screen Instant programming control Allows the settings of each sensor to be displayed Option of putting adjustment settings in the memory and using them for other sensors

BUS/SCS connector 10

Enables the BUS/SCS to be connected to a BUS/SCS control unit 0 492 22 Screw terminals

For Cat.No 0 026 45 0 634 42 220-240 VA - 50/60 Hz - 12 V= - 1.2 A 2 x 17.5 mm DIN modules

Red catalogue numbers: New products

655

lighting management BUS/KNX system room controllers MAIN CHARACTERISTICS

DIMMING AND ON/OFF

Cat.Nos

Number of outputs

0 488 62

DIMMING

0 488 61

0 488 64

0 488 66

TYPE OF LIGHT COMPATIBILITY

Power supply

Halogen light

240 V

3600 W

ELV halogen with Fluorescent light separate with separate Fluorescent ferromagnetic or ferromagnetic tube electromagnetic or electronic transformer ballast

3600 W

4 x 1000 VA

â&#x20AC;&#x2020;

Dimming

LED

Compact fluorescent light with 1-10 V ballasts

4 x 500 W

4 x 1000 VA

DALI Ballast

100 V

1800 W

1800 VA

4 x 500 VA

4 x 250 W

4 x 500 VA

240 V

2000 W

2000 VA

100 V

1000 W

1000 VA

240 V

4 x 32 ballasts

100 V

240 V

8 x 16 ballasts

100 V

Red catalogue numbers: New products

656

ON/OFF

lighting management BUS/KNX system DIN controllers CHARACTERISTICS Cat.Nos

Number Power Outputs of supply modules

240 V

0 026 00 + 0 026 34

ON/OFF

1 x 3600 W

1 x 1000 VA

LED

1 x 500 W

Dimming

Compact fluorescent light DALI with 1-10 V Ballast ballasts

100 V

1 x 1800 W

1 x 500 VA

1 x 250 W

240 V

2 x 3600 W

2 x 1000 VA

2 x 500 W

100 V

2 x 1800 W

2 x 500 VA

2 x 250 W

240 V

4 x 3600 W

4 x 1000 VA

4 x 500 W

100 V

4 x 1800 W

4 x 500 VA

4 x 250 W

240 V

8 x 3600 W

8 x 1000 VA

8 x 500 W

0 026 04 + 0 026 34

1 x 3600 W

ELV halogen Fluorescent light with separate with separate Fluorescent ferromagnetic or ferromagnetic tube electromagnetic or electronic transformer ballast

â&#x20AC;&#x2020;

0 026 02 + 0 026 34

Halogen light

ON/OFF

0 026 01 + 0 026 34

TYPE OF LIGHT COMPATIBILITY

100 V

8 x 1800 W

8 x 500 VA

8 x 250 W

240 V

64 ballasts

0 026 35

DIMMING

0 026 33 + 0 026 34

240 V

4 x 1000 VA -

100 V

4 x 500 VA

240 V

1 x 1000 W

1 x 1000 VA

0 026 21 + 0 026 34

0 026 22 + 0 026 34

100 V

0 026 12 + 0 026 34

8 x 16 ballasts

100 V

1 x 500 W

1 x 500 VA

240 V

2 x 400 W

2 x 400 VA

100 V

2 x 200 W

2 x 200 VA

Red catalogue numbers: New products

657

EW lighting management N BUS/KNX system room controllers

lighting management BUS/KNX system DIN controllers

KNX certified

0 488 62

0 488 64

0 026 33

0 026 35

Connection on BUS/KNX cable Cat.No 0 492 91 (p. 659) with connectors Connection on BUS/KNX cable Cat.No 0 492 91 with connectors installed installed on the product on the product Configuration by ETS programming tool Configuration by ETS programming tool Pack

Cat.Nos

0 488 62

0 488 61

0 488 64

0 488 66

BUS/KNX room controllers for dimming

Pack

Can be controlled for each output by a sensor and/or an individual BUS control Connect to the sensor by cord or RJ 45 cable or BUS/SCS cable to be fitted with RJ 45 connector Cat.No 0 488 72 (p. 649) For 1-10 V ballast 4 outputs 1000 VA maximum per output Can also provide "ON/OFF" control of 4 circuits For LV and ELV 2 outputs 1000 W maximum per output For DALI protocol 4 outputs 32 ballasts maximum per output 8 outputs 16 ballasts maximum per output

Cat.Nos

For DALI protocol 0 026 35 Used to control 64 ballasts individually Supplied with DALI addressing tool 6 x 17.5 mm DIN modules

KNX DIN controllers 1

1 1 1 1

KNX multi-channel DIN controller 0 026 34 For use with BUS/SCS DIN controllers (p. 654), BUS controls and sensors (p. 649-650) For connecting these products to the BUS/KNX system Supplied with power supply unit Cat.No 0 035 67 2 + 2 x 17.5 mm DIN modules ON/OFF lighting controllers 0 026 00 1 x 16 A 4 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 0 026 01 2 x 16 A 4 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 0 026 02 4 x 16 A 6 x 17.5 mm DIN modules 0 026 04 8 x 16 A 10 x 17.5 mm DIN modules Dimming controller for DALI protocol 10 x 17.5 mm DIN modules

0 026 33 8 outputs 16 ballasts maximum per output, frame steering Dimming controller for 1-10 V ballast 0 026 12 4 outputs - 1000 VA maximum per output 10 x 17.5 mm DIN modules Dimming controllers for LV and ELV halogen 6 x 17.5 mm DIN modules

1 1

0 026 21 1 output - 1000 W maximum 0 026 22 2 outputs - 500 W maximum per output

Red catalogue numbers: New products

658

BUS/KNX DIN controller for dimming

EW lighting management N BUS/KNX system touch screen control and interface

lighting management BUS/KNX system installation supervision n Operating principle of the IP communication module Cat.No 0 035 43

0 035 43 0 488 84

n Operating principle of the supervision gateway Cat.No 0 035 44 0 035 44 Pack

Cat.Nos

5.7'' touch-screen control - scenario management

0 488 84 BUS/KNX multiple scenarios For connection to BUS/KNX cable Cat.No 0 492 91 with the connectors installed on the product Allows several BUS/KNX controllers to be operated Allows manual or programmed control of lighting (lighting level), openings, fans and multimedia equipment Manages scenario programming (for example: time management, lighting, presence) Supplied complete with aluminium finishing plate, support and flush mounting box

LAN

Cat.No 0 488 84

BUS/KNX - USB interface 1

0 035 47 Used to connect a PC to the BUS/KNX system via the USB port 1 x 17.5 mm DIN module

KNX bus coupling unit 1

0 035 16 For extending the installation beyond 64 KNX units To use with Cat.No 0 035 12 2 modules

0 035 12 230 VÂą 29 V= - 320 mA 4 modules

0 492 91 Length 500 m

0 035 43 BUS/KNX - IP gateway 2 functions: - The IP interface provides the link between the BUS/KNX infrastructure and the IP network to set the parameters remotely with ETS tool - Web communication interface to activate scenarios remotely via a dedicated Web page Enables off-site operation 4 x 17.5 mm DIN modules

0 035 44 Used together with Legrand and third party systems, this building manager enables: - Processing and combination of the data from these systems (KNX, Modbus and Bacnet protocols) - Automatic control by time programming, load shedding, management of conditions, etc. - Alarm monitoring and surveillance - All these data to be available for an overall supervision system

Measurement control unit Cat.No 0 264 35

Modular power supply unit

BUS/KNX cable IP communication module

Building manager

Red catalogue numbers: New products

659

lighting management Radio/ZigBee® control units and room controllers

Key cover for ZigBee mechanisms

0 672 36 + 5 745 58 + 5 735 51

0 672 40 + 5 745 70 + 7 735 51

p. 418

5 738 62

Radio/ZigBee® 2.4 GHz, signal range 100 m Operates in association with Radio/ZigBee® products - with BUS/SCS installation using BUS/SCS interface - Radio ZigBee® Cat.No 0 488 32 (see below) To be fitted with Arteor plates (p. 408-409 & 406-413)

Lighting remote control transmitters

Pack

Cat.Nos

0 672 35

1-circuit switch

0 672 36

2-circuit switch

0 672 39

Pack

Cat.Nos

240 VA switches

Transmitter/receiver switches Installation in flush-mounting box, depth 50 mm recommended 2 modules 0 672 33 Switch with neutral - 2500 W - 1 circuit

0 672 34

0 672 63

5 738 62 1 output - 2500 W

Switch with neutral - 2 x 1000 W - 2 circuits

1-circuit dimmer

Roller blind controller/receiver 100/240 VA controller/receiver

Roller blind control transmitters 1

0 672 64

1-circuit switch

ON/OFF lighting room controller

Dimming room controllers

Wall mounting scenario controllers

To be equipped with round or square key covers (p. 418) and 2-module plates (p. 408-415). Supplied with multi-standard support frames (with removable fins). Standard rocker plates and plates can be replaced by touch plates (p. 420), technical information on e-catalogue. Surface mounting with direct fixing of support frame on wall. No wiring needed. Supplied with batteries. 4-scenario controllers 0 672 40 4 push-buttons to control 4 scenarios (1 scenario can control several functions: shutters, lighting...)

5 735 51

1 1

For 1-10 V ballast 5 738 66 1 output - 500 VA For LV and ELV halogen 5 738 64 1 output - 600 W

BUS/SCS interface - Radio/ZigBee ® 1

0 488 32 Used to link a BUS/SCS installation and an additional Radio/ZigBee® installation BUS/SCS interface - Radio/ZigBee ® Installs on false ceiling

0 488 37 Used to increase the receiving distance from the radio signal Power supply 240 VA

Repeater

Multi-standard support frame For scenario controllers, light and roller blind transmitter Radio/ZigBee®

ZigBee ®: ZigBee ® certified product with Manufacturer Specific Profile Red catalogue numbers: New products

660

lighting management Radio/ZigBee® sensors and remote control units

lighting management Radio/ZigBee® sensors and remote control units n Use case No 1: also using a BUS/SCS infrastructure BUS/SCS interface Radio/ZigBee® Cat.No 0 488 32

BUS/SCS infrastructure with DALI BUS/SCS controller 4 outputs Cat.No 0 488 44

Infrared sensor 45 m² Cat.No 0 488 20 Extension block with Radio/ZigBee 2-way control. Cat.No 0 784 48: lighting, and computer

Wireless control unit Cat.No 0 784 43

0 488 14 Pack

Cat.Nos

0 882 32

0 882 33

230 VA sensors

Recommended fixing height: 2.50 m 360° detection field 90 m²- for working areas Fixed directly to a false ceiling with mounting claws (supplied) or installed in 50 mm deep flush-mounting box or in surface-mounting box Cat.No 0 488 75 Dual-tech - Ø11 m Optimum distance between 2 sensors: 10 m 0 488 35 Allows accurate presence detection as soon as the signal given by the sensor is interrupted (for example: hands movement) 270° detection field 180 m²- for passage areas Surface-mounting sensor PIR Front detection 10 m Lateral detection 30 m (2 x 15) IP 55 0 488 14 Detection specially adapted for building entrance, warehouses, car parks

Where an office is fitted out completely in glass and the bus/SCS cannot drop vertically, a wireless Radio/ZigBee ® control unit can be installed at the door. At the same time in the extension block, a 230 V Radio/ZigBee® control unit will allow office lighting to be controlled and will allow this to be switched on and off from the PC

n Use case No 2: using only Radio/ZigBee®

230 V Luminors

Luminors Sensor 230 V Detection field 180 m² Cat.No 0 488 14

Battery-powered sensor

Powered by two 1.5 V LR 03 alkaline batteries (supplied) Recommended fixing height: 2.50 m 270° detection field 180 m²- for passage areas Surface-mounting sensor PIR Front detection 10 m Lateral detection 30 m (2 x 15) IP 55 0 488 31 Detection specially adapted for building entrance, warehouses, car parks

Remote control devices - scenario controls

Wireless control unit Cat.No 0 784 43

The new thermal regulation recommendations are that a manual on-switch and an automatic cut-off will provide an even bigger saving (55%) In a building renovation for example, if a large area is fitted with selfcontained presence sensors but the vertical connection cannot be made with its control points, Radio/ZigBee® wireless control units will be installed

ZigBee ®: ZigBee ® certified product with Manufacturer Specific Profile Red catalogue numbers: New products

661

building management

NEW

active building management

Active building management The building manager viewer, for small service sector projects, can be used with the building manager controller for service sector buildings requiring interoperability between different systems, Legrand's or others'

0 490 04 Pack

Global management of different systems •U nique system with dedicated supervision software: display, analysis, alarm • Multi-system: automated control

1 1

Cat.Nos

0 035 44

Building manager viewer

Software providing display, analysis and alarms for small service sector projects: - Display of the status of the connected systems - Simple scenario control of the systems - Display of alarms - Time programming For permanent installation on a dedicated PC Integrated configuration wizard for easy creation of the project and the display screens: Legrand solutions pre-programmed (lighting management, emergency lighting, power measurement, fire alarms) When used with the building manager controller Cat.No 0 035 44, provides total building management 0 490 00 Up to 100 points 0 490 04 Up to 2000 points

Building manager controller 1

Lighting management system: BUS/SCS p. 652 or BUS/KNX p. 656 Power measurement: p. 160 Emergency lighting: p. 692

Interoperability between Legrand systems or other systems

MORE INFORMATION Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports, or contact your Area Commercial Manager

www.legrand.com

0 035 44 Automatic control system dedicated to automated control in service sector buildings requiring interoperability between the various connected systems: - Legrand solutions: lighting management, emergency lighting, power measurement, fire alarms - Other solutions: HVAC, etc. • Performs the following: - Collection of data from the various systems: KNX IP, MODBUS IP, BACNET IP, SCS IP - Programming of scripts (with algorithm), alarms and data logging - Exchanges of collected data between systems (example: display of the measured power circuit consumption values on digital screen) - Inclusion of HVAC systems (air conditioning, heating) - Sending emails for alarms • For installation in the VDI cabinet with dedicated patching of the various application systems • Can be used with the building manager viewer Cat.No 0 490 00 or 0 490 04 to display the installation • Operates with: - The measurement offer: with the RS 485/IP converter Cat.No 0 046 88, or with communication modules Cat.Nos 0 146 76/78 used with the measurement control unit Cat.No 0 146 69 - The BUS/KNX lighting offer, with the KNX/IP converter Cat.No 0 035 43 - The BUS/SCS lighting offer with the zone controller Cat.No 0 026 45 - The BUS/SCS actimetry offer with the zone controller Cat.No 0 026 45 - The emergency lighting offer with the management interface for addressable self-contained emergency lighting units Cat.No 0 626 00

E-catalogue Red catalogue numbers: New products

662

building management active building management

n BUS/KNX active building management with several Legrand or other systems

+ 1st example: Active building management with the building manager viewer Cat.No 0 490 00 or 0 490 04 for display, analysis and alarms

2nd example: Active building management with the building manager viewer Cat.No 0 490 00 or 0 490 04 + building manager controller Cat.No 0 035 44 for interoperability between the various connected systems: - Legrand solutions: lighting management, emergency lighting, power measurement, fire alarms - Other solutions: HVAC, etc.

KNX IP

BACNET

MODBUS IP

n Example: Lighting management + emergency lighting + power measurement + fire alarm

RS 485/IP converter Cat.No 0 046 88

IP/KNX gateway Cat.No 0 035 43 Management interface for addressable units Cat.No 0 626 00

Detector

Control

Detector

Control

Detector

Control

BUS/KNX

Detector

SATI addressable emergency lighting unit

Controller

BUS RS 485

Controller

DPX3 MCB

SATI addressable emergency lighting unit

Measurement control unit

SATI addressable emergency lighting unit

Electricity meter

Touch screen

663

Access control: suitable solutions for professional or private requirements The access control system is used to manage flows of people when connected with a site, a building, a closed room or area, a tool (workstation, computer...). To be appropriate to each situation the system must answer 5 questions: where? why? when? How many people are concerned? Which readers to choose?

DISCOVER OUR 2 SOLUTIONS: STAND-ALONE OR Centralised • Stand-alone: to manage and ensure the security of people where no management of events or supervision is required (eg: hotels). Up to 500 users, 32 groups with encoder • Centralised: to manage office or healthcare buildings. Up to 10 000 users, 64 groups with encoder

Stand-alone, p. 666

Centralised, p. 668

3 technologies to be used on their own or in combination • Coded keypads • Badge readers • Biometric/Fingerprint readers

Coded keypads, p. 666, 668 664

Badge readers, p. 666, 668, 670

Biometric readers, p. 667, 670

MORE INFORMATION Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports, or contact your Area Commercial Manager

Access control solutions, Practical guide and applications

E-catalogue

www.legrand.com

QR-code

665

NEW access control stand-alone badge readers

access control stand-alone keypads

0 778 78

0 778 72

All readers have indicators and a buzzer to indicate the door status Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

Internal coded keypads

All readers have indicators and a buzzer to indicate the door status Pack

For mounting in flush or surface-mounting boxes (5 modules) Can be used in stand-alone or centralised mode 100 user codes in stand-alone mode 1 pushbutton input for internal unlocking 1 relay output for door release or electromagnetic lock 10 000 codes in centralised mode with door controller Cat.No 0 767 04 (Compatible with Wiegand protocol) Consumption 100 mA - 12 V= IP 40 - IK 04 Arteor 5 722 52 White internal coded keypad Supplied with support and finishing plate 5 727 52 Black Mirror internal coded keypad Supplied with support and finishing plate

1 1

Cat.Nos

For mounting in flush or surface-mounting boxes (5 modules) Can be used in stand-alone or centralised mode 500 user badges in stand-alone mode 1 pushbutton input for internal unlocking 1 relay output for door release or electromagnetic lock 10 000 badges in centralised mode with door controller Cat.No 0 767 04 (Compatible with Wiegand protocol) Consumption 118 mA - 12 V= - IP 40 - IK 04 Arteor 5 722 51 White internal badge reader Supplied with support and finishing plate 5 727 51 Black Mirror internal badge reader Supplied with support and finishing plate

External badge readers

External coded keypads 1

Soliroc 0 778 76 External coded keypad Backlit buttons Surface-mounting 100 user codes in stand-alone mode 1 self-protection contact (pull out + opening) 1 pushbutton input for internal unlocking 1 relay output for door release or electromagnetic lock Power supply 12/24 VA/ = Consumption 80 mA at 12 V= IP 55 - IK 10 0 778 78 External coded keypad with call button Backlit buttons Surface-mounting, cable outlet 100 user codes in stand-alone mode 1 self-protection contact (pull out + opening) 1 pushbutton input for internal unlocking 1 relay output for door release or electromagnetic lock 1 N/O pushbutton on front Power supply 12/24 VA/ = Consumption 80 mA at 12 V= IP 55 - IK 10

Soliroc Surface-mounting external badge reader Backlit detection area Surface-mounting, cable outlet 500 user badges in stand-alone mode 1 self-protection contact (pull out + opening) 1 pushbutton input for internal unlocking. 1 relay output for door release or electromagnetic lock. Power supply 12/24 VA/ = Consumption 80 mA - 12 V= - IP 55 - IK 10 0 778 77 Flush-mounting external badge reader For mounting in flush or surface-mounting boxes (5 modules) Can be used in stand-alone or centralised mode 500 user badges in stand-alone mode 1 pushbutton input for internal unlocking 1 relay output for door release or electromagnetic lock 10 000 codes in centralised mode with door controller Cat.No 0 767 04 (Compatible with Wiegand protocol) Consumption 118 mA - 12 V - IP 55 - IK 10 Supplied with support and finishing plate 0 778 72

Red catalogue numbers: New products

666

Internal badge readers

NEW access control stand-alone biometric readers, energy saver units and badges

ic Biometrns solutio

5 727 50

0 767 30

0 767 10

0 767 18

All readers have indicators and a buzzer to indicate the door status Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

Biometric readers

For mounting in flush or surface-mounting boxes (5 modules) Can be used in stand-alone or centralised mode 999 user fingerprints in stand-alone mode 1 pushbutton input for internal unlocking 1 relay output for door release or electromagnetic lock 999 fingerprints in centralised mode with door controller Cat.No 0 767 04 (Compatible with Wiegand protocol) Consumption 145 mA - 12 V IP 40 - IK 04 Arteor 5 722 50 White biometric fingerprint reader Supplied with support and finishing plate 5 727 50 Black Mirror biometric fingerprint reader Supplied with support and finishing plate

Cat.Nos

0 767 10

MIFARE contactless badge key fob 13.56 MHz With customisable tab included

0 767 11

MIFARE contactless badge card ISO format (50 x 80 mm) Chip: 13.56 MHz Standard 1 KB memory

0 767 07 Electromagnetic lock 300 kg Indicates the position of the door by 2-colour LED and forwarding possible by changeover contact Control of the door position by Hall effect Consumption: 24 V - 300 mA - 7.2 W, 12 V - 600 mA - 7.2 W 0 408 95 Undervoltage door release 12 V= - 600 mA For operation in emergency exits Dimensions: 158 x 26 x 32 mm 0 408 98 Shunt trip door release 12 V= 6 W - 500 mA Dimensions: 158 x 26 x 32 mm

Closing accessories

1 1

0 767 30

Badges

Pack

Protected power supply 1

0 767 18 12 V= - 4 A power supply Backed up by 12 V - 7 Ah battery Cat.No 0 407 49 (not supplied)

Energy saver units

1 1

For switching on a circuit, for example in a meeting room, office, hotel rooms, etc. Only operate with Mifare ISO contactless badges Cat.Nos 0 767 11/12/13 30 s time delay after removal of the badge Low capacity contact: 230 V power 30 VA Luminous strip on the front so you can see it when you enter the room 5 722 53 Arteor white 5 727 53 Arteor magnesium

Red catalogue numbers: New products

667

access control stand-alone

access control centralised

n Installation principle in stand-alone mode

n Installation principle in centralised mode Supervision software Cat.No 0 767 06

Power supply

Area distribution box

VDI cabinet

Power supply Door controller (Cat.No 0 767 04)

B B

Standard cable

Access control reader

Pushbutton Electric door release or electromagnetic lock

n Wiring principle 230 V± 2 Access control reader

VDI network

12 V cc

Power supply (ex: 0 047 95,...)

n Wiring principle 230 V± 12 V=

Power supply (ex: 4 131 05 ,...)

2 Access control readers 0 767 01/02/03 / 0 778 77,...

Cat.No 0 767 04 Door controller (2 doors max. per unit)

Local area network

Door release 3 749 00 or magnetic lock 0 767 07

Way Out Pushbutton

Access control readers

n Selection guide

230 V± Risk level

Readers

A Closing accessories

Power supply

Door opening to: Inside

Outside

Coded keypad Badge reader

+ ++

5 722 52/5 727 52 5 722 51/5 727 51

Fingerprint reader

+++

5 722 50/5 727 50

0 778 76/78 0 778 72/77 tailor made 0 767 30

Door release (flush mounting) Lock (surfacemounting)

12 V=

Power supply (ex: 4 131 05 ,...)

Cat.No 0 767 04 Door controller

0 408 95 /96/98

Door release 3 749 00 or magnetic lock 0 767 07

0 767 07 /08/09 4 131 05 (1) 0 047 92 (1)

Access control readers

0 767 18 + 0 407 49 (1)

1: The choice of the type of power supply, with or without battery, determines whether the door will open when there is a mains failure

Up to 128 door controllers

n Selection guide Risk level

Readers

A Closing accessories

Power supply

Door opening to: Inside

Coded keypad

5 722 52/5 757 52

Badge reader

5 722 51/5 727 51

Fingerprint reader

+++

5 722 50/5 727 50

Door release (flush mounting) Lock (surfacemounting)

Outside 0 767 17 0 778 73 0 767 16/32 0 778 77 tailor made 0 767 30/31

0 408 95 /96/98 0 767 07 /08/09 4 131 05 (1) 0 047 92 (1)

0 767 18 + 0 407 49 (1)

1: The choice of the type of power supply, with or without battery, determines whether the door will open when there is a mains failure

Red catalogue numbers: New products

668

NEW

access control centralised keypads

0 767 00

0 767 17

0 778 73

All readers have indicators and a buzzer to indicate the door status Pack

Cat.Nos

Internal coded keypad

For mounting in flush or surface-mounting boxes (5 modules) Can be used in stand-alone or centralised mode 100 user codes in stand-alone mode 1 pushbutton input for internal unlocking 1 relay output for door release or electromagnetic lock 10,000 codes in centralised mode with door controller Cat.No 0 767 04 (Compatible with Wiegand protocol) Consumption 100 mA - 12 V= IP 40 - IK 04 Centralised internal black coded keypad for door frame 0 767 00 Surface-mounting, slim 10,000 codes in centralised mode with door controller Cat.No 0 767 04 (Compatible with Wiegand protocol) Supplied with dedicated 12 V power supply (enabling operation in stand-alone mode if required) Consumption 100 mA - 12 V IP 54 - IK 07

5 722 52

5 727 52

Arteor

Pack

Cat.Nos

0 767 17

External coded keypad Backlit buttons Surface-mounting, cable outlet 10,000 codes in centralised mode with door controller Cat.No 0 767 04 (Compatible with Wiegand protocol) 1 self-protection contact (pull out + opening) Power supply 12 V Consumption 80 mA at 12 V= IP 65 - IK 10

Coded keypad + badge reader 1

0 778 73

Soliroc external coded keypad + badge reader Backlit buttons Surface-mounting, cable outlet 10,000 users in centralised mode with door controller Cat.No 0 767 04 (Compatible with Wiegand protocol) Reads code only, badge only, or badge associated with a code 1 self-protection contact (pull out + opening) Power supply 12/24 VA/ = Consumption 80 mA at 12 V= IP 55 - IK 10

White internal coded keypad Supplied with support and finishing plate Black Mirror internal coded keypad Supplied with support and finishing plate

669

NEW access control centralised badge readers and biometric readers

ic Biometrns o ti lu o s

0 778 77

0 767 16

5 727 50

0 767 30

All readers have indicators and a buzzer to indicate the door status Pack

Cat.Nos

0 778 77

External badge readers

Pack

Soliroc flush-mounted external badge reader For mounting in flush or surface-mounting boxes (5 modules) Supplied with support and finishing plate Can be used in stand-alone or centralised mode 500 user badges in stand-alone mode 1 pushbutton input for internal unlocking 1 relay output for door release or electromagnetic lock 10,000 codes in centralised mode with door controller Cat.No 0 767 04 (Compatible with Wiegand protocol) Consumption 118 mA - 12 V - IP 55 - IK 10 External badge reader 0 767 16 Surface-mounting, slim, cable outlet 10,000 user badges in centralised mode with door controller Cat.No 0 767 04 (Compatible with Wiegand protocol) 1 self-protection contact (pull out) Power supply 12 V Consumption 80 mA - 12 V= - IP 65 - IK 10 Badge reader for car park 0 767 32 Long distance external badge reader Surface mounted, cable outlet 10,000 user badges in centralised mode with door controller Cat.No 0 767 04 (Compatible with Wiegand protocol) Only operates with dual technology badge Cat.No 0 767 12 1 self-protection contact (pull out) Power supply 12 V Consumption 350 mA - 12 V= - IP 54 - IK 08

Cat.Nos

For mounting in flush-mounting box or surfacemounting (5 modules) Can be used in stand-alone or centralised mode 999 user fingerprints in stand-alone mode 1 pushbutton input for internal unlocking 1 relay output for door release or electromagnetic lock 999 fingerprints in centralised mode with door controller Cat.No 0 767 04 (Compatible with Wiegand protocol) Consumption 145 mA - 12 V IP 40 - IK 04 Arteor white biometric fingerprint reader 5 722 50 Supplied with support and finishing plate

5 727 50

0 767 30

Arteor Black Mirror biometric fingerprint reader Supplied with support and finishing plate

Vein pattern biometric reader Surface-mounting (protection kit on request) Operates in stand-alone mode with the door opening device connected directly to the reader, or in centralised mode, connected to door controller, Cat.No 0 767 04 1000 vein patterns stored, in both stand-alone and centralised mode Reads vein pattern only, or badge associated with a vein pattern 1 self-protection contact (pull out + opening) Power supply 12 V= Consumption 300 mA IP 43 - IK 04 Biometric fingerprint + badge reader 0 767 31 Surface-mounting 10,000 users in centralised mode with door controller Cat.No 0 767 04 (Compatible with Wiegand protocol) Reads fingerprint only (max. 250 fingerprints), or badge associated with a fingerprint 1 self-protection contact (pull out + opening) Power supply 12 V= Consumption 300 mA IP 44 - IK 04

Red catalogue numbers: New products

670

Biometric readers

NEW access control centralised controller, accessories and power supplies

0 767 04 Pack

0 767 05 Cat.Nos

0 767 08

Door controller

0 047 92 Pack

0 767 04 DIN rail mounting (6 modules) For centralised management of access control readers from a PC (IP protocol) Up to 2 readers can be connected per controller, and up to 128 controllers per installation (1000Â users) Power supply: 12 V= - 175 mA max. 1 x RJ 45 input for connection to VDI network Can control 2 complete door assemblies For more than one controller, use management software Cat.No 0 767 06

Software 1

0 767 06 LAS (Legrand Access System) management software Required for more than one door controller, for supervision of the following from a PC: - Access (integration of CAD drawings): 256 doors - Readers, badges: 64 user groups - Events (entries, exits): 10â&#x20AC;&#x2030;000 most recent events - Time periods: 64

Cat.Nos

Electromagnetic lock 0 767 08 500 kg Indicates the position of the door by 2-colour LED and forwarding possible by changeover contact Control of the door position by Hall effect Consumption: 24 V - 250 mA - 7.2 W, 12 V - 500 mA - 7.2 W Motorised bolt 0 767 09 With manual internal unlocking Built-in position contact 12 V= - 470 mA For surface-mounting installation 2-stage door release 0 408 96 Very short shunt-trip door release (2-stage) 12 V= - 200 mA For operation in double-entrance security doors Dimensions: 158 x 26 x 32 mm

Power supplies Stabilised 12 V power supply Equipped with: - Electronic protection (against overloads and shortcircuits) - Integral fuse protection on input - A green voltage present indicator on output Power supply 115 - 230 VA 12 V=

Accessories 1

Badge encoder For easy management of badges (creation, loss, cancellation, theft, etc.) Operates either with stand-alone badge readers, with software which is included, or together with the management software Cat.No 0 767 06 for encoding badges (eg: receptionist, etc.) Connects directly to a PC via USB connection LAS Badge Manager software included for managing stand-alone readers Badges 0 767 10 MIFARE contactless badge key fob 13.56 MHz With customisable tab included

0 767 05

MIFARE contactless badge card ISO format (50 x 80 mm) Chip: 13.56 MHz Standard 1 KB memory 0 767 12 MIFARE contactless dual technology badge card ISO format (50 x 80 mm) Chip: 125 KHz Required for operating an installation with car park reader (customized) Cat.No 0 767 32 0 767 13 MIFARE contactless badge card with extended memory ISO format (50 x 80 mm) Chip: 13.56 MHz 4 KB extended memory

Closing accessories

Primary 115-230 V

0 047 92

0 767 11

Power (W)

Current (A)

Number of 17.5 mm

30 2.5 6 Filtered rectified power supply Comprising: - A safety transformer with interference filtering - A filter capacitor - Protection by PTC integrated in the primary - Double operating terminals PTC: Positive temperature coefficient. In the event of an automatic cut-off due to an overload or short circuit, switches off the power supply and allows it to cool down before switching on again 12 V= Power (W)

Current (A)

1.3

Terminal capacity flexible cables (mm2) input output

No. of modules

4 131 05

0 767 18 12 V= - 4 A power supply Backed up by 12 V - 7 Ah battery Cat.No 0 407 49 (not supplied)

Protected power supply

See e-catalogue for detailed information Red catalogue numbers: New products

671

safety equipment

0 766 82

0 042 77

0 042 25

0 042 76

0 766 40

Selection chart for boxes, supports and plates p. 408-409 Pack

Cat.Nos

0 766 82

3-direction control unit/master panel for technical alarms - 3 modules Depending on its configuration, used to provide either the function of a 3-direction control unit or that of a master panel • When configured as a control unit, informs the user by means of an audible and visual signal of one or more faults that have occurred on the installation Up to 9 directions (3 control units maximum) Option of temporary or permanent sound acknowledgement of the entire installation (control unit and master panels), then of visual acknowledgement after repair of the faults • When configured as a master panel, feeds back by means of an audible and visual signal the alarm information transmitted by the control unit or units (3 control units maximum) Option of local sound acknowledgement, either temporary or permanent IP 40 IK 04 Signalling of the first fault that occurred by flashing indicator Indicator and buzzer test function Equipment: - 1 buzzer, 65 dB at 1 m - 3 red indicators (1 indicator per loop/control unit connected) with identification zone - 1 green indicator (presence of power supply/ battery) - 1 pushbutton Power supply voltage 12 V± I/ = Stand-alone operation 1 hour Supplied without power supply, see opposite

Pack

Cat.Nos

0 042 25

0 042 10

Protected power supply 230 V - 12 V - 0.5 A Stand-alone on battery Sealed batteries, nickel metal hydride Capacity: 280 mA/h 6 DIN modules - 17.5 mm

Buzzers - 2 modules White - 8 V± - 50/60 Hz Consumption 370 mA Sound level 70 dB at 1 m 0 766 41 White - 230 V± - 50/60 Hz Consumption 25 mA Sound level 70 dB at 1 m

0 766 40

0 766 42

Alert locally if the status of one of the 15 inputs changes (technical detectors, automatisms...) - 1 LCD display - 6 alarm inputs NC or NO - 4 outputs (see datasheet for details) 0 042 77 Power supply 230 V - 50/60 Hz 0 042 79 Power supply 24 V=

Alert locally if the status of one of the 15 inputs changes (technical detectors, automatisms...) - 1 LCD display - 15 alarm inputs NC or NO - 9 outputs (see datasheet for details) 0 042 76 Power supply 230 V - 50/60 Hz 0 042 78 Power supply 24 V=

Red catalogue numbers: New products

672

Buzzers and bells

15-direction control units for technical alarms 7 DIN modules

1 1

230/12 V transformer 230 V, 12/8 V - 8 VA - 0.66 A transformer 2 DIN modules - 17.5 mm Legra

6-direction control units for technical alarms 4 DIN modules

1 1

Power supplies

Electronic bell - 2 modules White 12-24-48 V= Consumption 5-9-17 mA Depending on power supply Sound level 80 dB at 1 m

automatic detectors, manual call points, sounders and beacons

6 430 71 Pack

Cat.Nos

6 430 72

0 380 69

Automatic detectors for fire alarm panels with base

Heat detector 6 430 71 Detects temperature rise with threshold of 60 째C, average detection area: 30 m2 (replaces Cat.No 6 430 73) Standard base supplied with the detector CE-CPD approved Conform to EN 54-5 standard Optical smoke detector 6 430 72 For quick detection of fire starting before flames appear Average detection area: 60 m2 Standard base supplied with the detector CE-CPD approved Conform to EN 54-7 standard NEW Relay base 6 430 75 For detector Cat.Nos 6 430 71/72 To act a DVR or a camera or an MCB To send alarm information to a technical alarm panel

Manual call points IP 40 - IK 07 Surface-mounting: 90 x 90 x 57 mm Flush-mounting: 90 x 90 x 27 mm Call by pressing the membrane (pressure 2.5 kg) with clear display of the call position Reset on front of device, with special key (supplied with the product) Free space dedicated to stick a label to identify the function Can receive a sealable cover Cat.No 0 380 97 1

1 1

Pack

Cat.Nos

NEW 1

0 405 95

0 415 07

NEW 1

0 405 80

NEW 1

0 405 90

NEW 1

0 405 91

Surface mounting

For fire alarm equipment 0 380 69 Equipped with NO/NC contact - 0.1 A - 48 V= Red - Resettable CE-CPD approved Conform to EN 54-11 standard For emergency exit Equipped with NO/NC contact 5 A - 24 V= / 1 A - 48 V= 0 380 23 1 NO/NC contact - Resettable - Green

NEW 1

0 415 07

0 380 23

0 380 48 2 NO/NC contacts - Resettable - Green For extinguishing system 0 380 25 Equipped with NO/NC contact 6 A - 250VA / 1 A - 48 V= / 5 A - 24 V= Equipped with a sealable cover (Cat.No 0 380 97) Resettable - Yellow For other applications Equipped with NO/NC contact 6 A - 250VA / 1 A - 48 V= / 5 A - 24 V= Can be used to stop air conditioning or other technical applications 0 380 71 Resettable - White 0 380 06 White - Resettable with 2 long life 230 VA LED indicators (green/red) Accessories 0 380 97 Sealable cover for manual call points Cat.Nos 0 380 06/23/48/69/71 0 380 38 Set of 10 Special keys to reset and to test manual call points Cat.Nos 0 380 06/23/48/69/71

NEW 1

0 405 86

0 405 87

NEW 1

0 405 94

0 414 62

0 405 90

Sounders and beacons To connect to fire alarm panel, power box or filtered stabilised DC power supply Optional continuous sound Service alarm option Beacon Red flashing light Average consumption: 12 V= 13 mA, 24 V= 14 mA, 48 V= 15 mA IP 41 - IK 04 White Mosaic device 2 modules Average consumption: 12 V= 12 mA, 24 V= 13 mA, 48 V= 14 mA IP 42 - IK 07 White sounder (surface mounting) 90 dB 2 m CE-CPD approved Conform to EN 54-3 standard - NF S 32-001 sound Average consumption: 12 V= 7.5 mA, 24 V= 8.5 mA, 48 V= 13 mA IP 65 - IK 07 Red sounder (surface mounting) 90 dB 2 m CE-CPD approved Conform to EN 54-3 standard - NF S 32-001 sound Average consumption: 12 V= 7.5 mA, 24 V= 8.5 mA, 48 V= 13 mA 2 cable glands supplied IP 65 - IK 07 Red sounder beacons (surface mounting) 90 dB 2 m CE-CPD approved Conform to EN 54-3 standard - NF S 32-001 sound Average consumption: 12 V= 23 mA, 24 V= 22 mA, 48V= 23 mA 2 cable glands supplied IP 21 - IK 07 CE-CPD approved Conform to EN 54-3 standard - NF S 32-001 sound 90 dB 2 m White sounder (flush-mounting in false ceiling) Average consumption: 12 V= 7.5 mA, 24 V= 8.5 mA, 48 V= 13 mA White sounder beacon (flush-mounting in false ceiling) Average consumption: 12 V= 23 mA, 24 V= 22 mA, 48 V= 23 mA IP 54 - IK 07 CE-CPD approved - Conform to EN 54-3 standard Possibility to choose the sound by dip switch: NF S 32-001 sound - BS 58391 sound (alert or alarm) - ISO 8201 sound - DIN 33404-3 sound - SS031711 sound - NEN2575 sound 105 dB 2 m White sounder (flush-mounting in false ceiling) Average consumption: 24 V= 140 mA, 48 V= 80 mA IP 44 - IK 10 Red sounder (surface mounting) 90 dB 2 m Average consumption: 24 V= 70 mA

Red catalogue numbers: New products

673

electromagnetic door holder and safety electrical power supplies

safety boxes

0 406 87 Pack

Cat.Nos

0 380 11

0 380 24

0 380 54

Electromagnetic door holder

0 406 87 Automatically closes fire doors by current breaking White metal connection box with electromagnetic element and local push button Wall surface-mounting Metal washer hinged for door fixing Operating voltage: 24 V= +/- 10% Average consumption: 24 V= 77 mA Power: 1.84 W Strength: 200 N (or 20 Kg minimum) Conform to EN 50130-5 standard IK 07

NEW

0 380 09

Pack

Cat.Nos

Safety electrical power supplies

0 405 09 For DC power supply of fire safety installations such as fire doors, smoke removal devices, sprinklers, sounders Power supply 3 A - 24 V 2 batteries 12 V 7 Ah (Pb) Cat.No 0 407 49 are necessary (not supplied) CE-CPD approved Conform to EN 54-4 and EN 12101-10 0 407 49 Battery 12 V 7 Ah (Pb) - V0

1 1 1 1

0 380 09 0 380 00 0 380 02 0 380 03

0 380 11 0 380 01 0 380 24

Break glass emergency boxes Polycarbonate, Class II - IK 07 • Equipped with: - hinged glass door with locking option by key (Cat.No 013 90) - 3 cable entries for CG ISO 16/20 (by top or bottom as reversible product) - 2 entries from back of product Ø20 - 2 side entries for mini-trunking 20 x 12.5 and 32 x 12.5 - 1 NC contact and 1 NO contact Breaking capacity: - 400 VA / 4.5 A - 230 VA / 6 A - 48 V= / 1 A - 24 V= / 1.5 A • Flush-mounting option with boxes Ø85 • Dim: 125 x 125 x 71 mm (surface mounting) IP 44 125 x 125 x 33 mm (flush-mounting) IP 30 Red boxes can be used for fire applications and manipulated by fire fighters Yellow boxes can be used for emergency applications and manipulated by employees Mushroom head button boxes Direct actuation by smashing glass plate • Equipment: - 1 mushroom head button with latching, unlocking by key No 850 - 2 long life 230 V± LED indicators (green/red) Red box with LED Yellow box with LED Yellow box without LED Red box without LED 2-position box • Equipment: - 1 mushroom head button for pressing - 1 finishing accessory for simple action release (glass break) or double action (glass break followed by pressing on mushroom head) - 2 long life 230 V± LED indicators (green/red) Red box with LED Yellow box without LED Red box without LED

Key storage boxes

Polycarbonate Class II IP 44 - IK 07 0 380 54 Equipped with: - hinged glass door with key No 850 - 1 contact 48 V± - 100 mA contact reporting glass break through technical alarm Dim: 125 x 125 x 45 mm

NEW 1 1

0 380 91 Hammer to break safety boxes glasses 0 380 60 Set of 5 spare glasses for Cat.Nos 0 380 00/01/02/03/09/11/24/54

Red catalogue numbers: New products

674

Accessories

Simply protect and secure valuable areas Ideal solutions for retail shops, supermarkets and warehouses

A WIDE AND GLOBAL RANGE â&#x20AC;˘ Analog solutions â&#x20AC;˘ IP solutions

CCTV kits, p. 678

Dome cameras, p. 679

Speed dome cameras, p. 680

Recording solutions, p. 686

Management software, p. 686

Video monitors, p. 687

MORE INFORMATION Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports, or contact your Area Commercial Manager

CCTV brochure

Product configurator

www.legrand-doc.com 675

select the most suitable cameras

1.5 m

Distance between camera and scene (metres)

ACCESS DOOR (Recognition of individuals)

2.7 m

HALF BODY SHOT (identification of individuals)

2.0 m

3.6 m Fixed Lens

2.5

Compact cameras: Cat.No 4 305 14

Dome cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 01/03/05 Compact cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 10/12/13 Discrete cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 36/35/39 IP cameras: Cat.Nos 4 306 31/53

Compact cameras: Cat.No 4 305 14

IP cameras: Cat.No 4 306 31

Varifocal Lens

3-4

Dome cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 02/04 Compact cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 11/15/16 Speed dome cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 21/22/23/24/25/34 IP cameras: Cat.Nos 4 306 41/52/35

Compact cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 15/11 Speed dome cameras: Cat.No 4 305 34 IP cameras: Cat.Nos 4 306 35/41/52

4-7

Compact cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 15/11/16 Speed dome cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 21/22/24/25/34 IP cameras: Cat.Nos 4 306 41/52/35

Dome cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 02/04 Speed dome cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 21/22/23/24/25/34 IP cameras: Cat.Nos 4 306 41/52/35

7-15

Speed dome cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 21/22/23/24/25/34 IP cameras: Cat.No 4 306 52

15-30

Speed dome cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 22/24/25/34 IP cameras: Cat.No 4 306 52

Compact cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 17 Speed dome cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 21/22/23/24/25/34 IP cameras: Cat.No 4 306 52

30-60

Speed dome cameras: Cat.No 4 305 25

Speed dome cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 22/24/25/34 IP cameras: Cat.No 4 306 52

N.B.: This chart shows the minimum recommended distances and provides a first selection level based on a simple description of the scene to be shot. Greater distances record larger scenes

Red catalogue numbers: New products

676

BUILDING PERIMETER/CAR PARK (Detection of intruders)

13 m

6.0 m

VEHICLE ENTRANCE (Recognition of vehicles)

8.0 m

17 m Fixed Lens

Dome cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 01/03/05 Compact cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 10/12/13 Discrete cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 36/35/39 IP cameras: Cat.Nos 4 306 31/53

Compact cameras: Cat.No 4 305 14

Dome cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 01/03/05 Compact cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 10/12/13 Discrete cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 36/35/39 IP cameras: Cat.Nos 4 306 31/53

IP cameras: Cat.No 4 306 32

Compact cameras: Cat.No 4 305 14 IP cameras: Cat.Nos 4 306 31/53/32

Varifocal Lens

Dome cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 02 - 4 305 04 Compact cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 11/15/16 Speed dome cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 21/22/23/24/25/34 IP cameras: Cat.Nos 4 306 41/52

Compact cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 17 Speed dome cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 21/22/23/24/25/34 IP cameras: Cat.No 4 306 52

Dome cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 02/04 Compact cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 11/15/16 Speed dome cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 21/22/23/24/25/34 IP cameras: Cat.Nos 4 306 35/41/52

Compact cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 17 Speed dome cameras: Cat.Nos 4 305 21/22/23/24/25/34 IP cameras: Cat.No 4 306 52

Red catalogue numbers: New products

677

7" and 17" CCTV kit

example of installation

n CCTV kit expandable up to 4 cameras

COAX

Camera kit

4 305 50

COAX

Effective in small shops thanks to the compact size of the 7" monitor and a DVR The kit can be extended up to 4 cameras Pack

Cat.Nos

7" CCTV kit

Cat.No 4 305 13

4 305 50 CCTV kit consisting of: - 4-input DVR with LAN (Cat.No 4 305 53) - 7" LCD monitor (Cat.No 4 305 74) - 1 compact outdoor camera with IR and 3.6 mm fixed lens (Cat.No 4 305 13) - stabilized power supply with plastic housing 12 V= 2.5 A (Cat.No 4 306 01) - remote control DVR

COAX

17" CCTV kit 1

4 305 51 CCTV kit consisting of: - 4-input DVR with LAN (Cat.No 4 305 53) - 17" LCD monitor (Cat.No 4 305 70) - 1 compact outdoor cameras with IR and 3.6 mm fixed lens (Cat.No 4 305 13), - stabilized power supply with plastic housing 12 V= 2.5 A (Cat.No 4 306 01) - remote control DVR

Cat.No 4 305 13

COAX

Cat.No 4 305 13

Out 12 V= - 2.5 A

230 Vac

Power supply

NOTE: the power supply cables must be of adequate cross-section in relation to the distance and the corresponding voltage drop

Red catalogue numbers: New products

678

CCTV analog compact and dome cameras

NEW

indoor and outdoor

4 305 14

4 305 11

4 305 05

4 305 15

4 305 00

4 305 16

4 305 02

Compact and dome cameras provide complete all in-one solution, including lens and housing Installation to be completed with 12 V power supply Pack

Cat.Nos

Indoor compact camera - 12 V - IP 30

4 305 10 Lens 3.6 mm, resolution of 330 TV lines Sony 1/4" CCD sensor Min. illumination of 0.5 lux White Tube Camera 120 mA - 12 V=

Pack

Cat.Nos

4 305 17 Varifocal lenses 6-60 mm Resolution of 540 TV lines Sony 1/3" CCD Equipped with IR LEDs - 100 m Mechanical IR filter cut Grey housing

Outdoor compact cameras 12 V= - IP 66 1

Lens 3.6 mm 4 305 13 Resolution of 420 TV lines Sony 1/3" CCD Equipped with IR LEDs - 20 m Black and grey housing 95 mA / 315 mA - 12 V= 4 305 12 Resolution of 540 TV lines Sharp 1/3" CCD Equipped with IR LEDs - 20 m Black and grey housing 95 mA / 315 mA - 12 V= 4 305 14

4 305 11

4 305 15

4 305 16

Lens 6 mm Resolution of 380 TV lines Sony 1/3" CCD Equipped with IR LEDs - 25 m Dark grey housing 200 mA / 650 mA - 12 V= Varifocal lenses 4 - 9 mm Resolution of 330 TV lines Sony 1/3" CCD Black housing 160 mA - 12 V= Resolution of 420 TV lines Sony 1/3" CCD Equipped with IR LEDs - 25 m Black housing 150 mA / 420 mA - 12 V= Varifocal lenses 3.7 - 12 mm Resolution of 380 TV lines Sony 1/3" CCD Equipped with IR LEDs - 20 m Mechanical IR filter cut Grey housing 200 mA / 460 mA - 12 V=

Outdoor compact camera - 230 V - IP 66

Indoor mini-dome camera - 12V= - IP 30 1

Lens 3.6 mm 4 305 05 Resolution of 540 TV lines Sharp 1/3" CCD Equipped with IR LEDs - 15 m Grey housing 95 mA / 315 mA - 12 V=

Indoor dome cameras - 12 V= - IP 30

1 1

Lens 3.6 mm White dome cameras Resolution of 380 TV lines Sony 1/3" CCD sensor Min. illumination of 0.2 lux 4 305 00 117 mA - 12 V= 4 305 01 120 mA - 12 V= Day/Night function for better low light environment Varifocal lenses 3.7 - 12 mm 4 305 02 Resolution of 540 TV lines Sony 1/3" CCD Min. illumination of 0.2 lux White dome housing 150 mA - 12 Vdc

Outdoor dome cameras - 12 V= - IP 66

1 1

Resolution of 380 TV lines Sony 1/3" CCD Equipped with IR LEDs - 15 m White housing 180 mA / 460 mA - 12 V= 4 305 03 Lens 3.6 mm 4 305 04 Varifocal 3.7 - 12 mm Additional advanced functions for treatment of images

Red catalogue numbers: New products

679

CCTV analog speed dome motorised cameras and accessories

NEW

indoor and outdoor

4 305 21

Pack

4 305 23

Cat.Nos

4 305 24

Speed dome motorised cameras - 12 V= Auto-IRIS, auto-FOCUS, BLC, AGC S/N ratio = 50 dB (AGC OFF) Motorised cameras on 3 axes: horizontal, vertical and zoom for surveillance of the area Must be combined with the 3-axis keypad Cat.No 4 306 03 Can also be controlled through the DVRs (p. 682)

1 1

4 305 21 4 305 22

4 305 23

4 305 24

4 305 25

Indoor cameras Super HAD 1/4" CCD sensor Sensitivity of 0.4 lux (colour) - 0.02 lux (B/W) Horizontal resolution of 550 TV lines (colour) Effective pixels 752 (H) x 582 (V) 8 privacy masking zones Pelco-D/Pelco-P protocols 127 programmable presets 0.6 A (power supply not supplied) 10 x (f=3.8 - 38 mm) optical zoom 500 TVL 27 x (f=3.5 - 94.5 mm) optical zoom Outdoor cameras 1/4" CCD sensor Effective pixels 752 (H) x 582 (V) 2.5 A (power supply not supplied) Standard wall bracket supplied with the camera 10 x (F1.8, f=3.8 - 38 mm) optical zoom Sensitivity of 0.7 lux (colour) - 0.02 lux (B/W) Horizontal resolution of 500 TV lines (colour) Zoom speed of 1.75 sec. (from Wide to Tele) 4 privacy masking zones 37 x (f=3.5 - 129.5 mm) optical zoom Sensitivity of 0.4 lux (colour) - 0.02 lux (B/W) Horizontal resolution of 550 TV lines (colour) Zoom speed of 1.8 sec (from Wide to Tele) 8 privacy masking zones 27 x (f=3.5 - 94.5 mm) optical zoom Sensitivity of 0.7 lux (colour) - 0.6 lux (B/W) Horizontal resolution of 550 TV lines (colour) Zoom speed of 2.5 sec. (from Wide to Tele) 8 privacy masking zones

Pack

1 1 1 1 1 1

4 306 03

Cat.Nos

Mounting accessories 4 305 94 Wall bracket for indoor speed dome camera Cat.No 4 305 22 4 305 97 Ceiling accessory for indoor speed dome camera Cat.No 4 305 22 4 305 96 False ceiling bracket for indoor speed dome camera Cat.No 4 305 22 4 305 95 Ceiling bracket for outdoor speed dome cameras Cat.No 4 305 23/24/25 4 305 98 Angular bracket for speed dome cameras Cat.No 4 305 23/24/25/22 4 305 99 Pole strap for outdoor speed dome cameras Cat.No 4 305 23/24/25 Keypad 4 306 03 Keypad with 3-axis joystick for controlling the speed dome cameras LCD display, multi-protocol remote control (RS485) up to 1000 m, selectable data transmission speed Power supply: 12 V= - 140 mA (power supply supplied)

Red catalogue numbers: New products

680

Accessories for speed dome motorised cameras

NEW CCTV analog accessories

CCTV analog discrete cameras indoor

4 305 37 Pack

1 1

4 305 38

4 305 30

4 305 88

Discrete cameras - 12 V=

Pack

4 305 36 Indoor camera with smoke detector look 3.7 mm conical lens Resolution of 550 TV lines 1/3'' CCD sensor Min. illumination of 0.1 lux IP30 / IK02 110 mA - 12 V= 4 305 35 Indoor mini-camera, 3.6 mm lens Resolution of 420 TV lines 1/3" CCD sensor Min. illumination of 0.5 lux IP30 / IK04 120 mA - 12 V= 4 305 39 Indoor camera with spot light look 3.7 mm conical lens Resolution of 420 TV lines 1/3" CCD sensor Min. illumination of 0.1 lux IP40 / IK04 120 mA - 12 V= False ceiling mounting 4 305 37 Fake compact camera With housing of real camera 4 305 13 Including LEDs 4 305 38 Fake dome camera With housing of real camera 4 305 01 Including LEDs

Cat.Nos

4 305 30 4 305 32

1 1

4 305 31 4 305 33

4 305 34

4 305 92

Infrared illuminators

4 305 88 IR LED illuminator distance of 50 m Providing night vision for cameras IP66 / IK10 White casing with wall-mounting (supplied) Power supply: 230 VA Can be combined with outdoor camera housing Cat.No 4 305 89 4 305 87 IR LED illuminator distance of 30 m Providing night vision for cameras IP55 / IK06 White casing with wall-mounting (supplied) Power supply: 12 V=

Mounting accessories and housings 1

1 1 1

4 305 89 Metal housing for modular cameras Cat.Nos 4 305 30/31/32/33 Tempered housing for outdoor use White housing in metal, open on top IP 68 / IK10 12 V= power supply integrated - 2.5 A Heating 20 W and air cooling integrated Wall-mounting and accessory included 4 305 91 Pole mounting for housing 4 305 89 4 305 92 Wall bracket for indoor or modular camera - 11 cm 4 305 93 Wall bracket for indoor or modular camera - 18 cm

Power supplies - 12 V=

Modular cameras - IP30 / IK04

1 1

4 305 87

Standard Resolution of 540 lines Sharp 1/3" CCD sensor Auto-iris Min. illumination of 0.2 lux To be equipped with lenses and housings 100 mA - 12 V= 110 - 230 V High resolution Resolution of 550 TV lines Sony 1/3" CCD sensor Auto-iris Min. illumination of 0.05 lux Equipped with mechanical IR filter OSD functionalities: zone masking, naming,... To be equipped with lenses and housings 300 mA - 12 V= 110 - 230 V High resolution motorised Optical zoom: 36 x (3.4 - 122.4 mm) Resolution of 550 TV lines 1/4" CCD sensor Equipped with mechanical IR filter OSD functionalities: auto-iris, auto-FOCUS, BLC, AGC, zone masking 380 mA - 12 V=

4 306 01 Stabilized power supply Input: 230 VA, output: 2.5 A IP30 / IK05 4 306 02 DIN stabilized power supply Input: 230 VA - 50 Hz, output: 4.5 A 4 modules 4 306 00 Plug-in power supply: 0.5 A

1 1 1

4 305 80 2.8 - 11.5 mm varifocal auto-iris lens 4 305 81 3.5 - 8 mm varifocal auto-iris lens 4 305 82 5 - 50 mm varifocal auto-iris lens

1 1

Varifocal auto-iris lenses

Red catalogue numbers: New products

681

CCTV analog standard and high resolution DVR, VMS software

4 305 53 Pack

1 1 1

Cat.Nos

4 305 58

4 305 55

Standard DVR

Pack

H.264 compression format, resolution of 720 x 576 (PAL) Motion detector and USB port for connection to the back-up device Integrated 500 Gb SATA hard disk Equipped with an RJ 45 for LAN connection Video resolution of 100 FPS (recording) Full D1 compatible on each video input In - out alarm contacts IR remote control supplied Allows remote viewing of images on PDA devices with compatible operating systems (Windows Mobile, iPhone, Android) (Data usage is at the user's expenses) 12 V= (supplied) 4 305 53 4-input Digital Video Recorder (DVR) 4 305 54 8-input Digital Video Recorder (DVR) 4 305 55 16-input Digital Video Recorder (DVR)

High resolution DVR

Fully compatible with VMS Management Software H.264 compression format Real-time display DVD-RW and USB ports for back-up on external devices Allow remote viewing of images on PDA devices with compatible operating systems (Windows Mobile, iPhone, Blackberry, Android, Symbiam) (Data usage is at the user's expenses) Protocols supported: DHCP, PPPOE, STATIC 230 Vac - 50 Hz 4 305 57 4-input Digital Video Recorder (DVR) 1 Tb hard disk supplied Video resolution of 100 FPS (recording) 4 audio channels (recording) 4 input / 1 output for alarm 4 305 58 8-input Digital Video Recorder (DVR) 1 Tb hard disk supplied Video resolution of 200 FPS (recording) 8 audio channels (recording) 8 inputs / 2 outputs for alarm 4 305 59 16-input Digital Video Recorder (DVR) 2 Tb hard disk supplied Video resolution of 400 FPS (recording) 16 audio channels (recording) 16 inputs / 2 outputs for alarm

Cat.Nos

VMS management software

4 306 21 PC software managing up to 1,000 cameras: - views from cameras to be centralised: • IP cameras connected directly to the network or recorded using an NVR • Analogue cameras connected to a High Resolution DVR or a video encoder - recordings stored on a High Resolution DVR and NVR recorders Other functions: • One or more cameras recorded locally via the management PC • Local or remote recordings can be searched for and exported • Cameras can be managed in accordance with the plan - speed dome cameras can be controlled - remote configuration of IP cameras, NVR, DVR and encoders - automatic research of IP cameras, NVR, DVR and encoders connected to the network Single or dual display Use of this software requires all the products (IP cameras, DVR, NVR) to be connected to the Ethernet network Minimum configuration: - Operating system: Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7 - Processor: Intel Core i5-760 - RAM: 4G - Sound card: standard - Graphics card: NVIDIA GeForce 9400GT or above - Network card: 10/100/1000 Ethernet

Red catalogue numbers: New products

682

NEW

CCTV IP dome cameras

NEW CCTV IP compact cameras

Pack

4 306 35 Pack

Cat.Nos

4 306 41

4 306 31

4 306 32

Dome cameras

6 mm D1, indoor/outdoor IP dome camera IP 66 / IK 08 4 306 32 25 frames per second in D1 resolutions Day/Night function Sensitivity: 0.1 lux (F1.2) Sensor: 1/3" CCD with progressive scanning Lens: fixed 6 mm (optimised for IR lighting) Compression format: H264 Power supply: PoE (802.3af class 3) or 12 V= (not supplied) - 5 W Internal memory: micro SD card (not supplied) 1 audio input/1 audio output (bidirectional) 2 event inputs/1 event output (potential-free NO-NC contact) Ceiling or wall mounting White plastic housing 3 megapixel, 4.5 - 10 mm, indoor/outdoor IP dome camera - IP66 / IK08 4 306 35 Full HD camera 15 images/second with 3 megapixels resolution or 25 frames per second in full HD, HD and D1 resolutions Day /Night function with a mechanical infrared light filter Infrared lighting using built-in LEDs, 20 m distance Sensitivity: 0.2 lux F1.6 (colour) / 0.01 lux F1.6 (black and white) /0 lux (infrared lighting activated) Sensor: 1/2.8" CMOS 3 megapixels with progressive scanning Lens: varifocal 4,5 - 10 mm Compression format: H264 Power supply: PoE (802.3af class 3) or 12 V= / 24 VA (not supplied) - 10 W Internal memory: micro SD card (not supplied) 1 audio input/1 audio output (bidirectional) 2 event inputs/1 event output (potential-free NO-NC contact) Ceiling or wall mounting White metal housing

Cat.Nos

Compact cameras

4.3 mm, D1, indoor IP camera - IP30 / IK04 4 306 31 25 frames per second in D1 resolutions Day/Night function with mechanical IR filter Integrated PIR movement detector Infrared lighting using built-in LEDs, 10 m distance Sensitivity: 0 lux (infrared lighting activated) Sensor: 1/4" CMOS Lens: fixed 4.3 mm (optimised for IR lighting) Compression format: H264 Power supply: 5 VCC (supplied) - 3 W Internal memory: micro SD card (not supplied) 1 audio input/1 audio output (bidirectional) 1 USB port for connecting a WI-FI 802.11 b/g/n dongle (not supplied, Cat.No 4 306 86 p. xxx) Wall mounting (support supplied) White/grey plastic housing 3 megapixels, 4.5 - 10 mm, outdoor IP camera IP65 / IK08 4 306 41 Full HD camera 15 images/second with 3 megapixels resolution or 25 frames per second in full HD, HD and D1 resolutions Day/Night function with a mechanical infrared light filter Infrared lighting using built-in LEDs, 20 m distance Sensitivity: 0.2 lux F1.6 (colour) / 0.01 lux F1.6 (black and white) /0 lux (infrared lighting activated) Sensor: 1/2.8" CMOS 3 megapixels with progressive scanning Lens: varifocal 4,5 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 10 mm Compression format: H264 Power supply: PoE (802.3af class 3) or 12 V= / 24 VA (not supplied) - 10 W Internal memory: micro SD card (not supplied) 1 audio input/1 audio output (bidirectional) 2 event inputs/1 event output (potential-free NO-NC contact) Wall mounting (support and cable management supplied) Grey metal housing

Red catalogue numbers: New products

683

CCTV IP motorised cameras

4 306 53 Pack

NEW CCTV IP modular cameras

4 306 52 Cat.Nos

4 306 60

IP motorised cameras

Pack

Motorised D1 4.3 mm indoor IP camera IP 30 - IK 04 4 306 53 25 frames per second in D1 resolutions Day /Night function with mechanical IR filter Infrared lighting using built-in LEDs, 10 m distance Integrated PIR movement detector Sensitivity: 0 lux (infrared lighting activated) Sensor: 1/4" CMOS Lens: fixed 4.3 mm optimised for IR lighting) Movement: Horizontal: ± 150°, Vertical: - 30° to 90° Compression format: H264 Motorised 1.3 megapixel 18X outdoor IP dome camera - IP 66 - IK 08 4 306 52 Full HD camera 15 images/second with 3 megapixels resolution or 25 frames per second in full HD, HD and D1 resolutions (main and secondary flow) Day /Night function with a mechanical infrared light filter Sensitivity: 0.1 lux F1.6 (colour) / 0.01 lux F1.6 (black and white) Sensor: 1/2.8" 1,3 megapixel CCD with progressive scanning Lens: 18x optical zoom (4.5~81mm), 12x digital zoom Compression format: H264 24 VA power supply (supplied) Consumption: 10 W (normal), 50 W (heating on) Pole mounting for a motorised outdoor IP dome camera 4 306 90 Pole mounting system (diameter 103 - 127 mm)

Angle mounting for a motorised outdoor IP dome camera 4 306 91 Angle mounting system

Cat.Nos

Modular cameras

D1 indoor IP camera - IP30 / IK04 4 306 60 25 frames per second in D1 resolutions (main and secondary flow) Day /Night function Sensitivity: 0.1 lux F1.2 Sensor: 1/2.7" CMOS, 540L (colour) / 600L (black and white), with progressive scanning Compatible lenses: C/CS-mounting Compression format: H264 Power supply: PoE (802.3af class 3) or 12 V= (not supplied) - 5 W Internal memory: micro SD card (not supplied) 1 audio input/1 audio output (bidirectional) 1 event input/1 event output (potential-free NO-NC contact) Ceiling or wall mounting White metal housing 3 megapixels indoor IP camera- IP30 / IK04 4 306 61 Full HD camera 15 images/second with 3 megapixels resolution or 25 frames per second in full HD, HD and D1 resolutions (main and secondary flow) Day /Night function with a mechanical infrared light filter Sensitivity: 0.2 lux F1.6 (colour) / 0.01 lux F1.6 (black and white) Sensor: 1/2.8" CMOS 3 megapixels with progressive scanning Compatible lenses: C/CS-mounting / auto-iris Compression format: H264 (double encoding of 2 simultaneous flow) Power supply: PoE (802.3af class 3) or 12 V= /24 VA (not supplied) - 10 W Internal memory: micro SD card (not supplied) 1 audio input/1 audio output (bidirectional) 1 event input/1 event output (potential-free NO-NC contact) Ceiling or wall mounting White metal housing

Red catalogue numbers: New products

684

4 306 61

NEW

CCTV IP accessories

4 305 91 Pack

Cat.Nos

4 305 84

4 305 85

Outdoor housings for IP cameras IP 68 - IK 10

PoE outdoor metal housing - Ivory 4 306 92 Thermostatically controlled housing for outdoor installation Cable ducting built into the housing (cable glands and wall mounting included) Opened from the top Adjustable internal stand for precise adjustment of the camera’s position 20 W heating Hi-PoE power supply (injector supplied) or 12 V= (power consumption 2,500 mA) For pole-mounting, add Cat.No 4 305 91 Operating temperature: - 30 °C to + 60 °C Advanced function: 4 outputs 12V= and 1 port RJ 45 PoE available inside PoE outdoor metal housing with IR - Ivory 4 306 93 Thermostatically controlled and ventilated housing for outdoor installation Cable ducting built into the housing (cable glands and wall mounting included) Infrared lighting using built-in LEDs Adjustable LED range: 50 - 70m Light sensor for triggering the infrared lighting 20 W heating, heat dissipated by a built-in fan Automatic demisting Hi-PoE power supply (injector supplied) or 230 VA (power consumption 5,000 mA) Operating temperature: - 30 °C to + 60 °C Opened from the top For pole-mounting, add Cat.No 4 305 91 Advanced functions: - Infrared lighting automatically triggered by a light sensor - NO-NC output contact triggered by the light sensor (to control day/night switching by a camera, for example) - 4 outputs 12V= and 1 port RJ 45 PoE available insidePole mounting for outdoor metal housing Pole mounting system (diameter 83 - 177 mm)

Pack

1 1 1

Cat.Nos

Mounting accessories

4 305 91 Pole mounting accessory for outdoor housing Adjustable size: 83 - 117 mm diameter 4 305 78 Corner adaptor for IP speed dome camera 4 306 94 Pole mounting accessory for speed dome camera Adjustable size: 103 - 127 mm diameter

Lenses for IP modular cameras

1 1

Varifocal lenses for D1 and Megapixel cameras Lens mount ring: CS-mounting DC powered Compatible with infrared lighting 1/2.7" 3.3 – 12 mm lens 4 305 84 Adjustable between 3.3 and 12 mm 1/2" 10 – 40 mm lens 4 305 85 Adjustable between 10 and 40 mm

Red catalogue numbers: New products

685

CCTV IP Network Video Recorders

4 306 80 Pack

Cat.Nos

NEW

4 306 21

Network Video Recorders

Pack

Pentaplex: simultaneous live, record, playback, extraction and remote access Front, mouse or remotely operated DVD writer: built-in Video compression format: H264 Slots for an additional hard disk: 3 Monitor output: BNC, VGA and HDMI (maximum resolution: 1080p) NVR 4/8 cameras 4 306 80 Number of frames recorded: - up to 25 frames per second for 4 cameras in HD resolution - up to 25 frames per second for 8 cameras in D1 resolution Memory 2 TB internal hard disk: - either 15 days recording by 8 cameras at 25 frames per second in D1 resolution (bitrate 1Mb/s per camera) / 30 days recording by 8 cameras at 12 frames per second in D1 resolution (bitrate 500Kb/s per camera) - or 10 days recording by 4 cameras at 25 frames per second in HD resolution (bitrate 2 Mb/s per camera) / 30 days recording by 4 cameras at 12 frames per second in HD resolution (bitrate 1 Mb/s per camera) NVR 4/16 cameras 4 306 81 Number of frames recorded: - up to 25 frames per second for 4 cameras in full HD resolution - up to 25 frames per second for 16 cameras in D1 resolution Memory 2 x 2 TB internal hard disks, i.e. a total of 4 TB: - either 15 days recording by 16 cameras at 25 frames per second in D1 resolution (bitrate 1Mb/s per camera) / 30 days recording by 16 cameras at 12 frames per second in D1 resolution (bitrate 500Kb/s per camera) - or 10 days recording by 8 cameras at 25 frames per second in full HD resolution (bitrate 4 Mb/s per camera) / 30 days recording by 8 cameras at 6 frames per second in full HD resolution (bitrate 1 Mb/s per camera)

4 306 26 Allows to broadcast locally on up to 4 screens Can decode up to 16 IP cameras or 16 analog cameras connected to High Resolution DVR 4 BNC outputs

4 306 87 4 Go memory card for IP camera Supplied with SD adaptor

4 306 20 CCTV sign for installation at the entrance to the building, to identify the presence of a video surveillance system Mounting: using screws or double sided tape (supplied)

Micro-SD card 4 Go

Video surveillance signage

WIFI dongle 1

4 306 86 Standard WI-FI 802.11 b/g/n Allows an IP camera to be connected via WIFI Connection via USB port

IP encoder 1 channel D1 1

4 306 24 Allows to connect 1 analog camera onto the network, providing the functionalities of IP cameras

4 306 25 Allows to connect up to 4 analog cameras onto the network, providing the functionalities of IP cameras

IP encoder 4 channels CIF

Red catalogue numbers: New products

686

VMS management software

4 306 21 PC software managing up to 1,000 cameras: - views from cameras to be centralised: • IP cameras connected directly to the network or recorded using an NVR • Analogue cameras connected to a High Resolution DVR or a video encoder - recordings stored on a High Resolution DVR and NVR recorders Other functions: • One or more cameras recorded locally via the management PC • Local or remote recordings can searched for and exported • Cameras can be managed in accordance with the plan - speed dome cameras can be controlled - remote configuration of IP cameras, NVR, DVR and encoders - automatic research of IP cameras, NVR, DVR and encoders connected to the network Single or dual display Use of this software requires all the products (IP cameras, DVR, NVR) to be connected to the Ethernet network Minimum configuration: - Operating system: Windows XP, Windows Vista, Windows 7 - Processor: Intel Core i5-760 - RAM: 4G - Sound card: standard - Graphics card: NVIDIA GeForce 9400GT or above - Network card: 10/100/1000 Ethernet

IP decoder 4 channels D1 1

Cat.Nos

NEW

CCTV video monitors

4 305 74 Pack

4 305 73

4 305 70 Cat.Nos

Video monitors

Pack

7" monitor 4 305 74 Colour monitor Screen size 7" (18 cm) Display 16/9 Resolution: 480 x 234 Video input: 2 x BNC Advanced functions: option for connecting 2 recorders or 2 cameras directly 17" monitor 4 305 70 Colour monitor with TFT active matrix Screen size 17" (43 cm) Display 4/3 Maximum resolution: 1280 x 1024 Brightness: 300 cd/m2 Video input: BN C / VGA / S Video 19" monitor 4 305 71 Colour monitor with TFT active matrix Screen size 19" (48 cm) Display 4/3 Maximum resolution: 1280 x 1024 Brightness: 300 cd/m2 Video input: BNC / VGA / S Video

Cat.Nos

Video monitors (continued)

22" monitor 4 305 72 Colour monitor Screen size 22" (56 cm) Display 16/9 Maximum resolution: 1680 X 1050 Brightness: 300 cd/m2 Video input: HDMI / BNC / VGA / S Video 32" monitor 4 305 73 Full HD colour monitor Screen size 32" (81 cm) Display 16/9 Maximum resolution: 1920 x 1080 Brightness: 450 cd/m2 Video input: HDMI / BNC / VGA / S Video Wall mounting support for monitors 4 306 04 For 17, 19 and 22" monitors Adjustable mounting (horizontally and vertically)

Red catalogue numbers: New products

687

example of installation: analog cameras

n How to connect different types of cameras Plug-in power supply Cat.No 4 305 13 COAX

Power supply: 12 V= Cat.No 4 305 02 COAX

Power supply: 12 V=

230 V power supply

230 VÂą

Power supply 12 V= 2.5 A

Out

COAX

Cat.No 4 305 71

RS 485

SPEED DOME ID = 1 Cat.No 4 305 24 Cat.No 4 305 55

COAX

RS 485

SPEED DOME ID = 2 Cat.No 4 305 21 Cat.No 4 306 03

NOTE: ensure that the power supply is suitable for the type of camera. The power supply cables must be of adequate cross-section in relation to the distance and the corresponding voltage drop

688

example of installation: IP cameras

n Visualization Cat.Nos 0 335 01/0 779 00/01/20

PoE

Cat.Nos 0 335 91/ 0 339 93/0 335 02 Decoder

Encoder

COAX

Cat.No 4 306 27

COAX Cat.Nos 4 306 70/ 4 305 73

Cat.Nos 4 306 24/4 306 25

n Recording on dedicated network Cat.Nos 4 305 72/73

Cat.Nos 0 335 01/0 779 00/01/20

PoE

Cat.Nos 4 306 80/81

Routeur

Internet

689

Sustainability and flexible mounting in emergency lighting units Our multiple solutions answer to sustainability requirements and accept all types of mounting and can be remote controlled

DISCOVER OUR ADVANTAGES • Low consumption, environment friendly LED units • Easy installation with plug-in base plate and automatic terminals • From remote lamp test to full adressable monitoring

Plug-in base plate, p. 692, 694

LED p. 692, 700

Infrared testing tool, p. 692, 694, 700

Autotest, p. 692, 694, 698 to 701, 704, 706

Addressable system units 3.5’’ touch screen controller, p. 708

Monitoring PC software, p. 708

MORE INFORMATION Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports, or contact your Area Commercial Manager

www.legrand.com 690

E-catalogue

QR-code

select your emergency lighting luminaires

Use

Autotest/ Duration Standard addressable Lumen output range

Operating mode NM M C

U34 LED Environment friendly (p. 692) Indoor

Yes

250/450 lm

Yes

200 lm

Yes

Yes Yes Yes -

Yes Yes Yes

100/200 lm 350/450 lm 250 lm 400 lm 150 lm 150 lm

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes

140 lm

Yes

110 lm

Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes -

Yes Yes Yes

50/70/110/160/240/300 lm 160 lm 160 lm 100/200/310 lm 110 lm 160 lm 90 lm 100 lm

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes

Yes

100/250/450 lm

Yes

250/450 lm

Yes

Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes -

100/250 lm 450 lm 100 lm 250/450 lm 150 lm

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes

100 lm 170/300/450 lm 250 lm 250 lm

Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes -

IP42

U33 Low consumption (p. 694) 1h Indoor

IP42 3h

S8 (p. 696) Indoor

IP42

U21 NEW (p. 698) 1h Indoor

IP42 2h 3h

B66 LED Environment friendly (p. 700) Weatherproof

IP66

B66 Low consumption (p. 700)

Weatherproof

IP66

1h 3h

B55 (p. 701) Weatherproof

IP55

1h 2h

Plastic/stainless steel LED (p. 702) Weatherproof

IP67

Yes

400 lm

Yes

200 lm

Yes

400 lm

Yes

200 lm

Yes

Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes

100 lm 250 lm 315 lm 160 lm

Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes

2h 3h

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes Yes -

70 lm 100 lm 160 lm 200 lm 110 lm 75 lm

Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes

Yes Yes -

Yes

45 lm

Yes

Explosionproof LED (p. 702) Weatherproof & ATEX

IP66/67

L31Environment friendly (p. 704) Indoor

IP42

1h 2h

L31 (p. 704) 1h Indoor

IP42

Arcor2 (p. 706) Indoor

IP20

691

U34LED environment friendly

indoor self-contained emergency lighting luminaires LED

6 611 60

6 611 60 + 6 612 92

LED maintained/ non maintained units High power LEDs with specially designed lens optimizing the lighting distribution IP 42 - IK 07 Class II Power supply: 230 V ± 10% - 50/60 Hz Very low consumption switching power supply Fully recyclable after removing Environment friendly Ni-MH batteries Removable plug-in plate to ease installation and maintenance Automatic terminals with high capacity: 2 x 2.5 mm² Charge monitor with a green LED Pack

1 1 1

Cat.Nos

Standard luminaires

Pack

Standard luminaires incorporate an external manual lamp test 1 h duration with opal diffuser 6 611 60 Maintained/Non maintained - 250 lm - 1h (LEDs) 6 611 80 Maintained/Non maintained - 450 lm - 1h (LEDs) 3 h duration with opal diffuser 6 611 90 Maintained/Non maintained - 200 lm - 3h (LEDs)

Autotest/addressable luminaires

1 1 1

Autotest/addressable luminaires incorporate an automatic self-testing system Tests result is visible on 2 signalling LEDs (green-OK and yellow-defective) Addressable function is activated by setting an ID on each luminaire with infrared configuration tool (Cat. No. 0 626 10) and wiring a complementary BUS line Operating state of all addressable luminaires can be centralized by the control interface (Cat. No. 0 626 00) and monitored on a local touch screen controller (Cat.No 0 626 01), or with the building’s plan on Legrand Vision System (L.V.S. 2) PC software 1 h duration with opal diffuser 6 621 60 Maintained/Non maintained - 250 lm - 1h (LEDs) 6 621 80 Maintained/Non maintained - 450 lm - 1h (LEDs) 3 h duration with opal diffuser 6 621 90 Maintained/Non maintained - 200 lm - 3h (LEDs)

1 1 1 1

Cat.Nos

6 618 00

127 x 254 mm

6 618 01

127 x 254 mm

6 618 02

127 x 254 mm

6 618 03

127 x 254 mm

6 618 40

127 x 254 mm

6 618 50

127 x 254 mm

6 618 51

127 x 254 mm

6 612 99 Infrared testing tool for U34 LED, U33, B66 LED and B66 standard luminaires

Red catalogue numbers: New products

692

Accessories

6 612 81 Lateral cabling accessory for U33/U34LED plug-in plate 6 612 92 Flush-mounting frame for dry partitions 6 612 93 Flush-mounting box for masonry (to be added with flush-mounting frame) 6 612 94 Vertical signalling plate (to be associated with signalling pictograms

U34LED environment friendly

indoor self-contained emergency lighting luminaires LED n Dimensions (in mm) 55

n Installation

Surface-mounting

Surface-mounting 6 612 80

125

70 mm

150

285

Plug-in plate 115

23,3

102

HAUT TOP

Flush-mounting in dry partitions

AC/DC TELEC

Lateral cabling accessory 100,4 A

3 2

28,5

322 308

142

6 612 92

Flush-mounting in dry partitions Flush-mounting in masonry

56,5

334 6 612 93

1 174

6 612 92

330

170

Flush-mounting in masonry 334

81,5

174

Flush-mounting with signalling plate

Signalling plate 2

296,4

102,4

6 612 92

177,3

292

693

U33

indoor self-contained emergency lighting luminaires 8 W / 11 W fluorescent

6 611 00

6 611 00 + 6 612 82

8W and PL11W fluorecent non maintained, maintained and combined units Certified to IEC 60598-2-22 and EN 60598-2-22 standards IP 42 - IK 07 Class II Power supply: 230 V ± 10% - 50/60 Hz Low consumption switching power supply Fully recyclable after removing Ni-Cd batteries Recharge time: 24 hours Plug-in plate to ease mounting and cabling Automatic terminals with high capacity: 2 x 2.5 mm² Charge monitor with a green LED Pack

Cat.Nos

Standard luminaires

Pack

Standard luminaires incorporate an external manual lamp test 1 h duration with opal diffuser Non maintained - 100 lm - 1h (1 x 8W) Non maintained - 200 lm - 1h (1 x 8W) Non maintained - 350 lm - 1h (1 x 8W) Non maintained - 450 lm - 1h (1 x 11W) Maintained - 100 lm - 1h (1 x 8W) Combined - 100 lm - 1h (2 x 8W)

1 1 1 1 1 1

6 611 00 6 611 10 6 611 35 6 611 45 6 611 01 6 611 02

1 1 1

1 h duration with Fresnel lens transparent diffuser 6 611 20 Non maintained - 200 lm - 1h (1 x 8W) 6 611 21 Maintained - 200 lm - 1h (1 x 8W) 6 611 22 Combined - 200 lm - 1h (2 x 8W)

1 1 1

3 h duration with opal diffuser 6 611 50 Non maintained - 150 lm - 3h (1 x 8W) 6 611 51 Maintained - 150 lm - 3h (1 x 8W) 6 611 52 Combined - 150 lm - 3h (2 x 8W)

1 1 1 1 1

6 621 10 6 621 30 6 621 11 6 621 12 6 621 32

1 1 1

6 621 50 6 621 51 6 621 52

1 1 1 1

Cat.Nos

6 618 00

127 x 254 mm

6 618 01

127 x 254 mm

6 618 02

127 x 254 mm

6 618 03

127 x 254 mm

6 618 40

127 x 254 mm

6 618 50

127 x 254 mm

Autotest/addressable luminaires

6 618 51

127 x 254 mm

Autotest/addressable luminaires incorporate an automatic self-testing system Tests result is visible on 2 signalling LEDs (green-OK and yellow-defective) Addressable function is activated by setting an ID on each luminaire with infrared configuration tool (Cat.No 0 626 10) and wiring a complementary BUS line Operating state of all addressable luminaires can be centralized by the control interface (Cat.No 0 626 00) and monitored on a local touch screen controller (Cat.No 0 626 01), or with the building’s plan on Legrand Vision System (L.V.S. 2) PC software 1 h duration with opal diffuser Non maintained - 250 lm - 1h (1 x 8W) Non maintained - 400 lm - 1h (1 x 8W) Maintained - 250 lm - 1h (1 x 8W) Combined - 250 lm - 1h (2 x 8W) Combined - 400 lm - 1h (2 x 8W) 3 h duration with opal diffuser Non maintained - 150 lm - 3h (1 x 8W) Maintained - 150 lm - 3h (1 x 8W) Combined - 150 lm - 3h (2 x 8W)

6 612 99 Infrared testing tool for U34 LED, U33, B66 LED and B66 standard luminaires

Red catalogue numbers: New products

694

Accessories

6 612 81 Lateral cabling accessory for U33/U34LED plug-in plate 6 612 82 Flush-mounting frame for dry partitions 6 612 83 Flush-mounting box for masonry (to be added with flush-mounting frame) 6 612 84 Vertical signalling plate (to be associated with signalling pictograms

U33

indoor self-contained emergency lighting luminaires 8 W / 11 W fluorescent n Installation

n Dimensions (in mm) Surface-mounting

Surface-mounting

332

6 612 80

125

70 mm

150

Plug-in plate 115

23,3

AC/DC TELEC

102

HAUT TOP

Flush-mounting in dry partitions

Lateral cabling accessory 100,4 A

3 2

28,5

370 355

142

6 612 82

Flush-mounting in dry partitions Flush-mounting in masonry

381 6 612 83

1 174

6 612 82

380

170

Flush-mounting in masonry 92,5

381

174

Flush-mounting with signalling plate

Signalling plate 2

342,4

102,4

6 612 82

177,3

339

695

indoor standard self-contained emergency lighting luminaires 8 W fluorescent

indoor standard self-contained emergency lighting luminaires 8 W fluorescent n Dimensions (in mm)

Surface mounting

330

124

Ceiling mounting with double-sided diffuser

0 660 00

330

124

175

0 660 01 + 6 608 66

280

Flush-mounting 372

166

0 660 03 + 0 660 90

With double-sided diffuser 45

0 660 01 + 0 660 90 + 0 660 92 + 0 610 01 Pack

8 W fluorescent non-maintained, maintained and combined units Certified to IEC 60598-2-22 and EN 60598-2-22 standards IP 42 Class II Power supply: 230 V +/- 10 % - 50/60 Hz Lamp and emergency operation test with a push-button Ni-Cd batteries Recharge time: 24 hours High capacity screw terminals: 2 x 2.5 mm2 Charge monitor with a green LED 1 h duration - 140 lm Non maintained - 140 lm - 1h (1 x 8 W) Maintained - 140 lm - 1h (1 x 8 W) Combined - 140 lm - 1h (2 x 8 W) 3 h duration - 110 lm Non maintained - 110 lm - 3h (1 x 8 W) Maintained - 110 lm - 3h (1 x 8 W) Combined - 110 lm - 3h (2 x 8 W)

1 1 1

0 660 00 0 660 01 0 660 02

1 1 1

0 660 03 0 660 04 0 660 05

1 1

Accessories 0 660 90 Flush-mounting frame 0 660 92 Double-sided diffuser

149

696

Cat.Nos

n Lamps and batteries Cat.Nos

Emergency lamps

Batteries

0 660 00/01/02

0 609 41

0 618 83

0 660 03/04/05

0 609 41

0 618 85

n Optical data

n Distribution of luminous intensity in cd/1 000 lm

Luminaire spacing, in metres, to provide 1 lux minimum illuminance

Cat.No 0 660 00

Ceiling mounting height (m) 0 660 00 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 0 660 01 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 0 660 02 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 0 660 03 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 0 660 04 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 0 660 05 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5

Lighting level directly under luminaire (lux)

Axial to wall

D (m)

Transverse spacing D (m)

Transverse to wall D (m)

6.2 4.3 3.2 2.4 1.9 1.5 1.3 1.1

3 3 3 2.9 2.7 2.5 2 1.2

3.8 4 4.2 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4

4.3 4.5 4.7 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.4

3.3 3.4 3.3 3.2 3.2 2.7 2.2 1.3

6.2 4.3 3.2 2.4 1.9 1.5 1.3 1.1

3 3 3 2.9 2.7 2.5 2 1.2

3.8 4 4.2 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.2 4

4.3 4.5 4.7 4.8 4.8 4.7 4.6 4.4

3.3 3.4 3.3 3.2 3 2.7 2.2 1.3

6.7 4.6 3.4 2.6 2 1.7 1.4 1.1

3 3.1 3.1 3 2.9 2.6 2.3 1.6

3.8 4.1 4.2 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.2

4/4.5 4.3/4.7 4.4/4.9 4.6/5 4.7/5.1 4.7/5 4.6/4.9 4.5/4.8

3.2/3.5 3.3/3.6 3.3/3.5 3.2/3.4 3.1/3.3 2.8/2.9 2.4/2.5 1.8/1

4.9 3.4 2.5 1.9 1.5 1.2 1

2.7 2.7 2.6 2.4 2.1 1.6 0.5

3.5 3.7 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.7 3.5

4 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.1 3.8

3 3 2.9 2.7 2.3 1.7 0.5

4.9 3.4 2.5 1.9 1.5 1.2 1

2.7 2.7 2.6 2.4 2.1 1.6 0.3

3.5 3.7 3.7 3.8 3.7 3.6 3.5

3.9 4.1 4.2 4.2 4.2 4 3.8

3 3 2.9 2.6 2.3 1.7 0.4

5.2 3.6 2.7 2 1.6 1.3 1.1

2.7 2.7 2.7 2.5 2.3 1.8 1.1

3.5 3.7 3.8 3.9 3.9 3.8 3.7

3.7/4.1 3.9/4.4 4.1/4.5 4.2/4.5 4.1/4.5 4.1/4.3 3.9/4.1

D (m)

Axial spacing

2.9/3.1 2.9/3.2 2.9/3 2.7/2.9 2.5/2.6 2/2.1 1.1/1.2

Cat.No 0 660 01

-90°

+90°

-90°

+90°

-60°

+60°

-60°

+60°

50 cd

50 cd -30°

+30°

0°

C0-C180 C45-C225

-30°

0°

C0-C180 C45-C225

C90-C270 C135-C315

Cat.No 0 660 02

+30°

C90-C270 C135-C315

Cat.No 0 660 03

-90°

+90°

-90°

+90°

-60°

+60°

-60°

+60°

30 cd 50 cd -30°

+30°

0°

C0-C180 C45-C225

-30°

0°

C0-C180 C45-C225

C90-C270 C135-C315

Cat.No 0 660 04

+30°

C90-C270 C135-C315

Cat.No 0 660 05

-90°

+90°

-90°

+90°

-60°

+60°

-60°

+60°

25 cd 30 cd -30° C0-C180 C45-C225

0° C90-C270 C135-C315

+30°

-30° C0-C180 C45-C225

+30°

0° C90-C270 C135-C315

697

NEW

U21NEW

indoor self-contained emergency lighting luminaires 6 W fluorescent

6 617 02

6 617 01 + 6 617 20

6W fluorescent non-maintained and combined units Certified to IEC and EN 60598-2-22 standards IP 42 - IK 04 Power supply: 230 VÂą 10% Plug-in base to ease fixing, cabling and connection Transparent diffuser Duration time: 1, 2 and 3 hours Ni-Cd batteries Recharge time: 24 hours Green LED charge monitor High capacity screw terminals (2 x 2.5 mm2) Flush mounting in dry partitions (ceiling): add flush mounting frame Cat.No 6 617 20 Flush mounting in masonry (brick or concrete wall): add both flush mounting box Cat.No 0 617 21 and flush mounting frame Cat.No 6 617 20 Pack

Cat.Nos

Standard luminaires

Pack

Cat.Nos

Non-maintained 6 W fluorescent luminaires Non maintained - 50 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 70 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 110 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 160 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 240 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 300 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 90 lm - 3h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 160 lm - 2h (1 x 6 W)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

6 617 10 6 617 01 6 617 02 6 617 05 6 617 06 6 617 07 6 617 11 6 617 12

1 1

Combined 2 x 6 W fluorescent luminaires 6 617 09 Combined - 160 lm - 1h (2 x 6 W) 6 617 13 Combined - 110 lm - 2h (2 x 6 W)

Autotest/Addressable luminaires Autotest/addressable luminaires incorporate an automatic self-testing system Tests result is visible on 2 signalling LEDs (green-OK and yellow-defective) Addressable function is activated by setting an ID on each luminaire on internal microswitches with configuration tool (Cat.No 0 626 10) and wiring a complementary BUS line Operating state of all addressable luminaires can be centralized by the control interface (Cat.No 0 626 00) and monitored on a local touch screen controller (Cat.No 0 626 01), or with the buildingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s plan on Legrand Vision System (L.V.S. 2) PC software Non-maintained 6 W fluorescent luminaires Non maintained - 100 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 160 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 200 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 310 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 100 lm - 3h (1 x 6 W)

1 1 1 1 1

6 627 02 6 627 05 6 627 06 6 627 07 6 627 14

1 1

Combined 2 x 6 W fluorescent luminaires 6 627 09 Combined - 160 lm - 1h (2 x 6 W) 6 627 15 Combined - 100 lm - 3h (2 x 6 W)

1 1

6 617 20 Flush mounting frame for dry partition 0 617 21 Flush mounting box for masonry partition

Accessories

Red catalogue numbers: New products

698

U21NEW

indoor self-contained emergency lighting luminaires 6 W fluorescent Flush-mounting cut-out in dry partitions

n Surface mounting installation

270

120

185

Flush-mounting cut-out in masonry 400

150

n Dimensions (in mm) Surface mounting 57.5

109

244

Flush-mounting 57.5

150.4

291.4

699

B66LED environment friendly and B66

weatherproof self-contained emergency lighting luminaires LED and 8 W / 11 W fluorescent

6 615 25

6 615 41 Pack

1 1 1

Cat.Nos

6 615 41 6 615 43 6 615 45

1 1

6 625 43 6 625 45

6 612 99

B66LED

Pack

LED maintained/non maintained weatherproof luminaires High power LEDs with specially designed lens optimizing the lighting distribution IP 66 - High protection level IK 10 - Very high resistance level against mechanical shocks Class II Power supply: 230 V + 10% - 50/60 Hz Very low consumption switching power supply Environment friendly Ni-MH batteries Recharge time: 24 hours Plug-in back with automatic high capacity terminals: 2 x 2.5 mm² Diffuser with tool-less fast mounting Charge monitor with a green LED Standard luminaires - 1 h duration with transparent diffuser Luminaires incorporate an external manual lamp test Maintained/Non maintained - 100 lm - 1h (LEDs) Maintained/Non maintained - 250 lm - 1h (LEDs) Maintained/Non maintained - 450 lm - 1h (LEDs) Autotest/Addressable luminaires - 1 h duration with transparent diffuser Autotest/addressable luminaires incorporate an automatic self-testing system Tests result is visible on 2 signalling LEDs (green-OK and yellow-defective) Addressable function is activated by setting an ID on each luminaire with infrared configuration tool (Cat.No 0 626 10) and wiring a complementary BUS line Operating state of all addressable luminaires can be centralized by the control interface (Cat.No 0 626 00) and monitored on a local touch screen controller (Cat.No 0 626 01), or with the building’s plan on Legrand Vision System (L.V.S. 2) PC software Maintained/Non maintained - 250 lm - 1h (LEDs) Maintained/Non maintained - 450 lm - 1h (LEDs) Accessory Testing tool for U34 LED, U33, B66 LED and B66 standard luminaires

Cat.Nos

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

6 615 21 6 615 23 6 615 25 6 615 01 6 615 11 6 615 02 6 615 12

1 1 1

6 615 35 6 615 36 6 615 37

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

6 625 21 6 625 23 6 625 25 6 625 01 6 625 06 6 625 02 6 625 07

6 612 99

Red catalogue numbers: New products

700

B66 8 W and PL11 W fluorescent non maintained, maintained and combined luminaires Certified to IEC 60598-2-22 and EN 60598-2-22 standards IP 66 - High protection level IK 08 - High resistance level against mechanical shock Class II Power supply: 230 V + 10% - 50/60 Hz Low consumption switching power supply Ni-Cd batteries Recharge time: 24 hours Plug-in back with automatic high capacity terminals: 2 x 2.5 mm² Diffuser with tool-less fast mounting Charge monitor with a green LED Standard luminaires - 1 h duration with transparent diffuser Luminaires incorporate an external manual lamp test Non maintained - 100 lm - 1h (1 x 8 W) Non maintained - 250 lm - 1h (1 x 8 W) Non maintained - 450 lm - 1h (1 x 11 W) Maintained - 100 lm - 1h (1 x 8 W) Maintained - 250 lm - 1h (1 x 8 W) Combined - 100 lm - 1h (2 x 8 W) Combined - 250 lm - 1h (2 x 8 W) Standard luminaires - 3 h duration with transparent diffuser Luminaires incorporate an external manual lamp test Non maintained - 150 lm - 3h (1 x 8 W) Maintained - 150 lm - 3h (1 x 8 W) Combined - 150 lm - 3h (2 x 8 W) Autotest/Addressable luminaires - 1 h duration with transparent diffuser Autotest/addressable luminaires incorporate an automatic self-testing system Tests result is visible on 2 signalling LEDs (green-OK and yellow-defective) Addressable function is activated by setting an ID on each luminaire with infrared configuration tool (Cat.No 0 626 10) and wiring a complementary BUS line Operating state of all addressable luminaires can be centralized by the control interface (Cat.No 0 626 00) and monitored on a local touch screen controller (Cat.No 0 626 01), or with the building’s plan on Legrand Vision System (L.V.S. 2) PC software Non maintained - 100 lm - 1h (1 x 8 W) Non maintained - 250 lm - 1h (1 x 8 W) Non maintained - 450 lm - 1h (1 x 11 W) Maintained - 250 lm - 1h (1 x 8 W) Maintained - 400 lm - 1h (1 x 8 W) Combined - 250 lm - 1h (2 x 8 W) Combined - 400 lm - 1h (2 x 8 W) Accessory Infrared testing tool for U34 LED, U33, B66 LED and B66 standard luminaires

B55

weatherproof self-contained emergency lighting luminaires 6 W / 11 W fluorescent

B66LED, B66 and B55

n B66LED - Dimensions (in mm)

261.2

6 W and PL 11 W fluorescent non-maintained and combined units Certified to IEC and EN 60598-2-22 standards IP 55 - IK 07 Class II Power supply: 230 V+ 10% Plug-in base to ease fixing, cabling and connection Transparent diffuser Duration time: 1 and 2 hours Ni-Cd batteries Recharge time: 24 hours Green LED charge monitor High-capacity screw terminals (2 x 2.5 mm²) 3 flexible cable entries for Ø16, 20 and 25 mm tubes Cat.Nos

1 1 1 1 1

6 614 01 6 614 02 6 614 03 6 614 04 6 614 09

1 1

6 614 23 6 614 24

n B66 - Dimensions (in mm)

Standard luminaires Non-maintained 6 W and 11 W fluorescent luminaires Non maintained - 100 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 170 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 300 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 450 lm - 1h (1 x 11 W) Non maintained - 250 lm - 2h (1 x 11 W) Combined 2 x 6 W fluorescent luminaires Combined - 100 lm - 1h (2 x 6 W) Combined - 250 lm - 1h (2 x 6 W)

357

164.5

Pack

164.5

6 614 03

Autotest/Addressable luminaires

6 624 01 6 624 02 6 624 03 6 624 04 6 624 09

1 1

6 624 23 6 624 24

n B55 - Surface-mounted installation

A B

n B55 - Dimensions (in mm) 280

59.7

120

1 1 1 1 1

Autotest/addressable luminaires incorporate an automatic self-testing system Tests result is visible on 2 signalling LEDs (greenOK and yellow-defective) Addressable function is activated by setting an ID on each luminaire on internal microswitches with configuration tool (Cat.No 0 626 10) and wiring a complementary BUS line Operating state of all addressable luminaires can be centralized by the control interface (Cat.No 0 626 00) and monitored on a local touch screen controller (Cat.No 0 626 01), or with the building’s plan on Legrand Vision System (L.V.S. 2) PC software Non-maintained 6 W and 11 W fluorescent luminaires Non maintained - 100 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 170 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 300 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 450 lm - 1h (1 x 11 W) Non maintained - 250 lm - 2h (1 x 11 W) Combined 2 x 6 W fluorescent luminaires Combined - 100 lm - 1h (2 x 6 W) Combined - 250 lm - 1h (2 x 6 W)

Red catalogue numbers: New products

701

self-contained emergency lighting luminaires for special uses

safety portable lamps

n Safety portable lamps

240

Dimensions (in mm) Cat.No 0 608 92

6 625 80 128

120

272

Cat.No 0 608 93

155

0 608 93

0 608 92 Pack

Cat.Nos

NEW

1 1

6 625 60 6 625 61

1 1

6 625 80 6 625 81

LED maintained/non maintained weatherproof luminaires High power LEDs with specially designed lens optimizing the lighting distribution Power supply 230 V +/- 10% 50/60 Hz Very low consumption switching power supply Environment friendly Ni-MH batteries Recharge time: 24 hours IP66 plastic/stainless steel industrial & architectural luminaires - Autotest/addressable Maintained/non maintained - 400 lm - 1 h (LEDs) Maintained/non maintained - 200 lm - 3 h (LEDs) IP66/67 explosion-proof luminaires Autotest/addressable Complying to ATEX - 94/9 EC Directive and standards EN 50014-18 (gas - zones 1 & 2, dust zones 21 & 22) Complying to IEC standards 60079-0/1 Class of use: Ex d II C T6 Maintained/non maintained - 400 lm - 1 h (LEDs) Maintained/non maintained - 200 lm - 3 h (LEDs)

Safety portable lamps

1 1

Supplied complete with built-in battery pack and charger When plugged into a mains socket, operate as safety lighting by switching on when there is a mains failure LED to indicate mains presence Mains connection lead also supplied 230 VÂą supply Plastic halogen lamps Duration: 3 hours 2 switches - 5 operating positions (steady beam, flashing beam, steady pilot lamp, flashing pilot lamp, stop) Battery level indicator with LEDs Class II 0 608 92 IP 40 5.5 W halogen lamp 0 608 93 IP 54 10 W halogen lamp Swivelling base plate Delivered with 4 colour screens (Red, green, orange, blue)

Red catalogue numbers: New products

702

143

spare parts

25 10 25 1 1 1

Cat.Nos

Lamps and tubes

Lamps - E10 0 609 28 12 V - 0.25 A - 3 W (E 10) 0 609 29 6 V - 0.9 A - 5.5 W (E 10) 0 609 31 3.6 V - 1 A - 3.6 W (E 10) Tubes 0 609 40 6 W 0 609 41 8 W 0 607 53 11 W

Nickel - Cadmium batteries 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 4

for emergency lighting luminaires

0 612 00

0 609 41 Pack

labels

0 610 17 0 610 18 0 617 99 0 618 83 0 618 84 0 618 85 0 618 86 0 618 89 0 618 92 0 660 98 0 660 99

According to IEC 60285-1 3.6 V - 4 Ah 4.8 V - 4 Ah 8.4 V - 1.6 Ah 3.6 V - 1.6 Ah 4.8 V - 1.6 Ah 6.0 V - 1.6 Ah 7.2 V - 1.6 Ah 4.8 V - 4 Ah 2.4 V - 1.6 Ah 4.8 V - 1.6 Ah 7.2 V - 1.6 Ah

Labels

Pack

Cat.Nos

10 5

0 609 50 0 609 64

0 609 90

227 x 90 mm

0 609 91

227 x 90 mm

0 609 56

230 x 45 mm

0 609 57

230 x 90 mm

0 609 58

230 x 45 mm

0 612 00

327 x 109 mm

0 612 01

327 x 109 mm

0 612 02

327 x 109 mm

6 608 65

310 x 112 mm

6 608 66

310 x 112 mm

6 608 67

310 x 112 mm

6 608 64

310 x 112 mm

6 608 68

310 x 112 mm

6 608 69

310 x 112 mm

6 608 74

310 x 112 mm

6 608 75

310 x 112 mm

6 608 76

310 x 112 mm

Conform to CEE 92-58 and ISO 3864 227 x 26 mm 227 x 90 mm

Nickel metal-hydride batteries 1

6 608 36 4.8 V - 2.2 Ah (Ni-MH)

Red catalogue numbers: New products

703

L31 environment friendly

indoor self-contained emergency lighting luminaires 6 W fluorescent

6 610 02

6 610 44

6 610 00

6 610 45

6 610 00 + 6 610 43

6 610 08 + 6 610 40

Technical characteristics, see e-catalogue Pack

1 1 1 1

1 1

Cat.Nos

6 610 02 6 610 05 6 610 06 6 610 07

6 610 21 6 610 22

6 W non-maintained environmental friendly extra slim luminaires Low depth: 43 mm Certified to IEC 60598-2-22 and EN 60598-2-22 standards Power supply: 230 V +/- 10% - 50/60 Hz Very low consumption with switching power supply incorporated IP 42 - IK 07 Class II Ni-MH environment friendly batteries Standard luminaires Non maintained - 100 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 250 lm - 1h (2 x 6 W) Non maintained - 160 lm - 2h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 315 lm - 1h (2 x 6 W) Autotest/Addressable luminaires Non-maintained autotest/addressable luminaires incorporate an automatic self-testing system Tests result is visible on 2 signalling LEDs (green-OK and yellow-defective) Addressable function is activated by setting an ID on each luminaire on internal microswitches with configuration tool (Cat.No 0 626 10) and wiring a complementary BUS line Operating state of all addressable luminaires can be centralized by the control interface (Cat.No 0 626 00) and monitored on a local touch screen controller (Cat.No 0 626 01), or with the buildingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s plan on Legrand Vision System (L.V.S. 2) PC software Non maintained - 250 lm - 1h (2 x 6 W) Non maintained - 160 lm - 2h (1 x 6 W)

Accessories 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

704

6 610 40 Universal flush-mounting frame for walls and ceilings Includes 2 pieces: box + frame 6 610 42 Flush-mounting frame for mounting over C3 range box 6 610 41 For access with tubes 20 mm 6 610 43 Pictogram plate for transformations in a double side unit 6 610 44 Square diffuser 6 610 45 Round diffuser 6 610 46 Round flush-mounting frame 6 610 47 Square flush-mounting frame

Pack

Cat.Nos

6 W non-maintained and combined extra slim luminaires Low depth: 43 mm Certified to IEC 60598-2-22 and EN 60598-2-22 standards Z Low consumption with switching power supply incorporated IP 42 - IK 07 Class II Ni-Cd batteries Autotest/addressable luminaires incorporate an automatic self-testing system Tests result is visible on 2 signalling LEDs (green-OK and yellow-defective) Addressable function is activated by setting an ID on each luminaire on internal microswitches with configuration tool (Cat.No 0 626 10) and wiring a complementary BUS line Operating state of all addressable luminaires can be centralized by the control interface (Cat.No 0 626 00) and monitored on a local touch screen controller (Cat.No 0 626 01), or with the buildingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s plan on Legrand Vision System (L.V.S. 2) PC software Standard luminaires Power supply: 230 V +/- 10% - 50/60 Hz Non maintained - 70 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 100 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 160 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 200 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 75 lm - 3h (1 x 6 W) Combined - 200 lm - 1h (2 x 6 W) Combined - 110 lm - 2h (2 x 6 W)

1 1 1 1 1 1 1

6 610 00 6 610 01 6 610 03 6 610 04 6 610 10 6 610 08 6 610 09

1 1 1

Standard luminaires Power supply: from 100 - 240 V - 50/60 Hz 6 610 30 Non maintained - 100 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) 6 610 31 Non maintained - 200 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) 6 610 32 Non maintained - 75 lm - 3h (1 x 6 W) Autotest/Addressable luminaires Power supply: 230 V +/- 10% - 50/60 Hz Non maintained - 100 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Non maintained - 200 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W) Combined - 200 lm - 1h (2 x 6 W) Combined - 110 lm - 2h (2 x 6 W)

1 1 1 1

6 610 19 6 610 20 6 610 24 6 610 23

Autotest/Addressable luminaires Power supply: from 100 - 240 V - 50/60 Hz 6 610 33 Non maintained - 200 lm - 1h (1 x 6 W)

L31 environment friendly

indoor self-contained emergency lighting luminaires 6 W fluorescent n Dimensions (in mm) With round diffuser

280

285

130

Universal surface mounting

With pictogram plate

280

290

6 to 35

186

152

Flush-mounting with round diffuser

280

150

With square diffuser

Ă&#x2DC; 310 28 43

280

140

6 to 35

Cat.Nos

325

Universal flush-mounting

6 610 00 6 610 01/19/30 6 610 02 6 610 03 6 610 04/20/31/33 6 610 05/21 6 610 06/22 6 610 07 6 610 08/24 6 610 09/23 6 610 10/32

Emergency lamps

Batteries

0 607 51 0 607 51 0 607 51 0 607 51 0 607 51 0 607 51 0 607 51 0 607 51 0 607 51 0 607 51 0 607 51

0 618 92 0 618 83 6 608 35 0 618 84 0 618 85 6 608 36 6 608 37 6 608 37 0 618 85 0 618 85 0 618 85

142

164

290

6 to 35

42 301

280

n Lamps and batteries

150

310

290

130

Mounting with tubes 20 mm

Flush-mounting with square diffuser

325

See e-catalogue for detailed information

705

ArcorTM2

indoor self-contained emergency edge lighting luminaires cold cathode fluorescent

ArcorTM 2 Style and safety Arcor 2, emergency lighting luminaire is one of the best efficient, elegant and discrete solution which integrates perfectly in commercial environments

0 625 40

emergency lighting unit • • • •

Unit for direct flush-mounting in ceiling or false ceiling Transparent plate for improved light reproduction Life time duration > 50 000 hours: cold cathode technology Aluminium or white finish

0 625 80

Wall or flag mounting

0 625 40 + 0 625 80 + 0 625 82

Equipped with long-life cold cathode fluorescent tube (> 50,000 hours) Certified to IEC 60598-2-22 and EN 60598-2-22 standards Lumen output: 45 lumens Duration: 1 hour IP 20 - class II Power supply 230 V± - 50/60 Hz Autotest luminaires incorporate an automatic self-testing system Tests result is visible on 2 signalling LEDs (green-OK and yellow-defective) Unit for direct flush-mounting: - on self-supporting ceilings using quick-fit fixing claws - on false ceilings using holding claws and fastening system for safety tie or by 1/4 -turn for threaded rod Shallow depth (80 mm) Option of mounting as wall strip or flag with fixing kit Cat.No 0 625 80/0 625 81 Pack

Direct flush-mounting

0 625 40 flush-mounting + 0 625 83

1 1

Cat.Nos

Autotest luminaires

0 625 40 Maintained - 45 lm - 1h (CCFL) 0 625 41 Non maintained - 45 lm - 1h (CCFL) Equipped with long life LED standby indicator (> 100,000 hours)

Autotest/Addressable luminaires

MORE INFORMATION Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports, or contact your Area Commercial Manager

1 1

Addressable function is activated by setting an ID on each luminaire on internal microswitches with configuration tool (Cat.No 0 626 10) and wiring a complementary BUS line Operating state of all addressable luminaires can be centralized by the control interface (Cat.No 0 626 00) and monitored on a local touch screen controller (Cat.No 0 626 01), or with the building’s plan on Legrand Vision System (L.V.S. 2) PC software 0 625 42 Maintained - 45 lm - 1h (CCFL) 0 625 43 Non maintained - 45 lm - 1h (CCFL) Equipped with long life LED standby indicator (> 100,000 hours)

Fixing kit for mounting as wall strip or flag

1 1

www.legrand.com 706

E-catalogue

Kit comprising: - 1 mounting bracket - 1 casing 0 625 80 Aluminium finish 0 625 81 White finish

ArcorTM2

pictogram plates

self-contained indoor emergency edge lighting luminaires cold cathode fluorescent n Overall dimensions Standard flush-mounting 79 55

324 mm

0 625 83

Pictogram plates

0 625 83

Wall mounting with fixing kit â&#x20AC;˘ Flag mounting 364 mm

323.2

280

Polycarbonate plates directly moulded with the pictogram (In-Mold technology) ensuring improved luminous performances and protection against scratches Complying with ISO 3864-1 and ISO 7010 standards For emergency lighting 0 625 82 Exit to left or right

252.2

Exit below

â&#x20AC;˘ Wall mounting

252.2

92.7

88.4

323.2 79 133.5

332.7

21.2

Cat.Nos

Pack

103

0 625 82

159.7

19.5

300 270

Flush-mounting

Flag mounting

Wall strip mounting

707

NEW

LVS2 (Legrand Vision System) addressable & monitoring system

0 626 00

Pack

0 626 01 + 0 791 74

0 626 10

Cat.Nos

Control interface for autotest/addressable luminaires

0 626 00 Centralises the operating state of addressable emergency lighting luminaires Communication between the addressable luminaires and the control interface is carried out via a BUS line • Capacity Direct connection of 250 addressable luminaires to the control interface (star configuration or series connection) The longest line is limited to 700 m Extension via repeater Cat.No 0 626 03 for more than 250 addressable luminaires or a line longer than 700 m Maximum capacity of the central control panel: 1023 addressable luminaires Configuration software included (control interface settings and ID configuration for addressable luminaires) To be completed with at least one of the following terminals: - PC with monitoring software Cat.No 0 626 02 - Touch screen controller Cat.No 0 626 01 - PC with internet navigator (limited functions) • Connections: - RJ 45 socket for IP network - terminals for RS 232 and RS 485 - Mini USB for PC local settings • Power supply: - 230 VA - 50/60 Hz - Ni-Cd battery: 8.4 V - 0.15 Ah

Pack

3.5" touch screen controller

0 626 01 For controlling the operating state of a global addressable luminaires installation To be used complementary to the control interface Cat.No 0 626 00 Connected to the control interface through IP infrastructure Display of: - defect type - defect units location Alarms and operating mode settings power supply voltage: 27 V mA with a separate power supply Cat.No 0 634 42 To be equipped with white plate Cat.No 0 784 70 or aluminium plate Cat.No 0 791 74 (support) To be mounted in flush-mounting box Cat.No 0 801 24

0 626 02 For supervising an installation equipped with addressable self-contained emergency lighting luminaires and control interface(s) Cat.Nos. 0 626 00, whatever the installation size Simultaneous monitoring of an establishment, made of several buildings, according to the construction configuration (tree structure by buildings, levels, floors or zones) Overview screen of the luminaires installation operating state Functions for maintenance assistance: - Automatic printout of the spare parts list - Automatic printout of a maintenance document locating each defect luminaire and detailing the repair operations

0 626 03 For extending the installation beyond 250 units or for a line > 700 m (on control interface or repeater) up to 250 additional luminaires and on the longest line < 700 m Class II Power supply: 230 VA - 50/60 Hz Ni-Cd battery: 8.4 V - 0.15 Ah Dim.: 6 x 17.5 mm modules

Monitoring PC software

Mobile infrared configuration tool 1

Cat.Nos

0 626 03

0 626 10 For assigning an ID to each addressable luminaire in order to control operating state with control interface Cat.No 0 626 00

Repeater

Additional power supply 1

0 634 42 Power supply 220-240 V - 50/60 Hz Output 1-2 27 V= - 600 mA Dim.: 2 x 17.5 mm modules

Red catalogue numbers: New products

708

LVS2 (Legrand Vision System) addressable & monitoring system

n Addressable and monitoring system

n Wiring

Installation and configuration Setting of an ID on each luminaire with infrared configuration tool

Control interface Cat.No 0 626 00

Line: 700 m max.

Addressable emergency lighting luminaire

250 luminaires max. beyond 250 units, use a repeater

Mobile infrared configuration tool Cat.No 0 626 10 Repeater Cat.No 0 626 03

Installation checking

Control interface capacity: 1023 luminaires

Addressable emergency lighting luminaire

n PC connection to control interface(s) through RS 485 serial BUS Control interface Cat.No 0 626 00

External interface RS 485 RS 232 / USB ...

Control interface Cat.No 0 626 00

or PC memory stick PC

Bus RS 485 4 wires duplex or 2 wires half duplex

Control interface Cat.No 0 626 00

Technical room

Monitoring Centralization operating state Addressable emergency lighting luminaire

Addressable emergency lighting luminaire

n PC connection to control interface through RS 232 serial line Control interface Cat.No 0 626 00

5 m max. C창ble de liaison femelle/femelle Type null modem

n PC connection to control interface through Ethernet network

Control interface Cat.No 0 626 00

Control interface Cat.No 0 626 00 3.5" touch screen controller Cat.No 0 626 01

Technical room

PC monitoring software Cat.No 0 626 02

n Control interface dimensions (in mm) Cat.No 0 626 00

Control interface Cat.No 0 626 00

83.1

87.1

45.3

Local LAN

PC equipped with an Ethernet card

67.2

50.6

178.2

709

conversion kits

for normal lighting fixtures

0 618 40

0 618 46

6 640 75

6 640 70

6 640 79

6 640 71

To convert one fluorescent normal lighting source into an emergency lighting source Able to operate either on maintained or non-maintained mode Made up with a slim charger/inverter module and a battery pack designed to fit fluorescent luminaires Certified to EN 61347-2-7 standard (Z Cat.Nos 0 618 40/42/46/48, } other Cat.Nos) Operating ambient temperature: 10 째C to 40 째C Suitable for incorporation into luminaires with internal temperature up to 50 째C To be installed apart in a remote box above 50 째C Ni-Cd batteries Recharge time: 24 h Charge monitor with a green LED Pack

1/10

Cat.Nos

Standard conversion kits

Pack

1 h duration - 230 V - 50/60 Hz - For all lamps 0 618 40 For 6 to 36 W lamps

1/10

0 618 42 For 6 to 58 W lamps (high efficiency)

1/10

0 618 46 For 6 to 58 W lamps

1/10

1 h duration - 230 V - 50/60 Hz - For all lamps except T5 tubes 6 640 75 For 10 to 18 W lamps

1/10

6 640 76 For 13 to 38 W lamps

1/10

6 640 77 For 26 to 58 W lamps

1/5

1 h duration - 230 V - 50/60 Hz - For T5 lamps (with electronic ballasts only) 6 640 78 For 14 to 24 W lamps

1/5

6 640 79 For 28 to 54 W lamps

1/10

1/10 1/5 1/5

1/5

Cat.Nos

Standard conversion kits (continued)

3 h duration - 230/240 V - 50/60 Hz - For all lamps 0 618 48 For 6 to 58 W lamps 3 h duration - 230/240 V - 50/60 Hz - For all lamps except T5 tubes 6 640 70 For 10 to 18 W lamps 6 640 71 For 13 to 38 W lamps 6 640 72 For 26 to 58 W lamps 3 h duration - 230/240 V - 50/60 Hz - For T5 lamps (with electronic ballasts only) 6 640 74 For 28 to 54 W lamps

For wiring diagrams, see e-catalogue Bold pack quantities: Minimum quantities to be ordered

710

conversion kits

for normal lighting fixtures

n Dimensions Cat.Nos 6 640 75/76/77 Module

Cat.Nos 0 618 40/42/46/48 Module

239

Between holes: 210

39.5

226

Battery

Cat.Nos

Battery type

0 618 40

242

6 640 75

174.5

33.5

1 Stick 4 VTCs

0 618 42

227

6 640 76

216.5

33.5

1 Stick 5 VTCs

0 618 46

227

6 640 77

132.5

174.5

0 618 48

227

1 Stick 3 VTCs 1 Stick 4 VTCs

Cat.Nos 6 640 78/79 Module 30

Cat.Nos 6 640 70/71/72 Module

46.5

Between holes: 210

Between holes: 250

226

258

Battery

Cat.Nos

Battery type

Cat.Nos

Battery type

6 640 70

186.5

33.5

1 Stick 3 VTD

6 640 78

174.5

46.5

2 Sticks 4 VTCs

6 640 71

248

33.5

1 Stick 4 VTD

6 640 79

6 640 72

307

33.5

1 Stick 5 VTD

216.5 254

46.5

1 Stick 5 VTS 1 Stick 6 VTS

Cat.Nos 6 640 73/74 Module

Between holes: 250 258

Battery

Cat.Nos

6 640 73

248

33.5

1 Stick 4 VTD

6 640 74

186.5

2 x Sticks 3 VTD

711

conversion kits

for emergency lighting luminaires

n Ballast lumen (BLF) selection chart Lamp

Wattage

BLF (Ballast Lumen Factor) 0 618 40

0 618 42

0 618 46

0 618 48

6 640 70

18 W

0.35

0.95

0.45

0.32

0.10

36 W

0.16

0.41

0.18

0.14

58 W

0.33

0.15

0.11

14 W

0.29

0.65

0.48

0.22

21 W

0.25

0.56

0.26

0.19

24 W

0.24

0.53

0.24

0.18

28 W

0.22

0.50

0.22

0.17

49 W

0.39

0.18

0.13

54 W

0.38

0.17

0.12

6 640 71

0.07

35 W

PLC

10 W

0.16

13 W

0.14

18 W

0.10

26 W PLL

PLT

0.08

18 W

0.35

0.92

0.44

0.32

24 W

0.21

0.53(2)

0.23(2)

0.18

0.08

36 W

0.18

0.43

0.20(1)

0.14

0.06

40 W

0.18(3)

0.49

0.22

0.16

55 W

0.13(3)

0.36

0.16

0.12

(2)

0.09

18 W

0.10

26 W

0.08

32 W

0.07

42 W 2D

10 W 16 W

0.48

(1)

0.88

0.14

0.90(2)

0.42(2)

0.30

0.12

0.19

21 W

0.40

0.76(2)

0.33(2)

0.25

0.10

28 W

0.31

0.61(2)

0.28(2)

0.20

0.07

38 W

0.26

0.57

0.20

0.19

0.06

55 W

22 W

0.35

0.76

0.35

0.25

32 W

0.24

0.53

0.24

0.18

40 W

0.19

1: Autonomy > to 1h30 2: Autonomy > to 1h45 3: Autonomy > to 45 min 4: It's necessary to remove the switch

n Batteries

712

0.40(1)

Cat.Nos

Battery type

0 618 40

Ni-Cd

Battery specification

0 618 42

Ni-Cd

7.2 V - 4 Ah

0 618 46

Ni-Cd

3.6 V - 4 Ah

6.0 V - 1.5 Ah

0 618 48

Ni-Cd

7.2 V - 4 Ah

6 640 70

Ni-Cd

3.6 V - 4/4.5 Ah

6 640 71

Ni-Cd

4.8 V - 4/4.5 Ah

6 640 72

Ni-Cd

6.0 V - 4/4.5 Ah

6 640 73

Ni-Cd

4.8 V - 4/4.5 Ah

6 640 74

Ni-Cd

7.2 V - 4/4.5 Ah

6 640 75

Ni-Cd

4.8 V - 1.5/1.6 Ah

6 640 76

Ni-Cd

6.0 V - 1.5/1.6 Ah

6 640 77

Ni-Cd

8.4 V - 1.5/1.6 Ah

6 640 78

Ni-Cd

9.6 V - 1.5/1.6 Ah

6 640 79

Ni-Cd

13.2 V - 1.5/1.6 Ah

0.42

(1)

0.19

(2)

0.14

BLF (Ballast Lumen Factor) 6 640 72

6640 73

6 640 74

6 640 75

6 640 76

6 640 77

6 640 78

6 640 79

0.11 0.06 0.05

0.05 0.19

0.33

0.18

0.32

0.14

0.27 0.18

0.28

0.17(4)

0.23(4)

0.11(4)

0.17(4)

0.09

0.14(4)

(4)

0.20 0.14 0.10 0.09

0.07

0.10

0.11 0.07 0.06

0.05

0.08

0.05 0.10

0.08

0.07

0.10

0.08

0.07

0.09

0.07

0.07 0.07 0.12 0.09

0.08

0.10

0.06

0.05

0.07

0.04

0.05

713

P. 722 LCS2, cat. 6a patch panels and units

P. 726 LCS2, cat. 6 zone distribution boxes, cords and sockets

Copper cabling system

P. 729 LCS2 cat. 5e zone distribution boxes, cords and sockets P. 731 LCS2, 19" optic drawer and units

Fibre optic system

P. 733 LCS2, fibre sockets

P. 738 Wi-Fi access point

Wi-Fi and switches

Structured cabling

P. 740 LCS2, 19“wall-mounting cabinets

Wall-mounting and freestanding cabinets

P. 744 LCS2, 19“ freestanding cabinets

P. 763 Audio/video patch panels

Audio/video system

NEW IN 2013 Legrand cabling system

(p. 722)

714

Audio - video sockets (p. 764)

P. 723 LCS2, cat. 6a cables, cords and RJ 45 sockets

P. 724 LCS2, cat.6 patch panels and units

P. 724 LCS2, cat. 6 cables and cords

P. 726 110 cross connect system

P. 727 LCS2, cat. 6 RJ 45 sockets

P. 728 LCS2, cat. 5e patch panels and units

P. 728 LCS2, cat. 5e cables, cords

P. 729 LCS2, cat. 5e RJ 45 sockets

P. 730 LCS2, telephone panel, units and accessories

P. 731 LCS2, 19" high density drawer and units

P. 732 LCS2, easy crimping case and connectors

P. 732 LCS2, pigtails and breakout kits

P. 733 LCS2 cords

P. 734 LCS2 cables

P. 736 LCS2 units, Ethernet switches, PoE, doubler units

P. 742 LCS2, 19“ equipment

P. 743 LCS2 power distribution units (PDU)

P. 739 Switches, distribution blocks

P. 741 LCS2, 10“ cabinets

P. 741 LCS2, 19“ Linkeo wall-mounting cabinets

P. 745 Plinths, cable entry plates and thermal management

P. 746 LCS2, cable management

P. 763 Audio/video cables and cords

P. 764 Audio/video sockets

P. 747 AltisTM 19" freestanding cabinets

P. 748 LCS2, 19“ High Density racks

P. 749 Bâti-rack and accessories

715

LCS2 performance from technical room to workstation The new LCS2 system integrates perfectly in various other Legrand solutions: DLP trunking system, cabling accessories, cable management, etc.

DISCOVER A COMPLETE SOLUTION A perfect connection from the cabinet to the socket • Cabinets: 19’’ or 10’’ wall-mounting cabinets, freestanding and server freestanding cabinets for an easy installation and efficient maintenance • Cat. 6 a , cat. 6 and cat. 5e: patch panels, units of connectors, RJ 45 sockets, cables and cords

Patch panels and units, p. 722, 724, 728, 730, 731

Cables and cords, p. 722, 724, 725, 726, 728, 729, 730, 734

Wall-cabinets and freestanding cabinets, p. 740 to 761

Sockets, p. 723, 725, 727, 729, 733

Additional components for performance and extension • Fibre optic: simple and reliable option • Area distribution boxes: for consolidation and redistribution • Wi-Fi access points: For fitting just like RJ 45 sockets and on other supports

Fibre optic, p. 731 to 735 716

Area distribution boxes, p. 736

Wi-Fi access points, p. 738

MORE INFORMATION Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports, or contact your Area Commercial Manager

www.legrand.com

E-catalogue

Legrand Cabling System2

QR-code

LCS ProÂ˛ software

717

selection chart for equipment and enclosures configure your LCS2 system

Select RJ 45 sockets and Wi-Fi ARTEOR access points LCS2 cat. 6A

LCS2 cat. 6

LCS2 cat. 5e

White

Magnesium

White

Magnesium

White

STP

5 723 06

5 728 06

5 733 23

5 728 23

UTP

5 723 49

5 728 49

5 723 02

5 728 02

5 723 03

5 728 03

UTP

5 723 25

5 728 25

5 723 28

5 728 28

STP

5 723 17

5 728 17

UTP

5 723 14

5 728 14

5 723 04

5 728 04

2 modules Connection with 110 tool

UTP

5 723 26

5 728 26

5 723 29

5 728 29

2 modules round version

UTP

5 722 34

5 828 24

Copper feedthrough

UTP

5 823 31

5 728 31

5 723 30

5 728 30

1 module 1 module Connection with 110 tool 2 modules

Magnesium

STP

0 765 08

0 765 01

UTP

0 765 09

0 765 03

0 765 02

Connection with 110 tool

UTP

0 765 14

2 x RJ 45 with 45째 incline

UTP

0 765 04

STP

5 723 50

5 728 50

UTP

5 723 57

5 728 57

5 723 53

5 728 53

0 765 97

2 modules with 45째 incline

With controlled access Sockets at 90째 Antibacterial 2 x RJ 45 sockets

STP

0 765 93

UTP

0 765 91

STP

0 765 83

UTP

0 765 81

UTP

0 765 44

0 765 41

STP

5 723 52

5 728 52

UTP

5 723 59

5 728 59

5 723 55

5 728 55

STP

5 723 51

5 828 51

UTP

5 723 58

5 728 58

5 723 54

5 728 54

Retractable RJ45

UTP

5 723 39

5 728 39

0 765 30

Keystone RJ45

STP UTP

0 331 54 0 331 55

0 331 81

0 331 80

Green shutter Orange shutter

Select LCS2 panels and connector units Patch panels 1U Fitted with 24 connectors Units of 6 x RJ 45 connectors

LCS2 cat. 6A

LCS2 cat. 6

STP

0 335 73

0 335 63

UTP

0 335 84

0 335 61

0 335 51

STP

0 335 76 0 335 77

0 335 66 0 335 64

0 335 55 0 335 54

UTP

LCS2 cat. 5e

Blanking plate

0 335 91

Patch panel 1 U - To be fitted with 4 units

0 335 90

Doubler sockets White

Magnesium

Telephone/Ethernet FTP

5 723 36

5 728 36

Telephone/Ethernet UTP

5 723 35

5 728 35

5 723 36

5 728 36

With RJ 45 on front a, b & g Manageable Wi-Fi access points

Without RJ 45 on front a, b & g

5 723 77

5 728 77

Without RJ 45 on front 802.11 only

5 723 78

5 728 78

Select additional LCS2 panels and units Telephone panels 1 U Fitted with 4 x 12 port extensions

3-6/4-5 contacts (digital)

0 335 31

4-5/7-8 contacts (analogue)

0 335 30

Telephone extensions Fitted with 12 ports

3-6/4-5 contacts (digital)

0 335 33

Doubler units Video streaming unit Switch units Power over Ethernet (PoE) injector

718

LCS2

4-5/7-8 contacts (analogue)

0 335 32

Ethernet/Ethernet

UTP

0 335 38

Telephone/Ethernet

UTP

0 335 36

Telephone/telephone

0 335 35

6 x "F" connectors

0 335 34

7 x RJ 45 ports

0 335 02

6 x RJ 45 ports + 1 LC type optic port

0 335 05

4 ports

0 335 01

selection chart for equipment and enclosures configure your LCS2 system (continued)

Select fibre optic equipment For 6 fibres

LC units

Monomode

Multimode

0 335 13

0 335 18

0 335 19

High density - For 12 fibres

SC units

For 6 fibres

0 335 12

0 335 17

ST units

For 6 fibres

0 335 16

10/100 base T to 10/100 base SX

0 335 06

1000 base T to 1000 base SX/LX

0 335 07

0 335 05

Copper/fibre optic converters Switch units

6 x RJ 45 ports + 1 LC type optic port

Fibre optic enclosures 1 U - For 4 fibre optic units

0 335 10

Fibre optic cassettes for patch panel

0 335 11

Select 19" LCS2 feedthrough panels 1U 2U 1U 2U 1U 2U

0 465 22 0 465 23 0 465 28 0 465 29 0 465 30 0 465 31

9 sockets

0 465 50

5 sockets 6 sockets Switch with indicator 6 sockets Double-pole circuit-breaker 6 sockets For safeguarded circuit 9 sockets German standard

6 339 00

6 sockets German standard 6 sockets Switch with indicator Replacement module

0 465 62

Modular unit 2 U

Takes 16 Arteor modules

0 332 79

DIN rail kit IP 2X - 2 U

For Lexic modular devices

0 465 45

Metal, 2 axes, quick-fixing Plastic with brushes, direct clipping Metal with brushes, quick-fixing

Select 19" LCS2

Socket units 2P+E 2 U

Unit with surge suppressor 2 U

PATCH CORD COPPER

S/FTP

Shielded

SF/UTP

F/UTP

UnShielded

U/UTP

Red

PVC

LSOH

PVC

0 517 52 0 517 53 0 517 54 0 517 55 0 517 62 0 517 63 0 517 64 0 517 65 0 517 72 0 517 73 0 517 74 0 517 75

0 518 54 0 518 55 0 518 56 0 518 57 0 518 62 0 518 63 0 518 64 0 518 65

0 518 50 0 518 51 0 518 52 0 518 53 0 518 58 0 518 59 0 518 60 0 518 61

0 516 40 0 516 41 0 516 42 0 516 43 0 516 36 0 516 37 0 516 38 0 516 39

LSOH

LSOH 0 518 66 0 518 67 0 518 68 0 518 69

0 517 84 0 518 75 0 518 76 0 518 77

Cat. 6

Cat. 6a

PVC 1 x 4 pairs Only LSOH

U/UTP

0 327 87

F/UTP

0 327 78

Cat. 5e Grey

0 518 70 0 518 71 0 518 72 0 518 73

305 500 1000 305 500 1000

0 775 41

Green

PVC

Length

0 332 78

Red

0 517 80 0 517 81 0 517 82 0 517 83

cable copper

0 465 60

Blue

1 2 3 5 1 2 3 5 1 2 3 5 1 2 3 5

0 518 78 0 518 79 0 518 80 0 518 81

0 332 87

Green

Length

0 518 82 0 518 83 0 518 84 0 518 85

0 332 37

Cat. 6

Cat. 6a Yellow

0 332 88

S/FTP

0 327 77

Cat. 5e

U/UTP

F/UTP

0 327 55 0 328 62 0 328 72 0 327 54 0 328 61 0 328 71

0 328 57 0 327 58

SF/UTP 0 327 59

0 328 56 0 327 56

0 327 57

U/UTP

F/UTP

0 327 51 0 328 54 0 328 74 0 327 50 0 328 53 0 328 73

0 327 53 0 328 51 0 327 52 0 328 50

719

selection chart for equipment and enclosures configure your LCS2 system (continued)

Select 19" LCS2 ENCLOSURES

Depth 600 mm Depth 800 mm Depth 1000 mm

24 U

Width 600 mm

0 463 00

29 U

Width 600 mm

0 463 06

33 U

Width 600 mm

0 463 12

Width 600 mm

0 463 18

0 463 19

Width 800 mm

0 463 21

0 463 22

0 463 23

Width 800 mm

0 463 28

0 463 29

42 U 47 U

Select 19" LCS extension ENCLOSURES 2

Width 600 mm Width 800 mm

42 U

Select 19" LCS2 server ENCLOSURES Width 600 mm

42 U

Depth 600 mm Depth 800 mm 0 463 30 0 463 33 Depth 1000 mm 0 463 85

Width 800 mm

0 463 86 For enclosure For enclosure For enclosure Select equipment for 19" LCS ENCLOSURES depth 600 mm depth 800 mm depth 1000 mm 0 463 34 0 463 35 42 U cabling units 0 464 64(1) 0 464 64(1) Base for cabling unit, trap height 100 mm 0 463 37 0 463 38 0 463 39 Joining kits 0 464 56(2) 0 464 58(2) 0 464 54(2) Sets of 2 solid side traps for enclosure base 0 464 60 0 464 61 Ventilated traps, 1 trap height 100 mm 0 464 62 0 464 63 Traps with brushes, 1 panel height 100 mm 0 476 93 0 476 94 0 476 95 Stay plates 0 464 66 Linking interface 0 465 00 0 465 00 0 465 00 Depth 115 mm Fixed shelves Projecting mounting on 2 x 19" uprights 0 465 01 0 465 01 0 465 01 Depth 200 mm (excludes server enclosures) 0 465 02 0 465 02 0 465 02 Depth 360 mm 0 465 05 0 465 06 0 465 07 Fixed shelves. Quick mounting on 4 x 19" uprights (excludes server enclosures) 0 465 17 Fixed shelf. Screw fixed on 4 x 19" uprights 0 465 08 0 465 09 0 465 10 Telescopic shelves. Quick mounting on 4 x 19" uprights (excludes server enclosures) 0 465 18 Telescopic shelf. Screw fixed on 4 x 19" uprights (for server enclosures) 0 465 11 0 465 12 0 465 13 Set of 2 fixed runners Height 100 mm Height 200 mm 0 464 50 0 464 52 For width 600 mm Enclosure base kits 0 464 51 0 464 53 For width 800 mm 2

Select 19" LCS2 cable entries for top and bottom and blanking plates Sets of 3 cable management supports Flat cable guides U-shaped cable guides Cord management grille Vertical feedthrough Patch extension

For enclosures

For enclosure width/depth 600 mm For enclosure width/depth 800 mm For enclosure depth 1000 mm For enclosure 33 U For enclosure 42 U Width 200 mm Width 400 mm For enclosure 42 U, width 800 mm For enclosure 42 U, width 800 mm For enclosure 42 U, width 800 mm

SELECT 19'' LCS2 RACKS 45 U Cable tray support Lower finishing plate Cord management grids Cord management grids with door Cord management grids with door 19" Cord management Panel 1U 19" Cord management Panel 2U 19" Equipement screw

1965 mm x 153 mm x 156 mm 1970 mm x 165 mm x 204 mm 1970 mm x 267 mm x 331 mm

0 464 72 0 464 73 0 464 74 0 464 76 0 464 77 0 464 69 0 464 70 0 331 35 0 464 80 0 464 81 For enclosure depth For enclosure depth 521 mm 667 mm 0 464 06 0 464 07 0 464 18 0 464 19 0 464 15 0 464 16 0 464 25 0 464 26 0 464 27 0 465 70 0 465 71 0 464 23

Select thermal management equipment and accessories 19" plates 3U with 230 V fans Ventilation enclosures Thermostat

Accessories

2 fans 3 fans For enclosure depth 600/800 mm For enclosure depth 800/1000 mm Adjustable range 5 to 60 째C Set of 4 casters Set of 4 casters for server enclosure 230 V Lighting kit Level adjustment kit Floor fixing kit

(1) Double the number of traps for a height of 200 mm (2) Order 2 sets for a base height of 200 mm (Cat.Nos 464 52/53)

720

0 464 87 0 464 88 0 464 89 0 464 90 0 348 48 0 464 83 0 464 82 0 464 85 0 464 84 0 464 86

selection chart for equipment and enclosures configure your LCS2 system (continued)

Plastic cable entries with brushes, direct clipping Solid plastic blanking plates, direct clipping Metal cable entries with brushes, quick-fixing Solid metal blanking plates, quick-fixing

Select cabling management equipment

1U 2U 1U 2U 1U 2U 1U 2U 3U

0 465 28 0 465 29 0 465 32 0 465 33 0 465 30 0 465 31 0 465 38 0 465 39 0 465 40

FIXED PIVOTING Depth 400 mm Depth 580 mm Depth 600 mm

Select 19" LCS2 cabinets and equipment 6U

Height 350 mm

0 462 00

Height 500 mm

0 462 01

0 462 06

0 462 11

12 U

Height 600 mm

0 462 02

0 462 07

0 462 12

16 U

Height 800 mm

0 462 03

0 462 08

0 462 13

21 U

Height 1000 mm

0 462 09

0 462 14

Depth 115 mm

0 465 00

Fixed shelves

Depth 200 mm

0 465 01

Depth 360 mm

0 465 02

Cable entry plate with brush Equipment

0 462 55

0 462 60

0 348 48

0 462 64

OS 1 (UPC) monomode 9/125 µm -

OM 3 multimode 50/125 µm -

OM 2 multimode 50/125 µm 0 330 80

0 330 81

0 330 82

0 326 00

0 326 09

0 330 69

0 326 01

0 326 10

0 330 70

3m 1m

0 326 02 0 326 03

0 326 11 0 326 12

0 330 71 0 330 75

0 326 04

0 326 13

0 330 63

0 326 05

0 326 14

0 330 76

0 330 72

0 330 73

0 326 06

0 326 15

0 326 07

0 326 16

0 326 08

0 326 17

0 330 65

6 fibres

0 325 12

0 325 10

0 325 08

12 fibres

0 325 11

0 325 09

6 fibres

0 325 13

230 VA fan Thermostat Set of 4 casters

Select fibre optic patch cords ST/ST duplex cords

SC/SC duplex cords

SC/LC duplex cords

ST/SC duplex cords

LC/LC duplex cords

LC/ST duplex cord

0 330 61

Select optic cables (2000 m REELs) Internal/external, anti-rodent External, anti-rodent reinforced steel

LCS zone distribution boxes Zone distribution boxes Fitted with 12 x RJ 45 connectors

Units of 6 x RJ 45 connectors

LCS cat. 6

LCS cat. 5e

STP

0 335 46

FTP

0 335 45

UTP

0 335 44

STP

0 335 66

FTP

0 335 65

0 335 55

UTP

0 335 64

0 335 54

Fibre optic accessory

0 335 20

Zone distribution box

0 335 40

721

Legrand cabling system LCS2 category 6a

patch panels, blocks of connectors and cables

Legrand cabling system LCS2 category 6a cords

0 335 73

0 517 82

0 335 76

Pack

1 1 1 1

Connector cat. 6a shielded STP

Cat.Nos

0 335 84 0 335 85 0 335 73 0 335 86

Patch panel cat. 6a 24 x RJ 45 connectors, LCS2 Panel supplied with quick-fixing All enclosures or cabinets general assembly Panel ensures automatic grounding of each connector Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables during maintenance Fitted with 4 units of 6 LCS2 RJ 45 connectors cat. 6a with fast connection thanks to integrated crimping, with wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B Supplied with numbered colour labels Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, amendment 2, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568C 19" panel - 1 U UTP - 8 contacts UTP - 8 contacts - Recessed STP - Metal Shielding 360° STP - Metal Shielding 360° - Recessed

Pack

Cat.Nos

RJ 45 patch cords and user cords cat. 6a RJ 45 - RJ 45 right Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568C

PVC

5 5 5 5

0 518 82 0 518 83 0 518 84 0 518 85

U/UTP unscreened impedance 100 Ω Length 1 m Length 2 m Length 3 m Length 5 m

LSZH

5 5 5 5

0 518 78 0 518 79 0 518 80 0 518 81

Length 1 m Length 2 m Length 3 m Length 5 m

5 5 5 5

0 518 74 0 518 75 0 518 76 0 518 77

Length 1 m Length 2 m Length 3 m Length 5 m

Units of 6 x RJ 45 connectors cat. 6a Fitted with 6 x LCS2 RJ 45 connectors cat. 6a with fast connection thanks to integrated crimping, with wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B Supplied with colour labels Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, amendment 2, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568C 2 2 10

0 335 77 UTP - 8 contacts 0 335 76 STP - Metal Shielding 360° 0 335 91 Blanking plate for 19" panel - Black

PVC

5 5 5 5

LSZH

500(1)

0 327 87

500(1)

0 327 78

500(1)

0 328 78

500(1)

0 327 77

722

Length 1 m Length 2 m Length 3 m Length 5 m

LSZH

Cables for local networks cat. 6a Cables 4 pairs or 2 x 4 twisted pairs 100 ohms LSZH sleeve: halogen-free Yellow RAL 1018 Colour code TIA/EIA Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568C Performance 500 MHz U/UTP - 4 pairs Performance 500 MHz Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 25 kg F/UTP - 4 pairs Performance 500 MHz Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 25 kg F/UTP - 2x4 pairs Performance 500 MHz Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 65 kg S/FTP - 4 pairs Performance 600 MHz Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 30 kg

0 517 80 0 517 81 0 517 82 0 517 83

S/FTP shielded impedance 100 Ω

5 5 5 5

0 518 70 0 518 71 0 518 72 0 518 73

Length 1 m Length 2 m Length 3 m Length 5 m

5 5 5 5

0 518 66 0 518 67 0 518 68 0 518 69

Length 1 m Length 2 m Length 3 m Length 5 m

Legrand cabling system LCS2 category 6a RJ 45 sockets

5 723 06

5 723 50

5 728 06

5 723 06 + plate 5 765 40

Sockets with LCS2 connector with fast connection thanks to integrated crimping Take AWG 22 single-core cables up to AWG 26 and AWG multicore cables Contacts marked with dual colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, amendment 2, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568C

Pack

Cat.Nos

Arteor compatible RJ 45 sockets cat. 6a

Pack

Cat.Nos

Keystone RJ 45 socket cat. 6a

STP - 1 module 10 10 10 10 10 10

5 723 06 5 728 06 5 723 52 5 728 52 5 723 51 5 728 51

White Magnesium White with green shutter Magnesium with green shutter White with orange shutter Magnesium with orange shutter

0 331 54 STP socket - metal shielding 360째 with fast connection thanks to integrated crimping

0 331 55 UTP socket - metal shielding 360째 with fast connection thanks to integrated crimping

STP with controlled access - 2 modules Supplied with 2 keys for 5 sockets 5 5

5 723 50 5 728 50

White with red shutter Magnesium with red shutter STP 45째 - 2 modules

0 765 08

10 10 10 10 10 10

5 723 49 5 728 49 5 723 59 5 728 59 5 723 58 5 728 58

White UTP - 1 module White Magnesium White with green shutter Magnesium with green shutter White with orange shutter Magnesium with orange shutter UTP with controlled access - 2 modules Supplied with 2 keys for 5 sockets

5 5

5 723 57 5 728 57

White with red shutter Magnesium with red shutter UTP 45째 - 2 modules

0 765 09

White

Get detailed information on the available support frames and plates in the Legrand general catalogue.

Arteor audio/video sockets see P. 764 723

Legrand cabling system LCS2 category 6 patch panels, blocks of connectors

Legrand cabling system LCS2 category 6 cables

0 335 61

0 327 54 Cat. 6 connector STP shielded

0 335 66 Pack

1 1 1 1

Cat.Nos

0 335 61 0 335 67 0 335 89 0 335 63

Patch panels cat. 6 24 x RJ 45 connectors, LCS2 Panels supplied with quick-fixing All enclosures or cabinets general assembly Panels ensure automatic grounding of each connector Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables during maintenance Fitted with 4 units of 6 LCS2 RJ 45 connectors cat. 6 with fast connection thanks to integrated crimping, with colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B Supplied with numbered colour labels Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, amendment 2, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568C 19" panel - 1 U UTP - 8 contacts UTP - 8 contacts - Recessed UTP - 8 contacts - Feed through STP - Metal Shielding 360째

Pack

Cat.Nos

LSZH

305(1)

0 327 54

500(1)

0 328 61

1000

0 328 71

(1)

PVC

305

(1)

0 327 55

500

(1)

0 328 62

1000

0 328 72

(1)

500(1)

0 328 63

305(1)

0 328 56

500(1)

0 327 56

Units of 6 x RJ 45 connectors cat. 6

2 2 10

Fitted with 6 x LCS2 RJ 45 connectors cat. 6 with fast connection thanks to integrated crimping, with colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B Supplied with colour labels Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568 0 335 64 UTP - 8 contacts 0 335 66 STP - Metal Shielding 360째 0 335 91 Blanking plate for 19" panel - Black

Patch panels cat. 6 24 x RJ 45 connectors, 110 connection

1 1

Panels supplied with screws All enclosures or cabinets general assembly Fitted with 4 units of 6 RJ 45 connectors cat. 6 connection with 110 tool, with colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B Supplied with labels numbered from 1 to 24 Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568 19" 1 U panels 0 335 82 UTP - 8 contacts - Flat 0 335 83 UTP - 8 contacts - Angled

305(1)

0 328 57

500(1)

0 327 58

500 (1) 500

500(1) 500

0 327 76 0 328 58

(1)

0 327 57 0 327 59

(1)

500(1)

0 328 59

Cables for local networks cat. 6 Cables 4 pairs or 2 x 4 twisted pairs 100 ohms Blue RAL 5015 Colour code TIA/EIA Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568C U/UTP - 4 pairs Length 305 m Supplied in cardboard box. Weight 16 kg Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 18 kg Length 1000 m Supplied on reel Length 305m Supplied in cardboard box. Weight 13 kg Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 19 kg Length 1000 m Supplied on reel U/UTP - 2 x 4 pairs Length 500 m Supplied in cardboard box. Weight 38 kg F/UTP - 4 pairs Length 305 m Supplied on reel. Weight 17 kg Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 25 kg F/UTP - 4 pairs Length 305 m Supplied in cardboard box. Weight 17 kg Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 25 kg F/UTP - 2 x 4 pairs Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 48 kg Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 45 kg SF/UTP - 4 pairs Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 29 kg Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 30 kg SF/UTP - 2 x 4 pairs Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 52 kg

(1) in metre(s)

724

Legrand cabling system LCS2 category 6 cords

Legrand cabling system LCS2 category 6 cords specifically for zone distribution boxes feedthrough sockets

0 517 57

0 517 62 RJ 45

Pack

Cat.Nos

RJ 45 patch cords and user cords cat. 6 RJ 45 - RJ 45 right

PVC

1 1 1 1

0 517 72 0 517 73 0 517 74 0 517 75

Connection principle Pack

Cat.Nos

0 518 62 0 518 63 0 518 64 0 518 65

0 518 58 0 518 59 0 518 60 0 518 61

PVC

1 1 1 5

0 517 62 0 517 63 0 517 64 0 517 65

Length 1 m Length 2 m Length 3 m Length 5 m

4 4 4

U/UTP unscreened impedance 100 Ω 0 517 57 Length 8 m 0 517 58 Length 15 m 0 517 59 Length 20 m

F/UTP screened impedance 100 Ω

4 1 4

F/UTP screened impedance 100 Ω 0 517 96 Length 8 m 0 517 97 Length 15 m 0 517 98 Length 20 m

Length 1 m Length 2 m Length 3 m Length 5 m

Cords cat. 6 - RJ 45/RJ 45 For direct connection via RJ 45 male plug to the zone distribution box and to the RJ 45 socket with copper feedthrough to ensure: - safe connection - speed and reliability of connection Blue RAL 5015

LSZH

1 1 1 1

0 518 54 0 518 55 0 518 56 0 518 57

0 518 50 0 518 51 0 518 52 0 518 53

PVC

5 5 5 5

0 517 52 0 517 53 0 517 54 0 517 55

Cords cat. 6 - RJ 45/stripped AWG 24 RJ 45 - straight stripped Clip on and off in the zone distribution boxes and connection via LCS2 connector of an RJ 45 socket by the stripped side Cords prepared in factory, "ready for wiring" Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568 Blue RAL 5015 Wiring in T 568 B

U/UTP unscreened impedance 100 Ω

LSZH

1 1 1 1

RJ 45

Length 1 m Length 2 m Length 3 m Length 5 m SF/UTP shielded impedance 100 Ω Length 1 m Length 2 m Length 3 m Length 5 m

4 4 4

U/UTP unscreened impedance 100 Ω 0 515 10 Length 8 m 0 515 11 Length 15 m 0 515 12 Length 20 m

4 4 4

F/UTP screened impedance 100 Ω 0 515 13 Length 8 m 0 515 14 Length 15 m 0 515 15 Length 20 m

Pack

Cat.Nos

Sockets with copper feedthrough cat. 6

10 10

Easy connection at the rear through simply attaching a male plug Ensures network access for the RJ 45 socket Used to create links cat. 6 According to standards ISO 11801 Ed.2, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568 within the framework of operation with zone distribution boxes Multidirectional cord entry Installation possible in all supports with min. 40 mm depth 2 modules Cat. 6 UTP Arteor Arteor White 5 723 31 Magnesium 5 72831

10 10

5 723 33 5 728 33

Cat. 6 FTP Arteor White Magnesium

725

Legrand cabling system LCS2 category 6 zone distribution boxes

Legrand cabling system LCS2 category 6

110 Cross Connect System blocks and patch cords cat. 6

0 335 46 6 339 70

Pack

Cat.Nos

Zone distribution boxes For distribution of low current in a zone fitted with 1 to 12 RJ 45 sockets Centralise connections to guarantee flexibility and adaptability of the installation Installed on false ceiling or false floor Connect to the patch panel or the floor cabinet Connection to an RJ 45 socket with stripped cord or to a Arteor RJ 45 socket with copper feedthrough with an RJ 45/RJ 45 cord IP 21 - IK 07 Conform to standards UTE C 15-900, NF C 15-100, NF C 20-730, EN 50-174.2, CEI 60950, ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568 Colour code TIA/EIA 568 A and C Cords and cables: ISO 11801 Ed.2.0, EN 50173-1, TIA/EIA 568 Technical characteristics: - polycarbonate PC hood - polypropylene PP base - RAL 7035 - hold connector units in place in the box: 100 N - Cables anchored on support using Colring cable ties

1 1

Zone distribution boxes cat. 6 Fitted with 2 x 6 LCS2 connector blocks RJ 45 cat. 6 and RJ 45 blanking plates Supplied with Colring cable ties 0 335 44 UTP 0 335 46 STP

6 339 72

6 339 29

6 339 73 Pack

Cat.Nos

1 1 1

6 339 24 6 339 25 6 339 26

1 1 1

6 339 27 6 339 28 6 339 29

Block kits • block connection • 110C connecting blocks • includes base wiring block • label holders for designation With legs 48-pair in 50-pair footprint 96-pair in 100-pair footprint 288-pair in 300-pair footprint Without legs 48-pair in 50-pair footprint 96-pair in 100-pair footprint 288-pair in 300-pair footprint

Patch cords 10 10 10 10

110/110 - 4 pairs 6 339 12 Length 1 m 6 339 13 Length 1.5 m 110/RJ 45 - 4 pairs 6 339 16 Length 1.5 m 6 339 17 Length 3 m

Accessories 1 1 5 1 1 1 1 1

726

110 tool 0 332 60 110 tool 0 332 61 Replacement blade Designation labelling kits 6 339 68 Pack of two clear strips and white paper Rivets 6 339 71 Rivets (pack of 12) 110 jumper throughs 6 339 69 With legs, 27.3 x 6.83 x 11.9 mm 6 339 70 Without legs, 21.6 x 6.83 x 6.83 mm 19" enclosure mount 110 panel 6 339 72 Panel for 2 x 100-pair blocks without legs, 2 U 6 339 73 Panel for 2 x 100-pair blocks and two throughs without legs, 4 U

Legrand cabling system LCS2 category 6 RJ 45 sockets

5 723 02

5 723 53

7 300 57

2 811 65

6 170 92

Sockets with LCS2 connector with fast connection thanks to integrated crimping Take AWG 22 single-core cables up to AWG 26 and AWG 24 multicore cables Contacts marked with dual colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B. Conforming to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568 Pack

10 10 10

10 10

Cat.Nos

Arteor compatible RJ 45 sockets cat. 6

5 723 23 5 728 23 0 765 83

STP - 1 module White Magnesium Antibacterial

5 723 17 5 728 17

STP - 2 modules White Magnesium

5 723 02 5 728 02 0 765 81

UTP - 1 module White Magnesium Antibacterial

5 723 25 5 728 25

UTP - 1 module - connection with 110 tool White Magnesium

5 723 14 5 728 14

UTP - 2 modules White Magnesium

0 765 03

White 45째 - 1 x RJ 45

0 765 04

White 45째 - 2 x RJ 45

5 723 55 5 728 55

White - Green shutter Magnesium - Green shutter

5 723 54 5 728 54

White - Orange shutter Magnesium - Orange shutter

UTP - 2 modules - round version 5 723 24 White 5 728 24 Magnesium

Pack

5/100 1/20 1

Cat.Nos

Plexo RJ 45 sockets cat. 6 - IP 55 closed flap IK 07

Protection against water, dust For industrial sites 0 695 69 FTP socket White 0 695 61 UTP socket White 0 695 81 Adaptor for RJ 45 socket Weatherproofing ensured (IP 44) plug inserted White

Keystone RJ 45 sockets cat. 6 10

0 331 81 UTP socket with fast connection

Synergy white RJ 45 sockets cat. 6 UTP Rapid cable connection For flush-mounting, back box to be min, 35 mm deep Nominal plate dimensions: 86 x 86 mm. 1

7 300 56

RJ 45 - single

7 300 57

RJ 45 - Twin

Mallia white RJ 45 sockets cat. 6 UTP 5

2 811 62

RJ 45 - single

2 811 65

RJ 45 - Twin

Belanko RJ 45 sockets cat. 6 UTP conform to SASO No LIC 204834

UTP - 2 modules - connection with 110 tool 5 723 26 White 5 728 26 Magnesium

6 170 91

RJ 45 - single

0 765 14

6170 92

RJ 45 - Twin

White 45째 UTP - 2 modules - with controlled access supplied with 2 keys for 5 sockets

5 723 53 5 728 53

White with red shutter Magnesium with red shutter UTP - 4 modules - 2 x RJ 45 - DLP

0 765 44

White

UTP - 4 modules - retractable RJ 45 socket with integrated retractable cord (0.9 m) winds up automatically with a pushbutton 5 723 39 White 5 728 39 Magnesium

Arteor sockets with copper feedthrough (p. 725)

Arteor audio/video sockets (p. 397)

Get detailed information on the available support frames and plates in the Legrand general catalogue.

727

Legrand cabling system LCS2 category 5e patch panels, blocks of connectors

Legrand cabling system LCS2 category 5e cables and cords

0 335 51

0 335 54

Pack

1 1

FTP cat. 5e connector

Cat.Nos

Patch panels cat. 5e 24 x RJ 45 connectors, LCS2

Panels supplied with quick-fixing All enclosures or cabinets general assembly Panels ensure automatic grounding of each connector Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables during maintenance Fitted with 4 units of 6 LCS2 RJ 45 connectors cat 5e with fast connection thanks to integrated crimping, with colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B Supplied with colour labels numbered from 1 to 24 Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568 19" panel - 1 U UTP panel 0 335 51 UTP - 8 contacts 0 335 88 UTP - 8 contacts - Feed through

Units of 6 x RJ 45 connectors cat. 5e Fitted with 6 x LCS2 RJ 45 connectors cat. 5e with fast connection thanks to integrated crimping, with colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B Supplied with colour labels Conforms to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568 2 10

0 335 54 UTP - 8 contacts 0 335 91 Blanking plate for 19" panel - Black

Patch panels cat. 5e 24 x RJ 45 connectors, 110 Panels supplied with screws All enclosures or cabinets general assembly Fitted with 4 units of 6 RJ 45 connectors cat. 6 connection with 110 tool, with colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B Supplied with labels numbered from 1 to 24 Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568 19" 1 U panels 1 1

0 335 80 UTP - 8 contacts - Flat 0 335 81 UTP - 8 contacts - Angled

0 328 50

Pack

Cat.Nos

LSZH

305(1)

0 327 50

500(1)

0 328 53

1000(1)

0 328 73

PVC

305(1)

0 327 51

500

0 328 54

(1)

1000

500

0 328 74

(1)

500(1)

0 328 55 0 327 73

(1)

305(1)

0 327 52

500(1)

0 328 50

305(1)

0 327 53

500(1)

0 328 51

500(1)

0 327 74 0 328 52

500(1)

Cables for local networks cat. 5e 4 twisted pair cables 100 ohms LSZH sleeve: non-halogen Grey RAL 7035 Colour code TIA/EIA U/UTP - 4 pairs Length 305m Supplied in cardboard box. Weight 10 kg Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 15 kg Length 1000 m Supplied on reel Length 305m Supplied in cardboard box. Weight 9 kg Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 15 kg Length 1000 m Supplied on reel U/UTP - 2x4 pairs Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 34 kg Length 500 m Supplied on reel F/UTP - 4 pairs Length 305 m Supplied in cardboard box. Weight 12 kg Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 21 kg Length 305 m Supplied by box. Weight 11 kg Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 20 kg F/UTP - 2x4 pairs Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 38 kg Length 500 m Supplied on reel. Weight 34 kg

RJ 45 patch cords and user cords cat. 5e PVC

1 1 1 1

728

0 516 40

RJ 45 - RJ 45 right

0 516 36 0 516 37 0 516 38 0 516 39

U/UTP unscreened impedance 100 立 Grey Length 1m Length 2m Length 3m Length 5m

0 516 40 0 516 41 0 516 42 0 516 43

F/UTP screened impedance 100 立 Grey Length 1 m Length 2 m Length 3 m Length 5 m

Legrand cabling system LCS2 category 5e cords specifically for zone distribution boxes feedthrough sockets

Legrand cabling system LCS2 category 5e RJ 45 sockets

5 728 30

0 515 03

5 723 03

RJ 45

Connection principle Pack

Cat.Nos

Cords cat. 5e - RJ 45 / stripped RJ 45 - straight stripped. Clip on and off in the zone distribution boxes and RJ 45 socket connection via LCS2 connector via the stripped side. Cords prepared in factory, "ready for wiring". Conform to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568. Grey RAL 7035 Wiring in T 568 B

4 4 4

U/UTP unscreened impedance 100 Ω 0 517 90 Length 8 m 0 517 91 Length 15 m 0 517 92 Length 20 m

4 4 4

F/UTP screened impedance 100 Ω 0 517 93 Length 8 m 0 517 94 Length 15 m 0 517 95 Length 20 m

Cords cat. 5e - RJ 45/RJ 45 For direct connection via RJ 45 male plug to the zone distribution box and to the RJ 45 socket with copper feedthrough to ensure: - safe connection - speed and reliability of connection Grey RAL 7035 4 4 4

U/UTP unscreened impedance 100 Ω 0 515 00 Length 8 m 0 515 01 Length 15 m 0 515 02 Length 20 m

4 4 4

F/UTP unscreened impedance 100 Ω 0 515 03 Length 8 m 0 515 04 Length 15 m 0 515 05 Length 20 m

Sockets with copper feedthrough cat. 5e Easy connection at the rear through simply attaching a male plug. Ensures network access for the RJ 45 socket. Used to create cat. 5e links. According to standards ISO 11801 Ed.2, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568 within the framework of operation with zone distribution boxes. Multidirectional cord entry. Installation possible in all supports with a min. 40 mm depth. 2 modules

10 10

Arteor

5 723 30 5 728 30

Cat. 5e UTP White Magnesium

5 728 04

0 695 57

Sockets with LCS2 connector with fast connection thanks to integrated crimping. Take AWG 22 single-core cables up to AWG 26 and AWG 26 multicore cables. Contacts marked with dual colour code and wiring schemes T 568 A and T 568 B. Side cable inlet for easy installation in all supports. Conforms to standards ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-1 and TIA/EIA 568

Arteor RJ 45 socket cat. 5e

Pack

Cat.Nos

10 10 10 10

5 723 03 5 728 03 5 723 28 5 728 28

UTP - 1 module White Magnesium White, connection with 110 tool Magnesium, connection with 110 tool

10 10 10 10

5 723 04 5 728 04 5 723 29 5 728 29

UTP - 2 modules White Magnesium White, connection with 110 tool Magnesium, connection with 110 tool

0 765 01

0 765 02

UTP 45° - 2 modules White 2 x RJ 45 UTP 45° - 2 modules White UTP with controlled access - 2 modules Supplied with 2 keys for 5 sockets 5

0 765 97

White with red shutter UTP retractable RJ 45 socket - 4 modules With integrated retractable cord (0.9m) Winds up automatically with a pushbutton

0 765 30

0 331 80 UTP socket with fast crimping connection

White

Keystone RJ 45 socket cat. 5e Plexo RJ 45 sockets, cat. 5e IP 55 closed flap IK 07 1/20 1/20 1

Protection against water, dust For industrial sites 0 695 57 FTP socket Grey/White 0 695 56 UTP socket Grey/White 0 695 81 Adaptor for RJ 45 socket Ensures weatherproofing (IP 44) with the plug inserted Grey/White

Mallia white RJ 45 sockets cat. 5e UTP

Arteor audio/video sockets

2 811 61

RJ 45 - single

2 811 64

RJ 45 - twin

Belanko RJ 45 sockets cat. 5e UTP

see P. 397 Get detailed information on the available support frames and plates in the Legrand general catalogue.

conform to SASO No LIC 204834 10

6 170 90

RJ 45 - single

729

NEW Legrand cabling system LCS2

Legrand cabling system LCS2 telephone panels, units and cables

accessories

0 335 79

Pack

Cat.Nos

0 517 09

Patch panel telephone 50 ports 110 connect

Pack

0 335 79 19" panel - 1 U

Cables for telephone networks

PVC sleeve - cat. 3 Colour white Colour code TIA/EIA U/UTP - 50 pairs 0 328 91 Length 500m Supplied on reel U/UTP - 100 pairs 0 328 88 Length 500m Supplied on reel

0 335 31 0 335 30

Assembled panels - 1 U Fitted with 4 LCS2 RJ 45 units of 12 ports with fast tool-free connection 3-6/4-5 contacts for digital telephone 4-5/7-8 contacts for analogue telephone Incoming telephone units for self-assembly panels Fitted with 12 LCS2 RJ 45 ports with quick tool-free connection 3-6/4-5 contacts for digital telephone 4-5/7-8 contacts for analogue telephone

2 2

0 335 33 0 335 32

1 1

0 332 60 110 tool 0 332 61 Replacement blade

Cat.Nos

Crimping tool for RJ 45 plugs

Used for crimping plugs RJ 4/6/8/9 contacts Ratchet control of crimping mechanism Able to cut and strip cables 0 517 09 Tool with 3 crimping points High resistance steel material

RJ plugs for round cables

Panels and units for incoming telephone

1 1

0 327 60

50 50 50 50 50

Gold-coated contacts 1.2 Âľm RJ 11 0 517 01 4 contacts, width 9.65 mm RJ 12 0 517 02 6 contacts, width 9.65 mm RJ 45 cat. 5e 0 517 03 8 contacts, width 11.70 mm 0 517 04 9 contacts, width 11.70 mm RJ 45 sleeves 0 517 06 Black 0 517 07 White

Cable protection accessories

110 tool

0 533 00

0 533 01

0 533 02

0 533 03

Plastic material IP 66/67 guaranteed connection with the pair 0 0 533 02 IP 55 with no connection for base with shutter Protection for RJ 45 shielded or unshielded cables ensuring a link of category 5 Conform to standards of the IEC 60603-7 series and to standard IEC 61076-3-106 (version 5) Compatible with products on the market Compatible with products on the market conforming to the standards listed Plug Integrated PE with sealing ring and clamping blades Tool-free assembly Ability to protect cables of category 5e Flush-mounting base Locking base Supplied with RJ 45 female / female coupler cat. 5e Kit Flush-mounting base + plug Protective flap Fits on base Cat.No 0 0 533 01

Stripping tool

1 1

Slits the sheath and releases the conductors by rotation For twisted pair cables Does not damage the conductors Stripper 0 332 62 For twisted pair and fibre optic cable Cutting pliers 0 327 60 Cut wires cleanly without damaging the copper

Red catalogue numbers: New products

730

Legrand cabling system LCS2 fibre optic 19" fibre optic drawers

Legrand cabling system LCS2 fibre optic 19" high density fibre optic drawer

0 335 10 fitted with fibre optic units

Pack

Cat.Nos

19" optic drawer

0 335 10 Modular optic drawer Slide-in and modular drawer Limit switch stop with 45° slope Maximum capacity: - 24 x ST and SC connectors ST - 48 x LC connectors Depth 220 mm, height 1 U Supplied with screws and wiring accessories Takes up to 4 fibre optic units (see below)

0 325 69 (not equipped)

Pack

Cat.Nos

0 325 69 Modular fibre optic drawer Slide-in and modular drawer Maximum capacity: - 36 ST and SC connectors - 72 LC connectors Depth 220 mm, height 1 U Supplied with screws and wiring accessories Receives up to 3 fibre optic units below

Fibre optic units

19" optic drawer equipped 1

1 1 1 1 1

0 325 73 0 325 74 0 325 70 0 325 71 0 325 72

Clip directly onto the optic drawer Cat.No 0 325 69 Singlemode fibre units (9/125 µm) LC duplex unit for 12 singlemode fibres - blue LC quadriplex unit for 24 singlemode fibres - blue ST duplex unit for 12 singlemode fibres - blue SC duplex unit for 12 singlemode fibres - blue MPO unit type A for 6 x 12 singlemode fibres - blue

1 1 1 1 1

0 325 78 0 325 79 0 325 75 0 325 76 0 325 77

Multimode fibre units (62.5 and 50/125 µm) LC duplex unit for 12 multimode fibres - beige LC quadriplex unit for 24 multimode fibres - beige ST duplex unit for 12 multimode fibres - beige SC duplex unit for 12 multimode fibres - beige MPO unit type A for 6 x 12 multimode fibres - beige

0 335 93 Blanking plate

0 335 09 Fiber optic drawing 0 335 10 equipped with 4 SC fiber optic unit 0 335 17

Fibre optic units Clip directly onto the fibre optic drawer Cat.No 0 335 10 or on the patch panels with fibre optic cassette Cat.No 0 335 11 1 1 1

Singlemode fibre units (9/125 µm) 0 335 13 LC unit for 6 singlemode fibers 0 335 12 SC unit for 6 singlemode fibers 0 335 14 SC/APC unit for 6 singlemode fibers

1 1 1 1

0 335 16 0 335 17 0 335 18 0 335 19

Multimode fibre units (62.5 and 50/125 µm) ST unit for 6 multimode fibers SC unit for 6 multimode fibers LC unit for 6 multimode fibers High-density LC unit for 12 multimode fibers

19" high density fibre optic drawer

Accessory

Accessories common to 2 fibre optic drawers 1 8

Cassette for pigtails 0 329 07 12 fibre capacity Bend limiting clip 0 335 94 Fibre management bend limiting clip

731

Legrand cabling system LCS2 fibre optic case and easy crimping connectors

Legrand cabling system LCS2 fibre optic Arteor glue-on connectors and sockets

0 331 00

0 331 27

0 330 49

Pack

0 326 90

Cat.Nos

Precision fibre optic cleaver

0 331 97 FO cleaver

Pigtails

0 326 58

0 326 57

Cat.Nos

10 10 10

0 326 53 0 326 52 0 326 54

10 10 10 10 10

0 326 58 0 326 57 0 326 56 0 326 62 0 326 61

Easy crimping connectors 900 µm Prepolished connectors with ceramic ferrule Attenuation < 0.3 dB No glue, polishing or current supply required Unlimited storage period For exclusive use with case Cat.No 331 93 Singlemode connectors LC/UPC connector for 9/125 μm fibre SC/UPC connector for 9/125 μm fibre SC/APC connector for 9/125 μm fibre Multimode connectors LC 10 Gb connector for 50/125 μm fibre SC 10 Gb connector for 50/125 μm fibre ST 10 Gb connector for 50/125 μm fibre SC connector for 62.5/125 μm fibre ST connector for 62.5/125 μm fibre

Installation case for easy crimping connectors

732

0 326 22 0 326 23 0 326 27 0 326 26

1 1 1 1 1

0 326 20 0 326 21 0 326 25 0 326 24 0 326 19

9/125 µm SC connector LC connector 6 x LC-UPC connectors 12 x LC-UPC connectors 1 x SC-APC connector

Thermoretractable sleeve for pigtails 0 327 44 40 mm - pack of 50 sleeves

0 326 53

Installation and performance principles (P. 107) Pack

1 1 1 1

Supplied with 900 µm sleeve, 1 m 10 Gb - 50/125 µm SC connector LC connector 6 x LC-PC connectors 12 x LC-PC connectors

0 326 90 Used for quick and easy installation of ST, SC or LC fibre connectors. Complete kit supplied with: - installation instructions and video - stripping tool (for fibres and cables) - cleaving tool - microscope for checking the quality of the cut - crimping tool - accessories (scissors, marker, wipes)

0 326 91 Kit upgrade of 331 93 for new easy connector

Glue-on connectors 50/125 and 62.5/125 µm

10 10 10

Supplied with sleeve 900 µm Connectors with ceramic ferrule Typical attenuation: 0.3 dB 0 331 27 ST connector 0 331 47 SC connector 0 331 00 LC connector

Breakout kits 1 1

For 900 µm of optical fibres Take 250 µm fibre diameters 0 330 48 6 fibre breakout kit 0 330 49 12 fibre breakout kit

Legrand cabling system LCS2 fibre optic

Legrand cabling system LCS2 fibre optic fibre sockets

cords

0 326 01

0 326 07

0 786 16

0 786 17

0 786 18

Fitted with 2 connectors with ceramic ferrule at either end Packed and tested singly (report supplied) Zipcord LSZH sleeve Pack

Cat.Nos

3 3 3

0 326 00 0 326 01 0 326 02

3 3 3

0 326 03 0 326 04 0 326 05

3 3 3

0 326 06 0 326 07 0 326 08

OS 1 (UPC) monomode optical cords Max. optical losses: 0.3 dB For OS1 9/125 µm monomode installations, OS 1 type Yellow sheaths SC/SC duplex cords Length: 1 m Length: 2 m Length: 3 m SC/LC duplex cords Length: 1 m Length: 2 m Length: 3 m LC/LC duplex cords Length: 1 m Length: 2 m Length: 3 m

OS 1 (APC) monomode optical cords 3

Pack

Cat.Nos

3 3 3

0 331 51 0 331 52 0 331 53

3 3

0 331 57 0 331 58

3 3 3

0 330 77 0 330 62 0 330 78

Fitted with duplex feedthrough 2 inlets 2 outlets Used for connecting 2 fibres (fitted with their connector) Supplied with protective caps Fitted with transparent marker holder 2 modules Socket with fibre optic feedthrough 2 x ST Bayonet connection (STII compatible)

Suitable for 10 Gb Ethernet network Max. optical losses: 0.3 dB For 50/125 µm multimode installations, OM 3 type Purple sheaths

3 3 3 3 3 3

SC/SC duplex cords 0 326 09 Length: 1 m 0 326 10 Length: 2 m 0 326 11 Length: 3 m SC/LC duplex cords 0 326 12 Length: 1 m 0 326 13 Length: 2 m 0 326 14 Length: 3 m LC/LC duplex cords 0 326 15 Length: 1 m 0 326 16 Length: 2 m 0 326 17 Length: 3 m

OM 2 (UPC) multimode optical cords (50/125 µm)

3 3 3

0 330 80 0 330 81 0 330 82

3 3 3

0 330 69 0 330 70 0 330 71

3 3

0 330 72 0 330 73

0 330 61

3 3 3

0 330 75 0 330 63 0 330 76

0 330 65

Max. optical losses: 0.3 dB For 50/125 µm multimode installations, OM 2 type Orange sheaths ST/ST duplex cords Length: 1 m Length: 2 m Length: 3 m SC/SC duplex cords Length: 1 m Length: 2 m Length: 3 m ST/SC duplex cords Length: 2 m Length: 3 m LC/LC duplex cord Length: 2 m SC/LC duplex cords Length: 1 m Length: 2 m Length: 3 m LC/ST duplex cord Length: 2 m

Max. optical losses: 0.3 dB For 62.5/125 µm multimode installations, OM 1 type Orange sheaths SC/SC duplex patch cords Length: 1 m Length: 2 m Length: 3 m ST/SC duplex patch cords Length: 1 m Length: 2 m LC/SC duplex patch cords Length: 1 m Length: 2 m Length: 3 m

Fibre sockets

SC/SC simplex cords 0 326 18 Length: 2 m

OM 3 (PC) multimode optical cords (50/125 µm)

3 3 3

OM 1 (UPC) multimode optical cords (62.5/125 µm)

0 786 16

White Socket with fibre optic feedthrough 2 x SC Push-pull connection

0 786 17

White Socket with fibre optic feedthrough 2 x LC Push-pull connection

0 786 18

White Socket with fibre optic feedthrough 2 x SC/APC Push-pull connection

0 786 14

White

Surface-mounted box for 6 connectors 1

1 1

Surface-mounting box for 6 units 0 369 00 Holds six connectors, white 177.2 mm W x 29.5 mm H x 110 mm D Connector LC Duplex 1-LC (2 fibres), beige adaptor, phosphor-bronze, alignment sleeves 0 369 01 180° exit, flush, 1 unit Connector SC Duplex 2-SC Simplex, Multimode, beige adaptor, phosphorbronze, alignment sleeves 0 369 03 180° exit, flush, 1 unit Blank module 0 369 02 1 unit Get detailed information on the available support frames and plates in the Legrand general catalogue.

733

Legrand cabling system LCS2 fiber optic fiber cables

customised fiber optic links FIBers PRE-FITTED WITH CONNECTORS Length of link (from connector to connector in metres) Link supplied with protective sleeve and compression gland pull system to facilitate entry into the fibre optic enclosures

325 15

Connectors: LC

325 06

Number of fibres: 4, 6, 12

325 10

325 08

Fibre cables: • fibre colour code: FOTAG • standard: EN 50173-2, ISO IEC 11801 Pack

Cat.Nos

OS 1 singlemode optical cables (9/125 µm)

For 9/125 µm singlemode installations (OS 1) Yellow jacket Indoor/outdoor (universal) 6 fibres Outdoor, corrugated steel tape 6 fibres 0 325 50 Indoor/outdoor (universal) 12 fibres Outdoor, corrugated steel tape 12 fibres Indoor/outdoor (universal) 24 fibres

Fibre type Multimode: 62.5/125 µm Conforms with category OM1

900 µm Loose tube Tight buffer

2000 (1)

0 325 12

2000

(1)

0 325 13

2000

(1)

0 325 14

2000

(1)

0 325 15

2000

(1)

0 325 51

OM 3 multimode optical cables (50/125 µm)

2000 (1) 2000 (1) 2000 (1)

For 50/125 µm multimode installations (OM 3) Green jacket 900 µm Loose tube Tight buffer 10 Gigabit Ethernet compliant 0 325 10 Indoor/outdoor (universal) 6 fibres 0 325 11 Indoor/outdoor (universal) 12 fibres 0 325 53 0 325 52 Indoor/outdoor (universal) 24 fibres

OM 2 multimode optical cables (50/125 µm) 900 µm Loose tube Tight buffer

2000 (1)

0 325 54

2000 (1)

0 325 59 0 325 55

2000 (1)

0 325 04 0 325 08

2000 (1)

0 325 05

2000 (1)

0 325 06 0 325 09

2000 (1)

0 325 07

2000 (1)

0 325 60 0 325 58

For 50/125 µm multimode installations (OM 2) Orange jacket Indoor/outdoor (universal) 2 fibres Indoor/outdoor (universal) 4 fibres Indoor/outdoor (universal) 6 fibres Outdoor, corrugated steel tape 6 fibres Indoor/outdoor (universal) 12 fibres Outdoor, corrugated steel tape 12 fibres Indoor/outdoor (universal) 24 fibres

OM 1 multimode optical cables (62.5/125 µm)

900 µm Tight buffer

2000 (1)

0 325 00

2000 (1)

0 325 01

For 62.5/125 µm multimode installations (OM 1) Orange jacket Indoor/outdoor (universal) 6 fibres Indoor/outdoor (universal) 12 fibres (1) in metre(s)

734

Multimode: 50/125 µm (ensured speed 1 Gbps) Conforms with category OM2 Multimode: 50/125 µm

Type of sheath: Internal/External (glass anti-rodent protection) External (structure can be buried, reinforced ringed-steel protection)

(ensured speed 10 Gbps over 300m) Conforms with category OM3 Monomode: 9/125 µm (ensured speed 10 Gbps) Conforms with category OS1

DOCUMENTS Each link is supplied with a test report (fibre by fibre) and illustrated operating instructions Notice d’utilisation / user guide Stockage : Utiliser l’emballage d’origine. Prévenir l’écrasement en cas de stockage temporaire en balisant l’emplacement du câble.

Feuille Date

Type

ntrol

ôle / Co

ntr de Co

sheet

Storage: use the original packaging. To prevent crushing during temporary storage, mark out the location of the cable.

Manipulation du câble / branchement : dérouler le câble de façon à ce qu’il ne subisse pas de torsion ni de contraintes en se vrillant. Handling of the cable / connection: lay out the cable so that it does not undergo torsion nor constraints while being bored.

Ouvrir la protection avec un cutter longitudinalement par rapport au câble Open the protection with a cutter along the cable

: Code M

Lg :

Ext : r Int : / Interio rieur FO Int : Inte : / fiber 0, fibre

Manipuerio lation dr es connecteurs : Ne pas tirer sur les Int - Ext connecteurs, les manipuler avec précaution. ur / Ext Protection des connecteurs : laisser les bouchons en Exterie place 850 ut branchement. Nettoyer la ferrule ~ avant tonm

Ext :

0, dB 0, dB 0, dB 0, dB B 0, dB A 0, dB 0, dB 0, dB dB 0, 0, dB 0, dB

avec de l’air sec ou de l’alcool si nécessaire

0, dB 0, dB 0, dB 0, dB 0, dB 0, dB 0, dB 0, dB 0, dB 0, dB 0, dB 0, dB

Handling of the connectors: don’t draw on the connectors, handle them with precaution. Protection of the connectors: leave the protective caps before any connection. clean the ferrule with dry air or alcohol if necessary

Respect du rayon de courbure : lover le câble en respectant un rayon minimum de 30 cm Respect of the radius of curvature: coil the cable by respecting a minimum ray of 30 cm

Mise en place des colliers de fixation : ne pas trop les serrer afin de ne pas écraser la fibre Installation of the cable ties: don’t tighten them too much in order not to crush fibre

568B3 dB /EIA + TIA 100)= 1,1 * 11801 /CEI dB/km de D1 + (3,5 um ISO métho maxim m = 0,75. -171A lg 100 TIA/EIA 455 Ex. : Test

PACKAGING According to length of link: - packed on a reel - packed on a ring Connector protection by tube Reel

Legrand cabling system LCS2 fibre optic optic connectors

n Technical characteristics

Connection:

- Connection of connectors on 900 Îźm fibre - Maximum attenuation 0.3 dB - Ideal for high-speed systems: 10 gigabit Ethernet - Operating temperature: 0 to 65 Â°C - Shallow connectors

1/ Insert the fibre in the connector

n Advantages: - High quality finish - Can be reused 5 times - Shallow connector, depth less than 40 mm - Connector factory pre-polished and does not require any glue - No special tools, easy to transport - Speed of installation: simple connection process, quick training It takes less than five seconds to fit the connector

2/ Slide the switch on the connector the splice is done

n The basic steps Preparation of the fibre: Stripping

Cleaving

3/ Slide the boot onto the connector Finally, the visual fault locator is used to check the connection.

Inspection

n Rapid crimping connectors with tool case Cat.No 0 326 90 Types of connector - ST connector: Helical shape locked by "push and turn" bayonet type connector - SC connector: Rectangular shape "push-pull" latch type locking Suitable for a large number of active devices Recommended in the generic standards ISO/IEC 11801 and EN 50173 - LC connector: Rectangular shape tab locking Half the size of a conventional connector

735

LCS2 ZONE DISTRIBUTION BOXES

>>>

Accessory connection equipment Complete flexibility with the new LCS2 zone boxes: centralisation of connections close to the workstation, coexistence of copper and fibre optics

> Flexible installation with lines in reserve to meet future requirements quickly

Legrand cabling system LCS2

335 40

335 90

Pack

> Reliable and fast connection to the LCS2 zone box with sockets with copper and fibre optic feedthrough and RJ 45/RJ 45 cords

Cat.Nos

Zone distribution boxes

For distribution of low current in a zone fitted with 1 to 12 RJ 45 sockets Centralise connections to guarantee flexibility and adaptability of the installation Installed on false ceiling or false floor Connect to the patch panel or the floor cabinet Connection to workstation for RJ 45 cords Can take switch Cat.No 335 02 or PoE injector Cat.No 335 01 or 6 connector units Cat.No 335 76 Conform to standards UTE C 15-900, NF C 15-100, NF C 20-730, EN 50-174.2, CEI 60950, ISO/IEC 11801 Ed. 2.0, EN 50173-2 and TIA/EIA 568 Colour code TIA/EIA 568 A and C Cords and cables: ISO 11801 Ed.2.0, EN 50173-1, TIA/EIA 568 Technical characteristics: - polycarbonate PC hood - polypropylene PP base - RAL 7035 - hold connector units in place in the box: 100 N - cables anchored on support using Colring cable ties Self-assembly zone distribution box 0 335 40 Used for mounting LCS2 RJ 45 connector blocks cat. 6a (p. 65), cat. 6 (p. 66) and cat. 5e (p. 72), fibre optic accessories or blanking plates

Modular panels

>G uaranteed performance across the whole LCS2 system

736

335 20 accessory for fibre optics

Panels supplied with quick-fixing General all-purpose assembly of all enclosures or cabinets Panels ensure automatic earthing of each connector Fitted with rear cable guide to hold cables during maintenance Empty panels to be fitted with 4 units Take the following equipment: - 6 LCS2 RJ 45 connector units - telephone inlet units - fibre optic units - PoE injector units - video streaming units - switch units - telephone/Ethernet doubler units - copper/fibre optic converter units - blanking plates 0 335 90 19" panel - 1 U

Legrand cabling system LCS2

LCS2 system additional products cat. 6a, LCS2 cat. 6, LCS2 cat. 5e, switches, PoE

335 39

335 12

335 34

335 16

327 37

335 01

Pack

Cat.Nos

0 335 02

0 335 05

0 332 93

0 332 91

0 332 81

Ethernet switches 100 Mbps Mounted in the patch panel Conform with standards IEEE 802-3, EN 500 81-1 and EN 500 82-1 (Conformity with EMC requirements) Switch units for patch panel Clip directly onto the patch panels 7 RJ 45 ports at the front, 1 of which is a cascade port Power supply with transformer provided 6 RJ 45 ports + 1 LC type optic port with frontmounted cascade 100 base FX type LC Power supply via transformer provided Boxes to be installed on shelf 5 RJ 45 port switch Power supply via transformer provided Dimensions: 116 x 70 x 25 8 RJ 45 port switch Power supply via transformer provided Dimensions: 171 x 98 x 29 Mini shelf For switch Cat.Nos 0 332 91/93 Dimensions: 220 x 220 x 43 mm For horizontal, vertical or projecting mounting of the switch Supplied with system for retaining the live product

Pack

Clipx directly onto the patch panels 0 335 05 6 x RJ 45 ports + 1 cascade LC type optic port at the front Power supply via transformer provided

Doubler units Units of 6 x LCS2 RJ 45 doubler connectors for fast tool-free connection Used with doubler sockets (p. 394) UTP unit FTP unit Blanking plate for 19" panel - Black Ethernet/Ethernet doublers 100 base T FTP - 9 contacts UTP - 8 contacts Telephone/Ethernet doublers 100 base T FTP - 9 contacts UTP - 8 contacts Telephone/telephone doubler 45 contacts

2 2 10

0 335 54 0 335 55 0 335 91

1 1

0 335 39 0 335 38

1 1

0 335 37 0 335 36

0 335 35

0 335 34 Block of 6 "F" connectors for video circuits

Video streaming unit Fibre optic cassette for patch panel 1

0 335 11 Ensures fibre coiling (from 2 to 12 fibres) Takes a fibre optic unit Cat.Nos 0 335 12/13/16/17/18/19 Used for linking copper and fibre optic blocks on the same LCS2 patch panel

0 335 20 Used for fitting fibre optic units (see p. 731) and the fibre coil in the zone distribution box

Switch/fibre optic unit

Cat.Nos

Fibre optic accessory Blanking plates

Copper/fibre optic converter units

1 1

For simply and fast copper to fibre conversion and vice versa Clip directly onto the patch panels Fitted with an SC type fibre optic connector 0 335 06 10/100 base T to 10/100 base FX type SC 0 335 07 1000 base T to 1000 base SX type SC

10 10 10

Set of 12 blanking plugs for RJ 45 LCS2 connector 0 517 40 White 0 517 41 Black Blanking plate for 19" panel 0 335 91 Black

Midspan Power over Ethernet (PoE) injectors 1 1

0 335 01 4 inlets/outlets Used for supplying 4 Wi-Fi access points Clips directly onto a patch panel 0 327 37 1 inlet / outlet Used for supplying a Wi-Fi access point Direct connection to the patch panel

737

Legrand cabling system LCS2 Wi-Fi access points

0 335 21

0 779 13

0 335 24

Technical characteristics p. 752 Pack

Cat.Nos

Manageable Wi-Fi access points 802.11n

Coverage area: 600 m Dual band 2.4 GHz or 5 GHz Conforms with standard 802.11 a, b, g, n Theoretical speed: 300 Mbps gross MIMO 2x2, supports up to 4 SSIDs False ceiling integration - PoE power supply (Power over Ethernet - standard IEEE 802.3 af) Network connection via a tool-free RJ 45 connector The installation must include at least: - a Wi-Fi access point (false ceiling) - a PoE injector Cat.No 0 335 01 conforming with 802.3 af (LCS2 unit format) to be installed in the patch cabinet Can be configured centrally via controller Cat.No 0 332 25 or via configuration software Cat.No 0 335 24 or individually The management function allows the network administrator to manage Wi-Fi access points remotely via a web https interface Security via WEP, WPA and WPA2 (802.11i) encryption and 802.1x authentication QOS WMM compatible and supports SNMP management W Guest access : NE independent access to the private Wi-Fi network Energy saving with standby management 0 335 22 Wi-Fi surface-mounted access point 802.11n 0 335 21 Wi-Fi ceiling-mounted access point 802.11n

Pack

1 1

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

Cat.Nos

Dual-band and dual-radio Conform with standards 802.11a and 802.11b/g Gross speed: 54 Mbps max. on each frequency (802.11a and 802.11g) simultaneously Can be integrated into all compatible supports with minimum 40 mm depth Tool-free network connection via RJ 45 connector PoE power supply (Power over Ethernet - standard 802.3 af) The installation must include at least: - Wi-Fi access point - a PoE injector conforming with 802.3af (LCS2 unit format) to be installed in the patch panel The management function allows the network administrator to manage Wi-Fi access points remotely via a web interface Security via WPA2 encryption (802.11i) and 802.1x authentication Guest access: allows visitors free access to the Internet (access independent of the main Wi-Fi network) mosaic 4 modules 0 779 14 Equipped with an RJ 45 socket on the front panel White 0 779 13 Without RJ 45 socket outlet White Arteor

5 723 76 With RJ 45 socket on front White 5 728 76 With RJ 45 socket on front Magnesium 5 723 77 With no RJ 45 socket White 5 728 77 With no RJ 45 socket Magnesium 5 723 78 With no RJ 45 socket Standard 802.11b/g only White 5 728 78 With no RJ 45 socket Standard 802.11b/g only Magnesium

NEW 1

Centralised configuration software

Access point manager 0 335 24 Allows the installation of a secure Wi-Fi network with centralised management of the Wi-Fi access points The installation must include at least: - Wi-Fi access points - a PoE injector conforming with 802.3 af (LCS2 unit format) to be installed in the patch cabinet

Red catalogue numbers: New products

738

Manageable Wi-Fi access points 802.11a & b/g

Legrand cabling system LCS2 Wi-Fi network management system

Legrand cabling system LCS2 switches

0 779 00 0 335 25

0 332 93

Technical characteristics p. 752 Pack

Cat.Nos

Wi-Fi network management system

NEW 1

1 1

Supervisory controller 0 335 25 Allows the installation of a secure Wi-Fi network with filtering and traceability Possibility of managing private and public access to the Wi-Fi network Possibility of billing for network access (in hotels for example) Can be installed in addition to structured wiring New or existing LCS2 to meet the needs of mobile and travelling workers The management function allows the network administrator to manage the Wi-Fi access points remotely with configuration software included Supports SNMP management with an embedded DHCP server Integrates into the patch cabinet Allows the configuration up to 5 terminals centralised on an IT network and to manage 50 connections at the same time The installation must include at least: - 1 supervisory controller - Wi-Fi access points (false ceiling) - 1 PoE injector conforming with IEEE 802.3 af (LCS2 unit format) to be installed in the patch cabinet - If the installation involves more than 5 Wi-Fi access points, an extension licence must be provided Extension licences Can be used in addition to the supervisory controller to extend the network 0 335 26 Allow the extension of the network to a maximum of 10 Wi-Fi access points (5 + 5) Manages up to 100 connections at the same time 0 335 27 Allow the extension of the network to a maximum of 25 Wi-Fi access points (5 + 20) Manage up to 200 connections at the same time

Power over Ethernet (PoE) injectors Midspan 1

0 335 01 4 inputs/outputs Supply 4 Wi-Fi access points Attach directly to the patch panel conform with standard IEEE 802.3 af 0 327 37 1 input/1 output

Ethernet switches 100 Mbps 1 1

Boxes to be installed on shelf 0 332 93 5 RJ 45 port switch Power supply via transformer provided Dimensions: 116 x 70 x 25 mm 0 332 91 8 RJ 45 port switch Power supply via transformer provided Dimensions: 171 x 98 x 29 mm Mini shelf 0 332 81 For switch Cat.Nos 0 332 91/93 Dimensions: 220 x 220 x 43 mm For horizontal, vertical or projecting mounting of the switch Supplied with system for retaining the live product

0 332 80

Technical characteristics p. 752 Pack

Cat.Nos

Flush-mounting Ethernet 10/100 base T switches

For networking computer peripherals without a patch panel: computers, printers, servers, etc. Possibility of extending an existing network by simply replacing an RJ 45 socket Tool-free connection Conform with standards IEEE 802.3 (Ethernet) and EN 500 81/82-2 (EMC requirements) Installation in all supports with minimum 40 mm depth 6 ports at the front + 1 side RJ 45 connector for cabling and carrying out link tests Port status display integrated into the RJ 45 connectors Labelling of each port from 1 to 6 and marker holder for switch identification 6 modules Non manageable 230 V supply - Mosaic Programme 0 779 00 White

Non manageable PoE supply (802-3 af) supply Mosaic Programme 0 779 01 White

0 779 20

1 1

5 720 83 5 728 83

1 1

5 720 84 5 728 84

1 1

5 720 85 5 728 85

Manageable 230 V supply - Mosaic Programme White Non manageable 230 V supply - Arteor White Magnesium Non manageable PoE supply (802-3 af) supply Arteor White Magnesium Manageable 230 V supply - Arteor White Magnesium

VDI distribution block without connectors 1

0 332 80 16 modules Dimensions: 135 x 223 x 57 mm For small patch panel For mounting a Mosaic switch Cat.Nos 0 779 00/01/20

Red catalogue numbers: New products

739

NEW Legrand cabling system LCS2 19" LCS2 wall-mounting cabinets and accessories

0 462 01

Pivoting cabinet 0 462 11

0 462 11

0 465 01

Technical characteristics p. 753 IP 20 - IK 08 With reversible curved print screen glass safety door Pivoting side panels, tool-free removal from inside Lock closure with key 2433 A Equipped with 2 x 19" uprights with depth adjusting aid Supplied with earthing kit Top and bottom perforations for natural ventilation, capable of taking a fan in the top part Charcoal grey RAL 7016 Pack

Cat.Nos

Fixed 19" LCS2 cabinets

Pack

Easy cable management: ability to fix cable management rings Cat.Nos 0 465 41/42 and cable ties (p. 746) DLP format cable entries at the top and bottom, bendable, with ability to attach cables using cable ties Rear pre-cut cable entries 400 mm depth cabinet 1 1 1 1

0 462 00 0 462 01 0 462 02 0 462 03

1 1 1 1

0 462 06 0 462 07 0 462 08 0 462 09

Capacity

Width (mm)

6U 600 9U 600 12 U 600 16 U 600 580 mm depth cabinet 9U 600 12 U 600 16 U 600 21 U 600

Height (mm)

350 500 600 800

500 600 800 1000

Load capacity (kg)

18 27 36 48 27 36 48 63

1 1 1

0 462 11 0 462 12 0 462 13 0 462 14

Capacity

9U 12 U 16 U 21 U

Width (mm)

600 600 600 600

Height (mm)

500 600 800 1000

0 462 60 230 VA fan Thermostat 0 348 48 Adjustable from 5 to 60 째C, 230 VA, 50/60 Hz NO contact (10A) and NC contact (5 A) Fixed by magnet

Cable entry 1

0 462 55 Cable entry plate with brush For pivoting cabinets

Cable management rings

Load capacity (kg)

27 36 48 63

Quick fixing without screws Max. load 15 kg Black RAL 9005 Fixing on 2 x 19" uprights 0 465 00 Depth 115 mm For cabinets depth 400, 580 and 600 mm 0 465 01 Depth 200 mm For cabinets depth 400, 580 and 600 mm 0 465 02 Depth 360 mm For cabinets depth 580 and 600 mm

Fan 2.5 m power supply cable

Pivoting 19" LCS2 cabinets

1 1 1 1

Fixed shelves

Thermal management

Cabinets composed of: - base (wall-fixing) - pivoting body allowing free access to the rear of the cabinet to facilitate installation and maintenance Reversible pivoting direction Plain cable entry plate at top and bottom, a brush plate can be fitted Cat.No 0 462 55 600 mm depth cabinet

Cat.Nos

4 4

Direct clipping on front structural uprights of 9 U to 21 U fixed cabinets (Cat.No 0 465 41 only) and on central upright of 580 mm depth cabinets 0 465 41 1 U, plastic. Useable section 1890 mm2 0 465 42 2 U, plastic. Useable section 4070 mm2

Accessory 1

0 462 64 Set of 4 caster wheels for assembly on pivoting cabinets Total load permissible on the 4 casters: 120 kg

Red catalogue numbers: New products

740

NEW

Legrand cabling system LCS 10" LCS2 cabinet for small business 2

19'' Linkeo wall-mounting cabinets

le Availaback p in flat

0 335 92

0 462 23

0 462 20

0 462 42

0 462 24

Technical characteristics p. 753 Pack

Cat.Nos

Technical characteristics p. 755

10" LCS2 cabinet 300 mm depth cabinet IP 20 - IK 08 Compact cabinet suitable for small business applications up to 36 RJ 45 sockets Equipped with: - 1 reservible curved print screen door made of safety glass - 2 side panels removable from inside - key locking No 2433A - 2 depth-adjustable uprights - DLP format cable entries at the top and bottom, bendable, with ability to attach cables using cable ties - pre-cut back cable entry - top and bottom perforations for natural ventilation Charcoal grey RAL 7016

0 462 20

Capacity

0 462 70

Width (mm)

314

Height (mm)

352

Load capacity (kg)

IP 20 - IK 08 Wall-mounting cabinets with reversible flat glass safety door with integrated lock Simple wall fixing in 2 steps: rear + cabinet Supplied with 2 x 19" uprights adjustable in depth Cable entry at top adjustable with foam seal Rear and bottom cable entries equipped with blanking plates Top perforations for natural ventilation capable of taking the fan kit Cat.No 0 462 70 Supplied with earthing kit Cabinets compatible with fixed 19" LCS2 cabinet equipment (except cable management rings) Grey RAL 7035 Cat.Nos

Pack

1 1 1 1

Mounted pack

0 462 30 0 462 31 0 462 42 0 462 43

Flat pack

0 462 35 0 462 36 0 462 47 0 462 48

Fixed 19" Linkeo cabinets Capacity

6U 9U 12 U 16 U

Height Width (mm) (mm)

367 500 625 810

600 600 600 600

Load Depth Net weight capacity (mm) (kg) (kg)

400 400 600 600

18 20 30 36

18 27 36 48

10" equipment

0 335 92

0 462 23

0 462 24

0 462 26

0 462 25

Supplied with screws Modular empty panel 10" panel - 1 U For up to 2 connector units or 2 fibre optic units (p. 737) Fixed shelf 1 U Depth 120 mm max. load. 10 kg Black RAL 9005 230 VÂą power supply units - 2 U 4 x 2P+E black sockets French standard 4 x 2P+E black sockets German standard To be equipped with Mosaic 2P+E sockets Capacity: 8 modules

Linkeo fan kit 1

0 462 70

Kit contains: - 2 fans - 1 thermostat - ON/OFF switch Supplied with 2.3 m cable Power supply 230 VA - 50/60 Hz

Red catalogue numbers: New products

741

NEW

Legrand cabling system LCS2 19'' LCS2 equipment

0 465 01 0 465 22

0 465 32

0 465 23

0 465 38

0 465 09

Technical characteristics p. 759 Pack

Cat.Nos

19" management panels

Pack

For organisation and circulation of patch cords Black RAL 9005 Metal, 2 axes, quick-fixing Horizontal and front-to-back with round shaded plastic rings for optimum protection of patch cords (respecting the bending radius) Screw-free mounting 1 0 465 22 1 U

0 465 231 2 U

1 1

Plastic with brushes, direct clipping 0 465 28 2 1 U 0 465 29 2 2 U

1 1

Metal with brushes, quick-fixing Screw-free mounting 0 465 301 1 U 0 465 311 2 U

1 1 1

Cat.Nos

For LCS2 freestanding cabinets (except for server freestanding cabinets), bati-rack and 19''Altis cabinets Quick fixing on 4 x 19" uprights Height 1 U Max. load 50 kg Black RAL 9005 0 465 08 Shelf depth 450 mm For depth 600 mm 0 465 09 Shelf depth 650 mm For depth 800 mm 0 465 10 Shelf depth 650 mm For depth 1000 mm

Heavy load shelves

1 1

Max. load 100 kg Screw-fixing on 4 x 19" uprights Black RAL 9005 0 465 17 Fixed shelf depth 820 mm, 1 U For freestanding cabinets depth 1000 mm and server freestanding cabinets 0 465 18 Telescopic shelf depth 820 mm, 2 U For server freestanding cabinets

19" blanking plates 1 1

0 465 32 2 0 465 33 2

1 1 1

0 465 381 0 465 391 0 465 401

Set of 2 fixed sliders

Black RAL 9005 Plastic, direct clipping 1U 2U Metal, quick-fixing Screw-free mounting 1U 2U 3U

1 1 1

0 465 00 0 465 01 0 465 02

0 465 05

0 465 06

0 465 07

For LCS2 freestanding cabinets (except for server freestanding cabinets)and 19''Altis cabinets Fixing on 4 x 19" uprights Max. load: 50 kg 0 465 11 For depth 600 mm 0 465 12 For depth 800 mm 0 465 13 For depth 1000 mm

Keyboard shelf 1

Fixed shelves

1 1 1

Telescopic shelves

For LCS2 freestanding cabinets (except for server freestanding cabinets), bati-rack and 19''Altis cabinets Quick screw-free mounting Black RAL 9005 Fixing on 2 x 19" uprights Height 2 U Max. load 15 kg Depth 115 mm Depth 200 mm Depth 360 mm Fixing on 4 x 19" uprights Height 1 U Max. load 50 kg Shelf depth 450 mm For depth 600 mm Shelf depth 650 mm For depth 800 mm Shelf depth 850 mm For depth 1000 mm

0 465 19 For freestanding cabinets, server freestanding cabinets, bati-rack and 19''Altis cabinets Screw-fixing on 4 x 19" uprights For depth 800 and 1000 mm Max. load 50 kg Black RAL 9005 Accommodates: - a computer screen - a keypad on the retractable support - a mouse on a sliding shelf with integrated mat Area for mouse or CD. Black RAL 9005

Fixing accessories 1 1

Set of 50 cage nuts, 50 plastic washers and 50 x M6 screws 0 364 53 With 8.5 mm cage nuts 0 364 54 With 9.5 mm cage nuts

1: Can be mounted on 19" HD racks with screw Cat.No 0 464 23 (p. xxx) 2: Can not be mounted on 19" HD racks Red catalogue numbers: New products

742

NEW

energy distribution

LCS2 Power Distribution Units (PDU) 230 V± and DIN rail kit

0 465 60

For other PDU configurations, please contact us 0 465 45 Pack

0 465 88

0 465 65

Technical characteristics p. 756 Pack

Cat.Nos

1 1

0 465 811 0 465 841

1 1 1

0 465 801 0 465 881 0 465 891

Vertical Power Distribution Units (PDU) PDU with protection of each circuit by 16 A circuit breaker (equipped with cover for protection against accidental breaks) For direct mounting in LCS2 42 U freestanding cabinets and server freestanding cabinets Fixing centres: 1838 mm H 1855 x W 55 x D 50 mm Supplied with screws Single phase PDU comprising 2 circuits with 12 sockets or 12 IEC 60320 C13 sockets + 3 IEC 60320 C19 sockets Each circuit is identified by colour-coding 24 x C13 sockets 24 x C13 sockets + 6 x C19 sockets 3 m power supply cord with IEC 60309 2P+E plug 24 x 2P+E sockets - French standard 24 x 2P+E sockets - German standard 24 x 2P+E sockets - British standard

3-phase PDU comprising 3 circuits with 8 IEC 60320 C13 sockets + 1 IEC 60320 C19 socket 1 0 465 85 24 x C13 sockets + 3 x C19 sockets 3 m power supply cord with IEC 60309 3P+N+E plug

19" Power Distribution Units (PDU)

Cat.Nos

For fixing on 19" fixing centres 180° reversible end piece Connection via 2.5 mm2 terminal block Provide a 2 U space Supplied with screws PDU 12 x IEC 60320 C13 sockets 9 x IEC 60320 C19 sockets 9 x 2P+E black sockets French standard 6 x 2P+E black sockets - French standard 6 x 2P+E white sockets - French standard With switch with indicator 6 x 2P+E white sockets - French standard With 16 A circuit breaker 6 x 2P+E tamperproof sockets for uninterruptible power supply (UPS) - French standard 9 x 2P+E black sockets German standard 6 x 2P+E black sockets German standard 6 x 2P+E white sockets German standard - With 16 A circuit breaker 6 x 2P+E black sockets - British standard 5 x 2P+E white switch sockets - British standard PDU with voltage surge protector unit 6 x 2P+E white sockets - French standard Provides protection against mains overvoltages while keeping sockets energised With switch with indicator PDU to be equipped Takes 16 Mosaic modules

1 1 1

0 465 511 0 465 521 0 465 501

1 1

0 465 541 0 332 881

0 332 371

0 332 871

0 465 601

0 465 621

0 332 381

1 1

0 465 651 6 339 001

0 332 781

0 332 791

0 465 45 For modular appliances Fits directly onto 19" uprights Compatible with EMC requirements Capable of taking up to 7 x Arteor 2P+E sockets at the rear Composed of: - metal box - 3 x DIN profile rails 4 DIN modules - terminal block for protection conductors - a 2 U faceplate - 3 blanking plates - 9 cable entry glands Height 2 U Black RAL 9005

DIN rail kit IP 2X 1

1: Can be mounted on 19" HD racks with screw Cat.No 0 464 23 (p. 748) Red catalogue numbers: New products

743

NEW Legrand cabling system LCS2 19" LCSÂ˛ server freestanding cabinets

Legrand cabling system LCS 19" LCS2 freestanding cabinets 2

0 463 18

1 cabinet 0 463 18 + 0 463 34 + 1 extension cabinet 0 463 30

0 463 85

Technical characteristics p. 757

IP 20 - IK 08 Baying cabinets with reversible curved front door made of screenprinted safety glass. Side and rear removable panels Panels with automatic equipotential connection Lock with 2433 A key for locking of the 4 sides Top and bottom cable entries (19" cut-out format), receive 19" plates with brushes, fans, etc. Equipped with 4 x 19" uprights with U marking and depth adjusting aid Levelling feet adjustable from the inside Cabinets can be dismantled completely where access is difficult Charcoal grey RAL 7016 Pack

Cat.Nos

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1

0 463 00 0 463 06 0 463 12 0 463 18 0 463 19 0 463 21 0 463 22 0 463 23 0 463 28 0 463 29

19" LCS2 cabinets Capacity

Height (mm) Width (mm)

24 U 29 U 33 U 42 U 42 U 42 U 42 U 42 U 47 U 47 U

1226 1448 1626 2026 2026 2026 2026 2026 2248 2248

600 600 600 600 600 800 800 800 800 800

Load Depth (mm) capacity (kg)

600 600 600 600 800 600 800 1000 800 1000

240 290 330 420 420 420 420 420 470 470

19" LCS extension cabinets 2

IP 20 - IK 08 Baying cabinets with front and rear metal microperforated door (80 %), reversible, can be opened without key Front door can be fitted with a DIN European cylinder (30 + 10 mm) with option of fitting a handle Cat.Nos 0 347 71/72 Rear door can be fitted with a key barrel Cat.Nos 0 368 22/23/24/25/26/27 (p. 262) Removable side panels Top cable entries in 19" cut-out format, capable of taking 19" plates with brushes, fans, etc. Open bottom cable entry Equipped with 4 x 19" uprights with adjusting aid Levelling feet adjustable from the inside Cabinets can be dismantled completely where access is difficult Supplied with earthing kit Charcoal grey RAL 7016 Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

0 463 85 0 463 86

0 463 30 0 463 33

Capacity

42 U 42 U

600 800

Load Depth (mm) capacity (kg)

600 800

420 420

LCS2 baying kits 1 1 1

1 1

For direct linking 2 LCS2 cabinets For cabinets depth (mm): 0 463 37 600 0 463 38 800 0 463 39 1000

LCS2 cabling units

1 1

2026 2026

600 800

Load Depth (mm) capacity (kg)

1000 1000

630 630

For direct linking 2 LCS2 server cabinets For cabinet depth (mm): 0 463 39 1000

Cable trays supports Fast screw-free assembly of cable trays (p. 746) 0 464 78 For width 600/800 mm Fitted between 2 supports Cat.No 0 464 79 0 464 79 For depth 1000 mm Pre-cut every 100 mm for height 500 to 200 mm Set of 4 caster wheels 0 464 82 Set of 4 pivoting wheels (2 with brake) for server cabinet Load on the 4 wheels: 500 kg

Can be attached between 2 LCS2 42 U cabinets Easier cable and patch cord management Width 250 mm Supplied with earthing kit Charcoal grey RAL 7016 For cabinets depth (mm): 0 463 34 600 0 463 35 800

Red catalogue numbers: New products

744

42 U 42 U

Height (mm) Width (mm)

Equipment

Height (mm) Width (mm)

2026 2026

Capacity

LCS2 baying kit

No side panels Supplied with joining kit 1 1

19" LCS2 server cabinets

NEW

Legrand cabling system LCS2 freestanding cabinets plinths

Legrand cabling system LCS2 cable entries and thermal management for freestanding cabinets

0 464 61

0 465 29 Cross bar 0 476 93 with cable guide

0 464 63

0 465 31

Kit 0 464 52 consisting of 4 corner blocks and solid traps at front/rear

0 464 66

0 464 87

Technical characteristics p. 758 Pack

Cat.Nos

Technical characteristics p. 759

Cabinet plinths

Pack

Metal Open on 4 sides Charcoal grey RAL 7016

1 1

1 1 1

1 1

Plinth kits Consisting of height 100 mm plain traps at front / rear and 4 corner blocks Side traps to be ordered separately Height 100 Height 200 For cabinet width (mm): 0 464 50 0 464 52 600 0 464 51 0 464 53 800 Sets of 2 plain side traps Traps height 100 mm Order 2 sets for a plinth height of 200 mm (Cat.Nos 0 464 52/53) For cabinet depth (mm): 0 464 54 600 0 464 56 800 0 464 58 1000 Ventilated traps 1 trap height 100 mm For cabinet width/depth (mm): 0 464 60 600 0 464 61 800 Traps with brush 1 trap height 100 mm For cabinet width/depth (mm): 0 464 62 600 0 464 63 800

Plinth for cabling units 1

0 464 64

1 1 1

0 476 93 0 476 94 0 476 95

Fixed between 2 corner blocks of the plinth For fixing cable trays crossing 2 associated cabinets For cabinet depth (mm): 600 800 1000

Linking interface

0 464 66

1 1

0 465 28 0 465 29

1 1

0 465 30 0 465 31

19" cable entry plates Black RAL 9005 Plastic with brushes, direct clipping 1U 2U Metal with brushes 1U 2U

Thermal management

1 1

1 1 1

3 U plates with fans Fixed to the cabinet 19" cable entries 2.5 m supply cable Charcoal grey RAL 7016 0 464 87 2 x 230 VA fans 0 464 88 3 x 230 VA fans 1 U ventilation drawers For circulation of internal air Fit onto 2 x 19" uprights On/off switch Supplied with supply cable 0 464 89 Drawer with 2 x 230 V A fans - depth 150 mm 0 464 90 Drawer with 4 x 230 V A fans - depth 300 mm Thermostat 0 348 48 Adjustable from 5 to 60 째C, 230 VA, 50/60 Hz NO contact (10 A) and NC contact (5 A) Fixed by magnet

19'' lighting kit 1

0 464 85 19'' metal panel equipped with a lighting kit with switch Supplied with 230 VA 8 W fluorescent tube - 1 U

0 464 84 Anti-tilt kit Stabilises the cabinet when extracting heavy products installed on telescopic equipment

0 464 86 Floor fixing kit Enables a cabinet to be fixed permanently into the ground by blocking levelling feet

0 464 83 Set of 4 pivoting caster wheels Maximum permissible load on the 4 casters: 380 kg

Assembled between the plinths of associated cabinets Trap height 100 mm. Double the number of traps for a height of 200 mm Charcoal grey RAL 7016

Cross bar

Cat.Nos

Accessories

Protection allowing cabinet plinth and cable duct to be linked Supplied with weatherproof brush Reversible cover with cut-outs ensuring a high-quality finish Height 200 mm Charcoal grey RAL 7016 For cabinet depth 600 mm Red catalogue numbers: New products

745

Legrand cabling system LCS freestanding cabinets cable management 2

NEW cable ties

0 331 94

0 331 95

0 331 96

0 331 35 Pack

1 1 1

1 1

0 464 80 Cat.Nos

0 464 72 0 464 73 0 464 74

0 464 76 0 464 77

0 464 69 0 464 70

0 331 351

0 464 801

0 331 85

0 464 81

Cable and patch cord management Set of 3 cable management supports Fixing on structure Fast assembly of cable trays without screws For cabinet width/depth 600 mm For cabinet width/depth 800 mm For cabinet depth 1000 mm Flat cable trays Fast mounting on the cable management supports without screws 250 mm width For 33 U cabinets For 42 U cabinets Cable trays For ducting cables. Can be fixed in height 200 mm plinth with Cat.Nos 0 476 93/94/95 and on top of server cabinet with Cat.Nos 0 464 78/79 3000 x 200 x 54 mm 3000 x 400 x 54 mm Vertical cable management grid For 42 U cabinets, width 800 mm Fits onto 19" uprights Grid with articulated bolts Dimensions: 1560 x 100 x 150 mm Vertical cable manager For 42 U cabinets, width 800 mm Fits onto 19" uprights Set of 2 vertical panels with brush feedthrough Supplied with 10 cable management rings Cat.No 0 465 42, 3 cable ties Cat.No 0 331 94, 3 cable ties Cat.No 0 331 95 and 3 cable ties Cat.No 0 331 96 Black RAL 9005

0 331 87

For grouping together and organising audio, computer, VDI, etc., cables Re-usable (cables can be added) Pack

Cat.Nos

50 50 50

0 331 94 0 331 95 0 331 96

Width (mm)

15 15 15

Length (mm)

180 225 320

max.

Tightening Ø

35 50 80

min.

15 35 50

Self-locking cable ties

NEW 10 10 10 10 10 10

0 331 84 0 331 85 0 331 86 0 331 87 0 331 88 0 331 89

Repositionable cable ties Double-sided textile with "loops" on one side and "hooks" on the other Do not damage cables Can be fixed using screws or rivets Cat.Nos 0 366 44/46 (p. 313) Colour

Black Red Green Black Red Green

Width (mm)

16 16 16 16 16 16

Length (mm)

150 150 150 300 300 300

Self adhesive base 50

0 320 68 For cable ties max. width 20 mm Black - 38 x 38 x 9.4 mm Possible central fixing with screw Ø4 mm

For 42 U cabinets, width 800 mm Fits onto 19" uprights 0 464 81 Set of 2 vertical trim plates to increase the capacity with 12 U To install 19" panels, DIN rail kit, Power Distribution Units (PDU), etc. Supplied with 8 cable management rings 2 U Cat.No 0 465 42 Black RAL 9005

1: Can be mounted in Altis 19'' cabinets, 800 mm depth (p. xxx) Red catalogue numbers: New products

746

Cable ties with tightening indicator Wide cable ties with patented warning system to prevent overtightening cables Release by pinching the head of the cable tie Strap held in place after tightening

Vertical extension 1

0 320 68

Tightening Ø max. (mm)

35 35 35 80 80 80

NEW

19" Altis™ freestanding cabinets IP 55 - IK 10

Your LCS2 cabinet in a few clicks The new LCS Pro2 software lets you quickly and easily select your products, view your cabinet, and more

0 473 63 equipped

0 473 62 + 0 472 72 + 0 482 20 Pack

Cat.Nos

DISCOVER THE NEW FEATURES

19" 42 U Altis cabinets Cabinets with framed glass door Protection against dust, water, knocks in demanding environments - IP55 - IK10 For loads up to 720 kg on 4 uprights Reversible door with toughened glass window 4-point locking with double bar (Cat.No 0 347 XX) Removable rear panel Cable entries at bottom plates (Cat.No 0 481 XX) Can be equipped with plinth (Cat.No 0 476 XX) 19" uprights and side panels to be ordered separately Compatible with 19" LCS² equipment (p. 742) Cat.Nos 0 331 35 and 0 464 80 can be mounted in width 800 mm cabinets (p. 746) Grey RAL 7035

1 1 1 1

1 1 1

0 473 62 0 473 63 0 473 91 0 473 92

0 472 72 0 472 75

Height (mm)

Dimensions Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

2000 600 600 2000 800 600 2000 600 800 2000 800 800 Set of 2 side panels

Window dim. Height Width (mm) (mm)

1775 1775 1775 1775

375 575 375 575

• make the synoptic of your installation • find automatically Cat.Nos by selecting characteristic options • visualise the cabinet installation and amend it if required • manage your studies: technical summaries, purchase orders, document printing

Weight (kg)

91.7 110.4 95.2 114.6

For cabinets Height Depth (mm) (mm)

2000 600 2000 800 19" uprights 0 482 20 Set of 2 42 U uprights (perforations 9.5 x 9.5 mm) Supplied with mounting lugs and screws Mounting in cabinets possible width 600 or 800 mm Interior assembly kit - IP 55 for a 1000 kg/m3 load 0 476 83 Set consisting of - 4 brackets - 2 joining feet - 1 gasket M 14 lifting rings 0 476 96 Set of 4 rings For a load of 1000 kg/m³

MORE INFORMATION

www.legrand.com

L egrand Cabling System2

Red catalogue numbers: New products

747

NEW

Legrand cabling system LCS2 19" HD (High Density) racks

ing rew fix 19'' sc ped holes in tap

0 464 06

0 464 25

0 464 27

Technical characteristics p. 760 Pack

Cat.Nos

19" HD racks

Pack

Racks for high-density cabling (e.g. data centers, SANs, main distributors, etc.) Channel type 19" uprights for guiding and fixing cables, with U marking and tapped holes for fixing 19" equipment Roofing for right-left cord routing that complies with the bending radiuses Receive 19" LCS2 metal feedthrough panels, power supply units and the DIN rail kit fastened by screws Cat.No 0 464 23 (1 set of 50 supplied with the rack) Supplied with straps with hook and loop type closure Aluminium structure to be assembled Racks joined using grids Cat.Nos 0 464 25/26/27 Black 1 1

Capacity

0 464 06 45 U 0 464 07 45 U

Height (mm)

Width (mm)

Depth (mm)

Permissible load (kg)

Depth of uprights (mm)

2185 2185

604 604

521 667

675 675

267 413

1 1

To be fitted in the depth of the rack to support a high cable tray (cable trays Cat. No 0 464 69/70 p. 746) 0 464 18 For rack Cat.No 0 464 06 0 464 19 For rack Cat.No 0 464 07

1 1

Metal plates provide the finishing of the lower part of the rack and protection against dust The sides of the plates can be folded easily for direct insertion of cables in the 19" upright channel 0 464 15 For rack Cat.No 0 464 06 0 464 16 For rack Cat.No 0 464 07

19" cord management panels

1 1

1 axis closed panels with pivoting cover Depth 172 mm Black 0 465 70 1 U 0 465 71 2 U

19" equipment screws 1

0 464 23 Set of 50 special screws for 19" HD racks and 25 earthing claws

Cord management grids with door

1 1

Easily removable door that opens in both directions To be mounted between 2 joined racks or on an isolated rack (Cat.No 0 464 26 only) The grids create a space between 2 joined racks (63 mm for Cat.No 0 464 26, 165 mm for Cat.No 0 464 27) for running of cables and cords to the front and rear Side cord channels every 1 U Capacity: 200 cat. 6 cords for Cat.No 0 464 26, 580 cords for Cat.No 0 464 27 Supplied with 12 bend limiting clips and 4 coiling supports Black 0 464 26 1970 mm x 165 mm x 204 mm 0 464 27 1970 mm x 267 mm x 331 mm

Red catalogue numbers: New products

748

Cable tray supports

Lower finishing plates

Cord management grid To be mounted between 2 joined racks or on an isolated rack The grid creates a 63 mm space between 2 joined racks for running cables and cords to the front and rear Capacity: 200 cat. 6 cords Black 0 464 25 Grid with hinged closing latches 1965 mm x 153 mm x 156 mm

Cat.Nos

NEW wall-mounting rack for weatherproof cabinets

19" bati-rack and accessories

0 329 46

0 329 47

0 463 96 + 2 x 0 463 97

0 462 28

0 463 97

Technical characteristics p. 761 Pack

Cat.Nos

Technical characteristics p. 740

19'' Bati-rack

Pack

For housing 19" equipment in an air conditioned, secure, dust-free environment Comprises 2 or 4 x 19" uprights With levelling feet Compatible with 19" LCS2 equipment The 4-upright bati-rack takes shelves for depth 800 mm Cable management rings Cat.No 0 465 41 (p. 740) can be fitted on the outside of the 19" uprights Supplied ready for assembly RAL 7035 1 1

0 463 95 0 463 96

Capacity

42 U 42 U

Height (1) (mm)

1956 1956

Width (mm)

540 540

0 465 00

Depth (mm)

640 820

Permissible load Number of (kg) uprights

300 300

2 4

1 1 1

Cat.Nos

For integrating 19" VDI equipment in Atlantic cabinets (Cat.Nos 0 355 xx) and Marina cabinets, width 600 or 800 mm and depth 250 mm min. In cabinets width 400 mm, the rack enables 10" VDI equipment to be incorporated (p. 741) Can be fixed directly on the wall to create a wall-mounted rack (without cabinet) Self-locking cable ties and cable ties with tightening indicator (p. 746) can be fitted 0 462 27 6 U rack 0 462 28 12 U rack 0 462 29 16 U rack

Cable entry for Atlantic cabinets width 600 or 800 mm and 19" equipment

Cable management sleeve

Vertical feedthrough with reversible door For fixing on the right or left of the 19" uprights RAL 7035 0 463 97 Sleeve

1 1

Accessories 1

Wall-mounting VDI rack for Atlantic and Marina cabinets

Roof 0 464 98 Roof for 4-upright bati-rack 535 x 600 mm Set of 4 casters 0 464 99 For bati-rack

Cable entry 0 329 46 IP 43 cable entry plate with brush (cable feedthrough 385 x 30 mm) 0 329 47 IP 55 cable entry plate with multi-entry cable glands Supplied with 12 ISO 32 cable glands Each cable gland allows the insertion of 4 UTP/FTP/ SFTP cables (Ă&#x2DC;6.5 to 9.5 mm) Cords with connectors can be fed through without having to dismantle the cable gland Supplied with blanking plates for unused entries Fixed shelf Projecting mounting on 2 x 19" uprights Fast screw-free assembly Max. load 15 kg Height 2 U Black RAL 9005 0 465 00 Depth 115 mm

1: Without levelling feet (+ 28 to 34 mm with feet) Red catalogue numbers: New products

749

customised 19" LCS2 cabinets

19" LCS2 wall-mounting cabinets Cable entry plate with brushes(1)

19" LCS2 freestanding cabinets (continued) Option of solid or microperforated metal doors, screen-printed glass doors, double doors or no doors

Thermal management (fan, thermostat) Other colour, RAL 180

No side panels

Fixed or pivoting

Solid metal door, opening to the left, no door

Earthing wire Fixed shelves, modular patch panel 1 U and feedthrough, blanking plates, DIN rail kit IP2X, fibre optic drawer to be equipped

Other key codes

19" PDU

Cabinet fitted with screen-printed glass double door at the front (42 U/47 U panels; width 800 mm)

Cabinet fitted with microperforated metal doors at the front and rear (opening to the left)

Cabinet fitted with microperforated metal double rear door and screen-printed glass front door

(1) Pivoting cabinets

19" LCS2 freestanding cabinets 30 sizes

19" equipment assembly

Capacity

24 U

29 U

33 U

42 U

47 U Patch panel, 1 U, to be equipped

Width

600 or 800 mm

Depth

600, 800 or 1â&#x20AC;&#x2030;000 mm Feedthrough panels, metal or plastic

cabinet definition Thermal management: plate with 230 V fans, thermostat

Fibre optic drawer, to be equipped Lighting kit(1)

Ventilation drawer

Rear door Set of 2 fixed sliders Other key codes PDU Server cabinet Rail kit DIN IP 2X

No panels

Blanking plates, metal or plastic

19" cable entries: metal or plastic

Shelves: - fixed - telescopic - keyboard support

Plinth, ventilation/ brush trap Earthing wire/braid

Anti-tilt kit(1) or ground fixing kit(1)

Wiring management: vertical brush panels, patch extension, supports, grid 1: Supplied ready for assembly

Colours 180 RAL colours available. Optional touch-up brush in the selected RAL

750

Legrand cabling system LCS2

n Compliance of the LCS2 systems with standards and certifications

n Fibre optic

LCS2 systems and components (de-embedded) conform to the following standards: - TIA/EIA 568C - EN 50173-1 and EN 50173-2 - ISO/IEC 11801 version 2 The LCS2 system supports 10G applications Base-T up to 100 m in a transmission channel Conforms with standards ISO/IEC 24750, TIA TSB 155 and IEEE 802.3 an The Ea link class of the LCS2 system also conforms with amendment 1 (04/2008) of standard ISO 11801 and its components conform with amendment 2 LCS2 systems are certified by expert independent laboratory 3P

n New optical classes ISO 11801 2nd Ed.

LCS2 6a 500 Mhz 10 Gbit/s Copper FO RJ 45 SC-LC… 100 m variable

Multimode

LCS2 6 250 MHz 1 Gbit/s Copper FO RJ 45 SC-LC… 100 m variable

LCS2 5e 100 Mhz 1 Gbit/s Copper RJ 45 100 m

850 nm

1 300 nm

1 310 nm

1 550 nm

Fibre attenuation dB/km

3.5 max.

1.5 max.

1.0

Bandwidth MHz.km

200 min.

500 min.

n/a

Connector attenuation dB

0.75 max.

20 min.

26 min.

Return loss dB

Table 2

RJ 45 sockets RJ 45 panel Electrical signal

2 Copper/ optic fibre switch

n New names for LAN cables (according to ISO 11801-2) They correspond to: "type of cable shield"/ "type of twisted pair shield" TP monitoring (for twisted pairs) Type of cable Shield old new of the cable name name SSTP S/FTP S: screen made up SFTP SF/UTP SF: combination of ribbon + braid STP U/FTP U: no screen FTP F/UTP F: screen formed of a ribbon alumin/polyester UTP U/UTP U: no screen

F: screen formed of a ribbon alumin/polyester U: no screen U: no screen

Copper/optic fibre convertor

Optic fibre drawer Optical signal

Table 1 Optic fibre drawer

Shield of pairs twisted F: screen formed a metal braid of a ribbon alumin/polyester U: no screen

Monomode

Parameter

n Typical layout of an optical link between 2 distribution blocks

n Main characteristics of the LCS2 systems Frequency Speed Wiring Connectors Length cable max.

Parameters of the optical link (ISO 11801/EN 50173)

Copper/optic fibre convertor

Copper/ optic fibre switch

Electrical signal

RJ 45 panel Shielding of twisted pairs Cable shielding

RJ 45 sockets : Optical link : Copper link

n Speed ensured by distance

850/1300 nm bandwidth (Mhz/km)

ISO 11801-2 optic classes

1500 / 500 OS1 500 / 500 200 / 500 OM3 OM2 OM1

Protocols (length max.) 10 Gb Ethernet (S/L base) Ethernet Gb (LX base) Ethernet Gb (SX base) Fast Ethernet

Multimode fibre OM 1

OM 2

Monomode fibre OM 3

OS 1

33 m

82 m

300 m

10 km

550 m

2 km

275 m

550 m

2000 m

2 km

Ethernet 10 Mbps

2000 m

1514 m

Desired perennity

> 10 years

10 to 15 years

> 15 years

➘

➚➚

➙➚

➚

Market trend

751

Legrand cabling system LCS2 (continued)

n Flush-mounting Ethernet 10/100 base T switches 779 00

779 01

779 20

230 V

PoE

230 V

802.3 / 802.3u

802.3u 802.3 af

Power supply Speed

100 Mbps

Standards Common technical characteristics

802.3 / 802.3u

• Operating temperature: from 0°C to +40°C • Max. humidity level permissible: 95 % • Auto MDI-X (takes crossed and straight cords) • Orange LED: - on: speed of 100 Mbps - off: speed 10 Mbps • Green LED on traffic

Additional characteristics

• SNMP V2C (RFC 1901-1908) • Support MIB II (RFC 1213) • IP addressing via DHC (according to RFC 2131) • Can be administered via WEB interface • Backup and updating of configuration files (Upload/ download)

An 802.11 a and b/g solution MOSAIC WiFi Access Point Cat. Nos 77913/14 802.11 b/g

Power supply standard

802.11 a

LCS² Cat. Nos 335 21/22 802.11 b/g/n or 802.11 a/n

n Installation In all supports able to take a Mosaic mechanism (trunking, columns, flush-mounting boxes, floor boxes, etc.) Do not place access points behind anything that could limit the antenna's range Access points are connected tool-free via an RJ 45 connector

- Provide 1 access point for 1 localised requirement (in entrance hall) - Provide 1 access point per 100 m2 for overall coverage and a maximum gross speed - Provide 1 access point with an RJ 45 socket for a desk used by visitors

Power over Ethernet 802.3 af

Frequency band

2.4 GHz

5 GHz

2.4 GHz or 5 GHz

Channel width

20MHz

40MHz or 20MHz

54 Mbps max

54 Mbps

300 Mbps

Max. gross speed

- Possibility of simultaneous operation on 2 frequencies, a and b/g New products: invited access: used to allocate a network dedicated to visitors Provides a max. gross speed of up to 2 x 54 Mbps in simultaneous mode - Very high security level: WPA2 encryption (802.11i) and authentication (802.1x) - Possibility of roaming (moving from one access point to another without breaking the link) - Quality of service (priority automatically given to voice, then video and finally data) - Easy to configure and make secure: using the CD supplied with the access point

n Sizing

n Mosaic Wi-Fi access points

Radio communication standard

n Benefits of a Legrand Wi-Fi access point

n Installation principle for a Wi-Fi access point with Power over Ethernet injector

n Operation of PoE injector A PoE injector has one input and one output per access point to be supplied Incoming switch: data Power supply 48 V

: Data : Power Pair 2 Outgoing cable to patch panel: Data + power supply

Pair 3

230 V

Switch 230 V

Particular case of the 1 port PoE: Clips directly onto a port on any patch panel A single cord is necessary to connect it to a port on the switch

PoE injector 4 x RJ 45 connector unit

752

Pair 4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

RJ 45 Connector

PoE injector

Pair 1

Twisted pairs cable exiting from the PoE carries power (48 V) to feed the data

Legrand cabling system LCS2 LCS2 19" and 10" wall-mounting cabinets Front opening door and side panels

n General characteristics Metallic wall-mounting cabinets RAL 7016 textured polyester coating providing excellent resistance to corrosion and scratching Front safety glass door Protection index (weatherproof) against solid objects and liquids: IP 20 Protection index against mechanical shocks: IK 08 Perforations in uprights: 9.5 x 9.5 mm Permissible load: 3 kg/U (or 48 kg for a 19" cabinet 16 U) 12 kg for the 10" cabinet 6 U

D C

n Compliance with standards 175°

LCS2 cabinets comply with the following standards: IEC 60529 EN 60529

(NF C 20-010) Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)

IEC 62262 EN 62262

(EN 50102, NF C 20-015) Degrees of protection provided by enclosures of electrical material against external mechanical impacts (IK code)

IEC 60950-1 EN 60950-1 C 77-210-1

Safety of data processing equipment

EIA-310-D

Cabinets, enclosures, panels and associated equipment (ANSI / EIA / 310-D-1992)

IEC 60297-1 & 2 DIN 41414-7

(NF C 20-150, NF C 20-151) Sizes of mechanical structures of the 482.6 mm (19 in) series

1 190

Pivoting bottom opening

93°

LCS cabinets can be integrated into installations complying with the following standards:

1 114

843

EN 50173-1

Information technology - Generic cabling systems

EN 50174-1 & 2 C 90-480-1 & 2

Information technology - Cabling installation 167°

Information technology - Generic cabling for ISO IEC 11801 customer premises NF C 15-100 Part 4-41

Low voltage electrical installations - Recommendations

UTE C90-483

Residential cabling for communication networks

1 171

Cat.Nos

Open panels B

400

962

305

1205

580

1140

482.5

1565

600

1179

482.5

1565

0 462 00

n Overall dimensions (mm)

0 462 01

Dep

0 462 02

600

Open doors A

19" fixed cabinets

0 462 03 0 462 06 0 462 07

Height

0 462 08 0 462 09 0 462 11 19" pivoting cabinets

0 462 12 0 462 13 0 462 14

19" pivoting cabinets

10” cabinet

Capacity

Height

350

0 462 01

500

0 462 02

12 U

600

0 462 03

16 U

800

0 462 06

500

0 462 07

12 U

600

0 462 08

16 U

800

0 462 09

21 U

1000

0 462 11

500

0 462 12

12 U

600

0 462 13

16 U

800

0 462 14

21 U

1000

0 462 20

352

Width

Depth

10" cabinet door opening Cat.No 0 462 20

400 600

615

19" fixed cabinets

Cat.Nos 0 462 00

180° 580

660 600

600

314

300

753

Legrand cabling system LCS2 LCS2 19" and 10" wall-mounting cabinets (continued) n Useable dimensions (mm) 19" LCS2 fixed cabinets depth 400 mm

10" LCS2 cabinet depth 300 mm rall

ens

ble Usa 105 3x

ions

314

400

150 / 250 / 350 / 550 (ma 258 xim um

Usable area 285 / 435 / 535 / 735

525

451 rea a ble Usa 5 46 ce n a Dist

308

)

Height 350 / 500 / 600 / 800 Capacity 6U / 9U / 12U / 16U

200 x 80

Ove

dim

(ma 207 xim um

92 (minimum 42)

rall

105

)

rall

dim

ens

n Fixing of cabinets (mm)

580

ions

ØC

525

(ma 435 xim um 4

451 rea a ble Usa 5 46 ce n a Dist

250 / 350 / 550 / 750

200 x 80

Height 500 / 600 / 800 / 1000 Capacity 9U / 12U / 16U / 21U

Usable area 435 / 535 / 735 / 935

85)

92 (minimum 42)

19" LCS2 pivoting cabinets depth 600 mm 62

Ove

rall

440

dim

ens

ions

451 rea a ble 465 ce n ista

Usa D (ma 365 xim um

465

)

200 (minimum 100)

615

19" fixed cabinets

Height 500 / 600 / 800 / 1000 Capacity 9U / 12U / 16U / 21U

rea

a able

Usable area 435 / 535 / 735 / 935

600

19" pivoting cabinets 10” cabinets

Capacity 6U 9U 12 U 16 U 21 U 9U 12 U 16 U 21 U 6U

A 275 425 525 725 925 425 525 725 925 275

408

500

250

6.5

n Weight (kg)

19" fixed cabinets

19" pivoting cabinets 10” cabinet

754

305

82 (minimum 32)

50 Ove

ions

257

125

area ble Usa 105 x 3

ens

.5 222 rea a ble a s U .5 236 ce an Dist

19" LCS2 fixed cabinets depth 580 mm 600

dim

Cat.Nos 0 462 00 0 462 01 0 462 02 0 462 03 0 462 06 0 462 07 0 462 08 0 462 09 0 462 11 0 462 12 0 462 13 0 462 14 0 462 20

Weight 16.7 20.4 22.8 26 25.7 32.7 41.5 52.5 31.8 40 47.3 59 8

Height 352

Ove

area

Usable area 288

600

200 x 140

fixed 19'' Linkeo wall-mounting cabinets

n General characteristics

n Door opening (mm)

Metallic wall-mounting cabinets RAL 7035 textured polyester coating providing excellent resistance to corrosion and scratching Glass safety door Protection index (weatherproof) against solid objects and liquids: IP 20 Protection index against mechanical shocks: IK 08 Perforations in uprights: 9.5 x 9.5 mm Permissible load: 3 kg/U (or 48 kg for a 19" cabinet 16 U)

900

n Compliance with standards: identical to 19" LCS2 wall-mounting cabinets 130째max.

n Overall dimensions (mm) Dep

th Wid

Height

th Cat.Nos

Capacity

0 462 30/35

0 462 31/36

0 462 42/47

12 U

0 462 43/48

16 U

A 930 1130

n Fan kit (mm) 360 Capacity

Height

0 462 30/35

367

0 462 31/36

500

0 462 42/47

12 U

625

0 462 43/48

16 U

810

Width

Depth 400 190

Cat.Nos

600 600

74,5 Ventilation zone Cat.No

Number of fans

Output (m3/h)

0 462 70

160

n Fixing (mm)

B Cat.Nos

Capacity

0 462 30/35

153

0 462 31/36

286

0 462 42/47

12 U

419

0 462 43/48

16 U

597

400

755

LCS2 energy distribution

Vertical Power Distribution Units (PDU)

n Vertical Power Distribution Units configuration 0 465 81

0 465 84

0 465 80

0 465 88

0 465 89

0 465 85

Outputs Supply

756

Legrand cabling system LCS2 19" LCS2 freestanding cabinets and server freestanding cabinets n General characteristics

Metallic extendable freestanding cabinets. RAL 7016 textured polyester coating providing excellent resistance to corrosion and scratching Front glass safety door, front and rear microperforated metal doors for server freestanding cabinets. Protection index (weatherproof) against solid objects and liquids: IP 20 Protection index against mechanical shocks: IK 08 Perforations in 19" uprights: 9.5 x 9.5 mm Permissible load: 10 kg/U (or 420 kg for a 42 U enclosure), 15 kg/U for server freestanding cabinet

n Useable dimensions 600

n Compliance with standards LCS2 cabinets comply with the following standards: E IEC 60529 EN 60529

(NF C 20-010) Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)

IEC 62262 EN 62262

(NF EN 50102, NF C 20-015) Degree of protection provided by enclosures of electrical equipment against external mechanical impacts (IK code)

IEC 60950-1 EN 60950-1 C 77-210-1

Safety of data processing equipment

EIA-310-D

Cabinets, enclosures, panels and associated equipment (ANSI/EIA/310-D-1992)

450le b Usaea ar

465ce tan Dis

87 (maximum 162) (2)

IEC 60297-1 and 2 (NF C 20-150, NF C 20-151) Sizes of mechanical structures DIN 41414-7 of the 482.6 mm (19 in) series IEC 60917-1 EN 60917-1

Modular order for the development of mechanical structures for electronic infrastructures

IEC 60917-2-1 EN 60917-2-1

Modular order for the development of mechanical structures for electronic infrastructures Coordination dimensions for infrastructure interfaces in widths of 25 mm (enclosure and frame dimensions)

F(2) Min/Max

800

LCS2 cabinets can be integrated into installations complying with the following standards: EN 50173-1

Information technology - Generic cabling systems

EN 50174-1 & 2 C 90-480-1 & 2

Information technology - Cabling installation

ISO IEC 11801

Information technology - Generic cabling for customer premises

NF C 15-100 Part 4-41

Low voltage electrical installations - Recommendations

F(2) Min/Max

160째

Cat.Nos

Capacity

H(1)

0 463 00

24 U

1226

0 463 06

29 U

1448

0 463 12

33 U

1626

160째 L

610

Cat.Nos

659

0 463 00 0 463 06 0 463 12 0 463 18/30 0 463 19 0 463 21 0 463 22/33 0 463 23 0 463 28 0 463 29

1138

1208

0 463 18/30 0 463 19 0 463 21

859 42 U

1408

657

2026

0 463 22/33

857

0 463 23 0 463 28

810 47 U

2248

1057

1608 1525

1808

857

1608

1057

1808

Capacity

H(1)

Capacity 24 U 29 U 33 U

42 U

47 U

Usable area B C D 1086 1308 659 490 1486 490 A

859 657 1886 857 1057 690 857 2108 1057

690 490 690 890 690 890

425

F(2) G Min. Max.

118 193 41

625 425 625 825 122 197 141 625 825

Server freestanding cabinets

Server freestanding cabinets Cat.Nos

465ce tan Dis

87 (maximum 162) G

450le b Usaea ar

0 463 29

(2)

n Overall dimensions (mm) P

0 463 85

42 U

2026

610

1092

1138

1608

0 463 86

42 U

2026

810

1092

1525

1808

Usable area

Capacity

0 463 85

42 U

1092 1886 490

890

825

122

197

0 463 86

42 U

1092 1886 690

890

825

122

197

141

F(2)

Cat.Nos

Min. Max.

1: Without adjustment levelling feet (+15 to 45 mm with feet) 2: Continuous adjustment with adjustments in steps of 12.5 mm

757

Legrand cabling system LCS2 19" LCS2 freestanding cabinets, server freestanding cabinets and equipment n LCS2 cable entries (mm)

n Freestanding cabinets plinths (mm)

Pre-cut at the top and bottom in 19" format (useable area 451 mm)

Plinth kit + side traps

Width 600

Width 800

Depth 600

Depth 800

100

Depth 1000

n LCS2 server freestanding cabinets, cable entries (mm)

or 2

Overall

Mounting

Usable area

Cabinet dim. Width x Depth

600 x 600

599

478

449

600 x 800

599

799

478

678

449

649

800 x 600

799

599

678

478

649

449

800 x 800

799

678

649

600 x 1000

599

999

478

878

449

849

800 x 1000

799

999

678

878

649

849

Pre-cut at the top in 19" format (useable area 451 mm) Bottom central cut (805 x 450 mm) Top

Bottom

n Linking interface (mm) Left or right assembly of an cabinet fitted with a 200 mm high plinth Reversible interface cover

Width 600

Width 800

n Weight cabinets (kg) Weights shown correspond to net weight (without packaging) Cat.Nos

Weight cabinet

Weight Extension cabinet

0 463 00

0 463 06

0 463 12

0 463 18/30 (ext)

0 463 19

110

0 463 21

114

0 463 22/33 (ext)

127

0 463 23

151

0 463 28

138

0 463 29

163

n Weight server freestanding cabinets (kg) Weights shown correspond to net weight (without packaging) Cat.Nos

Weight cabinet

0 463 85

155

0 463 86

166

758

C C

A B

B 200

Cabinet dim. Depth

600

595

435

120

n Supports for cable trays on server cabinets Cat.No 0 464 78

n Shelves (mm) L1

Cat.No 0 464 79

Cable trays can be installed quickly on the supports Cat.Nos 0 464 72/73/74/78/79

Cat.Nos

Useable width L1

0 465 00

115

435

0 462 23(1)

120

216

0 465 01

200

435

0 465 02

360

435

0 465 05

450

440

0 465 06

650

440

0 465 07

850

440

0 465 08

450

425

320

0 465 09

650

425

420

425

420

380

650

0 465 10

650

0 465 17

820

0 465 18

820

425

1: Fixing centre 236.5 mm

n 19" plates with fans (mm)

n Keyboard support shelf (mm)

465 482

850

max

. - 62

5 min

460

max

465 482

Number of fans

Output (m3/h)

0 464 87

180

0 464 88

270

250

Ventilation zone Cat.Nos

759

Legrand cabling system LCS2 19" HD (High Density) racks n 19" HD Racks

n 0 464 26/27

Permissible load: 15 kg/U

Bend limiting clips

0 464 06

Cord coiling support

0 464 07 510

655

2185

2135

2185

n Joining racks with grid 0 464 25/26

604

267 521

41 667 3

604

n Cord management grids 0 464 25

0 464 26

0 464 27 165

156 153

n Cable tray support Cat.Nos 0 464 18/19

1970

1965

n 19" cord management panels Cat.Nos 0 465 70/71 204

165

331

n 0 464 25 Swing latch replacement installation Installation can be either right or left hand swing out

760

267 1U or 2U

0 464 27 165 mm

63 mm

172

19" bati-rack

wall-mounting rack for weatherproof cabinets

n General characteristics

n Rack mounting in weatherproof cabinets

Metallic bati-rack RAL 7035 textured polyester coating providing excellent resistance to corrosion and scratching Perforations in 19" uprights: 9.5 x 9.5 mm Permissible load: 300 kg

Perforations in uprights: 9.5 x 9.5 mm

n Dimensions (mm) 2 uprights bati-rack Cat.No 0 463 95

Us 445 ab le w

idth

Atlantic cabinets Rack Cat.Nos

Capacity

0 462 27 0 462 28 0 462 28 0 462 28 0 462 28 0 462 28 0 462 29 0 462 29 0 462 29 0 462 29 0 462 29

6U 12 U 12 U 12 U 12 U 12 U 16 U 16 U 16 U 16 U 16 U

0 462 28 0 462 29

12 U 16 U

Dimensions H x W x D (mm)

Cat.Nos

0 355 06 400 x 600 x 250 0 355 08 600 x 400 x 250 0 355 10 600 x 600 x 250 0 355 20 600 x 600 x 300 0 355 36 600 x 600 x 400 0 355 21 600 x 800 x 300 0 355 14 800 x 600 x 250 0 355 23 800 x 600 x 300 0 355 28 800 x 600 x 400 0 355 15 800 x 800 x 250 0 355 24 800 x 800 x 300 Marina cabinets 0 362 55/75 600 x 400 x 250 0 362 61/81 800 x 600 x 300

Width 400 mm

Usable dim. under door A B (mm) (mm) 145 105 145 105 145 105 145 155 145 255 145 155 145 105 145 155 145 255 145 105 145 155 150 150

100 150

Width 600 mm

525

B A

idth ble w Usa mm 5 . 222 entre gc Fixin mm .5 23610") (

Fixing centre 465 mm (19")

Capacity 6U / 12U / 16U

Capacity 12U

130

B A

th wid ble Usa 1 mm 5 4 entre g c ") Fixin m (19 m 465

Width 800 mm

Us 445 ab le w id

Fixing centre 465 mm (19")

Capacity 12U / 16U

4 uprights bati-rack Cat.No 0 463 96

B th wid ble Usa 1 mm e r 5 4 cent g ") Fixin m (19 m 5 46

598

Depth adjusting aid with slides Cat.Nos 0 367 44/45 for Atlantic cabinets depth 300 and 400 mm

n Rack fixing centres (mm) 335

465

C D

Cat.Nos Capacity A B C D 0 462 27 6U - 236.5 - 236.5 0 462 28 12 U 465 236.5 465 236.5 0 462 29 16 U 465 236.5 465 236.5

525

n Wall fixing (mm) 4xĂ&#x2DC;9

Wall-mounting rack Cat.Nos Capacity A 0 462 27 6U 725 0 462 28 12 U 725 0 462 29 16 U 725

B 325 525 725

761

Audio/video sockets: the right system to meet your needs A wide range of technologies (HDMI, HD15, RCA, YUV): an answer corresponding to the location and the needs of users

DISCOVER A FULL SYSTEM From the cabinets to the terminal sockets • 19’’ LCS 2 cabinets

• • • •

19’’ patch panels: to distribute the audio/video signal cords: for connecting a socket to a terminal cables: for connecting 2 sockets a long distance apart sockets: choose between 20 technologies

Patch panels, cables and cords, p. 763

Sockets, p. 764, 765

MORE INFORMATION Get detailed information on many digital or printed supports, or contact your Area Commercial Manager

www.legrand.com 762

E-catalogue

QR-code

audio/video cabinets, patch panels, cords and cables

0 335 96

0 335 98

Freestanding cabinets 0 463 19 Pack

0 517 23 Cat.Nos

NEW 1 1

0 463 00 0 463 19

19" LCS2 freestanding cabinets

Pack

IP 20 - IK 08 Baying cabinets with reversible curved front door made of screen-printed safety glass Side and rear removable panels Panels with automatic equipotential connection Lock with 2433 A key for locking of the 4 sides Top and bottom cable entries (19" cut-out format), receive 19" plates with brushes, fans, etc. Equipped with 4 x 19" uprights with U marking and depth adjusting aid Levelling feet adjustable from the inside Option of cable and patch cord management in cabling unit Cat.Nos 0 463 34/35 (p. 744) Cabinets can be dismantled completely where access is difficult Cabinets can be linked with kit Cat.Nos 0 463 37/38 (p. 744) Charcoal grey RAL 7016 Capacity

24 U 42 U

Height (mm) Width (mm)

1226 2026

600 600

Load Depth (mm) capacity (kg)

600 800

240 420

19" patch panels

1 1 1

p. 744

0 517 24 Cat.Nos

Cords For connecting a socket to a terminal

Used to distribute the audio/video signal NEW Equipped with marked connectors 19" female 1 U metal panels 0 335 96 XLR 19" panel - 16 connectors 0 335 97 HDMI 19" panel - 16 connectors 0 335 98 HD15 19" panel - 12 connectors

HDMI cord 0 517 20 Length 10 m For connecting an HDMI socket to an audio/video terminal (plasma screen, DVD player, home cinema, games console, etc.) For use over a distance of more than 10 m, use the HDMI booster Cat.No 0 779 30 HD15 cord + 3.5 mm jack 0 517 22 Length 2 m For connecting an HD15 video socket and a 3.5 mm audio jack to a terminal (PC, video projector) NEW HD15 cord 0 517 23 Length 10 m For connecting an HD15 socket to a video terminal (PC, video projector, etc.) XLR cord 0 517 24 Length 10 m For connecting an XLR socket to an audio peripheral (microphone, amplifier, etc.) 9-way SUB-D cord 0 517 25 Length 10 m For RS 232 serial connection (printer, machine screen, etc.)

Cables 1

For connecting 2 sockets a long distance apart HDMI cables 0 327 80 Length 20 m For connecting HDMI sockets over distances of up to 10 m VGA cables 0 327 81 Length 20 m For full pin connection of HD15 sockets over distances of up to 20 m

Red catalogue numbers: New products

763

ArteorTM audio/video sockets

5 727 79

5 722 82

5 720 97

Batibox mutlimedia box 5 722 74

5 722 88

p. 539

5 724 89

Support frame p. 404-405 and plate selection charts p. 406 to 413 Technical characteristics p. 391 Mechanisms supplied with rocker plates, tao be equipped with support frames (p. 404-405) and plates (p. 406 to 413) Can be integrated in all supports (p. 606 to 617) Pack

Cat.Nos

Female HD 15 sockets

Pack

1 1

For transmitting analogue video streams between a source (computer) and a compatible receiver (plasma screen, LCD screen, video projector, etc) VGA, XGA or UXGA definition depending on the computer's graphics card Solder connection - 1 module 5 722 79 White 5 727 79 Magnesium

1 1

5 722 82 5 727 82

Connection on screw terminals - 2 modules White Magnesium

1 1

Cat.Nos

HDMI sockets

Used to transmit High-definition digital audio/video streams between a source (HD-DVD drive, computer, etc) and a compatible receiver (plasma, LCD, etc) Can be used with HDMI cords and cables (p. 763) Connection on screw terminals - 2 modules 5 722 81 White 5 727 81 Magnesium Preconnected - 1 module Equipped with a 15 cm cord 5 720 96 White 5 725 96 Magnesium

NEW 1 1

Preconnected - 1 module Equipped with a 15 cm cord 5 720 97 White 5 725 97 Magnesium

NEW 1 1

Display port sockets

Female HD 15 sockets + jack 3.5 mm

1 1

Can be used to create full pin (15-pin) VGA links for a PC monitor, plasma screen etc, and audio links from a portable source NEW Connection on screw terminals - 2 modules 5 722 88 White 5 727 88 Magnesium

1 1

Videoprojector switch

Female Jack 3.5 mm sockets

1 1

For establishing audio links from a portable source Solder connection - 1 module 5 722 78 White 5 727 78 Magnesium

1 1

5 722 74 5 727 74

Connection on screw terminals - 1 module White Magnesium

Preconnected - 1 module Equipped with a 15 cm cord 5 720 91 White 5 725 91 Magnesium

For transmitting high-definition digital audio/video streams between a source (HD-DVD drive, computer, etc) and a compatible receiver (plasma screen, LCD screen, etc) Preconnected - 1 module NEW Equipped with a 15 cm cord 5 720 90 White 5 725 90 Magnesium

Universal remote switch allowing to turn ON or place in STANDBY mode a video projector Works with all videoprojectors through IR learning process Installed close to the room's lighting switches, this product replaces the constructor remote and fosters the ignition and extinction of the video projector therefore reducing energy consumption and extending the bulb's lifetime 2 modules NEW To be installed and connected near a push-button 5 724 89 White

NEW 1 1

Red catalogue numbers: New products

764

ArteorTM audio/video sockets (continued)

5 722 72

5 727 73

5 727 71

5 722 76

5 722 84

5 722 83

5 722 70

Support frame p. 404-405 and plate selection charts p. 406 to 413 Technical characteristics p. 391 Mechanisms supplied with rocker plates, to be equipped with support frames (p. 404-405) and plates (p. 406 to 413) Can be integrated in all supports (p. 606 to 617) Pack

1 1

Cat.Nos

2 x female RCA sockets

Pack

Provide the link for any peripheral device such as a DVD player, camera, video recorder, etc. For stereo audio link Connection on screw terminals - 1 module 5 722 72 White 5 727 72 Magnesium

1 1

Preconnected - 1 module Equipped with a 15 cm cord 5 720 92 White 5 725 92 Magnesium

Cat.Nos

100 V - 25 W Allow to adjust power to 25 W from a balanced 100 V loudspeaker line 2 modules 5 722 84 White 5 727 84 Magnesium

NEW 1 1

3-pole XLR sockets

1 1

For the stereo connection of any peripheral, microphone, mixing console Recommended microphone cable: 1 x 0.22 mm2 shielded audio pair Recommended speaker cable: 1 x 1.5 mm2 audio pair (will take 2.5 mm2) Max. cable length: 50 m (beyond this an audio amplifier is recommended) 2 modules XLR female 5 722 83 White 5 727 83 Magnesium

1 1

5 722 77 5 727 77

3 x female RCA sockets

1 1

Provide the link for any peripheral device such as a DVD player, camera, video recorder, etc. For composite video and stereo audio link Connection on screw terminals - 1 module 5 722 73 White 5 727 73 Magnesium Preconnected - 1 module Equipped with a 15 cm cord 5 720 93 White 5 725 93 Magnesium

NEW 1 1

Provide the high definition analogue video link for a DVD, PC monitor, plasma screen, etc Connection on screw terminals - 1 module 5 722 71 White 5 727 71 Magnesium

S-video sockets (4-pin mini-DIN)

1 1

XLR male

White Magnesium

Loudspeaker sockets

YUV sockets

1 1

Attenuators

10 10

4 mm2 terminals 1 module 5 722 70 White 5 727 70 Magnesium

10 10

5 722 80 5 727 80

2 module White Magnesium

Provide the YC video link for any peripheral device such as a DVD drive, camera, video recorder, videoconferencing, etc W E N Connection on screw terminals - 1 module 5 744 01 White 5 744 51 Magnesium

Female BNC 75 sockets

1 1

Provide the high definition analogue video link for a camera, plasma screen, etc Connection on screw terminals - 1 module 5 722 76 White 5 727 76 Magnesium

Red catalogue numbers: New products

765

These products obtained on December 1st 2011, the following approvals 0 916 55 30 32 56 41 latching relays 42 RCBO DX3 43 0 491 20 49 4 109 93 21 61 97 connection 99 71 terminals 4 110 00 16 A 82 0 343 22 plugs and 83 02 23 extensions 0 707 92 03 0 343 25 04 0 501 62 94 05 28 0 980 03 63 06 64 21 terminal blocks 65 Soliroc 22 Viking 3 66 0 778 11 24 0 371 00 72 12 25 01 73 13 26 02 75 14 27 03 76 21 4 110 28 04 0 501 83 22 47 05 84 41 48 07 0 502 52 42 50 08 0 504 51 43 51 09 44 52 20 adaptors 51 53 21 0 503 82 52 54 30 53 91 83 31 66 92 51 85 85 94 52 86 86 95 55 87 96 multi-outlets 56 90 97 adaptors 60 92 98 61 0 506 50 96 4 111 85 62 51 97 86 63 87 64 88 20â&#x20AC;&#x2026;A Batibox 65 89 socket outlets 0 800 40 66 4 112 04 0 557 03 41 67 05 68 06 42 06 43 07 69 44 08 70 32â&#x20AC;&#x2026;A 71 socket outlets 49 33 51 34 72 0 558 72 52 35 73 75 53 36 74 77 54 37 75 61 38 77 Plexo 0 801 08 39 78 79 0 695 11 24 40 80 12 26 41 81 13 28 42 82 23 40 83 24 41 RCCB DX3 84 25 49 4 115 00 85 27 51 04 86 28 97 0 802 13 05 98 30 99 40 14 06 0 372 00 42 16 07 01 51 50 08 02 53 51 14 03 55 52 15 04 79 53 16 07 80 54 17 08 82 57 24 09 0 696 11 58 25 10 12 59 26 11 13 60 27 12 21 61 28 20 51 62 37 21 56 64 43 40 61 66 50 41 68 68 54 42 72 69 55 43 78 74 56 44 81 76 57 46 83 78 69 47 85 80 70 54 89 81 71 55 90 82 72 56 91 83 90 60 92 84 91 61 94 85 92 4 117 02 62 96 86 63 0 697 11 89 03 64 12 90 04 67 13 91 05 68 15 92 12 69 16 94 13 70 17 95 14 71 20 99 15 0 892 46 22 72 22 23 73 31 74 0 698 11 surface-mounting 24 25 79 21 wiring 80 31 accessories 32 33 81 51 0 860 01 34 82 55 06 35 83 61 45 84 70 Plexo 66 46 85 0 707 11 86 21 0 904 71 59 60 26 61 27 bell Plexo 55

19 21 NF 23 (France) Wiring Devices 25 27

switches DX 0 023 56 57 66 67 76 77 0 043 01 02 03 05 07 10 21 22 23 25 26 27 30 42 45 47 50 62 65 67 70 82 83 85 86 voltage surge protectors 0 039 40 41 43 44 transformer DX

0 042 25 socket outlets DX

0 042 80 91 push-buttons DX 0 044 53 54 55 58 63 64 68 fuse carriers 0 058 10 11 12 13 14 20 21 22 23 24 cartridge fuses

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

103 113 114 116 117 123 124 126 127 133 134

06 10 10 16 16 20 20 25 25 32 32

power supply units 0 332 37 87 88 terminal strips 0 342 11 13 15 17

766

0 412 21 43

02 03 05 06 19 21 22 23 35 38 50 81 82 86 91 96 0 107 00 01 02 03 latching relays 05 3 06 CX 07 4 124 00 10 01 11 22 contactors CX3 32 4 125 03 35 09 36 10 37 14 38 4 125 15 39 16 40 17 67 0 107 84 18 19 85 21 86 23 89 24 90 27 92 33 93 35 95 36 98 0 108 00 41 44 01 02 45 47 04 48 06 0 109 10 49 50 13 17 51 53 23 55 27 56 33 57 52 58 54 59 56 60 58 61 92 62 93 63 94 96 98 transformers

62 63 69 70 71 72 73 79 80 81 82 83 89 90 91 92 93 4 118 00 01

4 130 91 92 93 96 98 RCDs LR 6 021 46 47 49 50 52 53 94 95

Conduits

DLP trunking 0 104 24 27 28 61 62 63 64 65 67 69 70 75 76 0 105 80 82 83 84 0 106 01

DL Plus mini-trunking 0 300 07 08 14 15 27 33 0 301 14 0 308 04 Lina 25 cable ducting 0 362 00 01 03 05 06 07 08 11 12 13 16 17 25

6 373 11 12 13 14 15 16 conduits 6 510 16 20 25 32 40 50 6 512 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 6 514 16 20 25 32 6 516 01 02 03 04 08 09 11 12 13 18 19 20 26 27 28 32 33 34

NF-A2P

ALARME VOL

detector

0 431 00

NF-AEAS

emergency lighting 0 625 40 41 42 43 80 81 82 83

NF-SSI

power supply

0 405 09 sounders

0 405 80 86 87 94 0 415 07

conversion kits 0 618 40 42 46 48 pilot light

0 785 12 emergency lighting

6 610 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 19 20 21 22 23 6 614 01 02 03 04 6 614 09 23 24 6 617 01 02 05 06 07 09 10 12 13

cord switches 0 401 87 92 93 94

NF-LUM LUMINAIRES

bulkhead lights

bulkhead light 0 604 50 51 0 624 00 58 02 59 15 77 25 83 26 transcab 0 624 00 cable ducting 02 shaver socket 15 6 362 00 0 775 86 01 25 02 26 shaverlight 06 07 shaverlights 6 915 06 08 0 606 20 12 21 13 25 17 28 25 halogen free mini-trunking

bulkhead lights 12 16 0 604 19 20 25 95 0 133 00 ATEX 01 02 04 06 08 terminal blocks 10 16 Viking 3 20 0 371 00 25 01 32 02 94 03 0 134 02 04 04 05 06 07 08 08 10 09 16 20 20 21 25 30 32 31 0 140 10 51 12 52 16 60 20 61 25 62 32 63 40 64 50 65 0 141 02 66 04 67 06 68 08 69 10 70 12 71 16 72 20 73 25 74 32 75 40 77 50 78 0 143 00 79 06 98 10 99 16 0 372 00 20 01 25 02 32 03 40 04 50 07 0 145 16 08 20 09 25 10 32 11 40 12 50 20 0 150 25 21 32 40 40 41 50 0 372 42 63 43 80 44 96 46 97 47 0 151 25 60 32 61 40 62 50 63 63 64 80 67 95 68 97 69 0 153 00 70 16 71 0 153 20 72 25 73 32 74 40 79 50 63 80 96 97 0 155 50 63 80 96 (France) 97 0 160 01 05 35 40 45 0 162 00 cartridge fuses 04 + fuse carriers 0 163 18 0 130 01 20 22 02 04 25 06 30 08 35 10 40 45

50 55 0 165 00 02 0 166 35 40 45 50 55 0 168 35 40 45 50 55 0 170 00 02 0 171 50 55 60 65 0 173 50 55 60 65 0 175 00 02 0 176 60 65 70 75 0 178 60 65 70 75 0 199 02 09 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 0 215 04 05 0 216 04 05 Vistop 0 224 98 0 225 00 02 03 05 07 12 15 16 18 20 22 25 27 34 39 44 46 51 53 54 56 0 227 07 32 Osmoz 0 229 01 02 03 10 11 12 13 14 20 21 22 23 0 229 24 40 41 42 43 44 0 238 00 01 02 03 04 06 08 09 11 12 13 21 22

These products obtained on December 1st 2011, the following approvals 26 34 35 36 37 72 74 76 80 81 82 83 85 91 92 94 95 0 239 01 02 03 04 09 15 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 40 43 50 51 52 53 54 60 61 63 80 82 0 240 00 01 02 03 04 11 12 31 32 33 35 36 37 41 42 43 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 73 80 82 91 0 241 00 01 02 03 04 05 20 21 22 23 24 30 31 32 33 34 40 41 42 43 44 0 241 60 61 62 63 64 0 242 41 42 50 51

52 53 54 70 71 72 73 74

95 0 355 96 97 98 cabinets Marina

0 362 50 51 cam switches 52 0 275 34 55 35 56 0 277 10 61 11 63 12 64 13 71 16 72 17 75 18 76 21 81 22 83 23 84 25 85 26 86 27 87 28 31 terminal blocks 32 Viking 3 33 0 371 00 36 37 01 02 38 41 03 42 04 43 05 46 07 47 08 48 09 51 20 52 21 53 30 55 31 56 51 58 52 60 55 62 56 64 60 66 61 67 62 68 63 69 64 70 65 71 66 72 67 73 68 75 69 76 70 77 71 78 72 79 73 80 74 81 75 82 77 83 78 84 79 85 80 81 82 cabinets 83 Atlantic 84 0 355 00 85 01 86 02 98 03 99 04 0 372 00 05 01 06 02 07 03 08 04 09 07 10 08 12 09 14 10 15 11 17 12 18 20 20 21 21 40 22 41 23 42 24 43 26 44 27 46 28 47 29 54 30 55 31 56 32 60 33 61 34 62 36 63 37 64 90 67 91 68 92 69 93 70 94 71

72 73 74 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86

FAIR TRADING (Australia)

Arteor 5 721 12 14 5 726 12 14 RCBO 6 064 10 15

Ă&#x2013;VE

(Austria)

DLP trunking

0 313 01 plugs and extensions

0 501 77 78 79 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 0 503 15 16 17 24 25 28 29 30 31 40 41 42 43 44 Plexo 0 695 11 13 25 30 40 71 76 77 0 696 11 12 13 0 697 12 13 15 33 0 698 11 21 33 51 55 61 69

31 32 33 34 36 37 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98

81 82 83 84 85 86 87 0 372 00 Plexo 01 0 695 51 02 0 696 21 03 51 04 56 07 61 08 68 09 72 10 78 11 Lina 25 81 cable ducting 12 83 20 0 362 00 21 85 89 01 40 90 02 41 91 05 42 92 06 43 94 07 44 96 08 46 0 707 21 11 47 41 12 54 42 13 55 43 16 56 92 17 60 94 25 61 6 360 95 62 surface-mounting 96 63 6 361 00 64 wiring accessories 01 67 02 68 0 860 01 03 69 05 70 06 71 07 72 08 73 CSA 09 74 (Canada) 11 79 12 80 13 81 6 361 14 82 15 cam switches 16 83 84 0 275 34 17 85 35 18 86 0 277 10 19 0 390 10 11 20 11 12 21 13 13 22 14 25 23 15 26 24 17 27 25 18 6 362 00 20 28 46 01 21 47 02 48 06 51 07 52 08 DEMKO 53 12 (Denmark) 55 13 56 17 64 25 66 67 terminal blocks 68 Viking 3 switches DX 69 0 371 00 0 043 02 70 01 05 71 02 10 72 03 22 73 04 25 84 05 30 85 07 42 08 45 cabinets 09 50 Atlantic 20 62 0 355 00 21 65 01 30 70 02 31 03 51 04 55 05 56 VDE 06 60 (Germany) 07 61 08 62 09 63 10 64 12 65 MCBs DX 14 66 15 67 0 032 66 68 17 68 18 69 69 20 70 70 21 71 71 22 72 72 23 73 73 24 74 74 26 75 75 27 77 76 28 78 0 033 08 29 79 10 30 80 11

CEBEC (Belgium)

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 68 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 82 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 0 034 29 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 47 49 0 034 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 89 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99

22 23 25 26 27 30 42 45 47 50 62 65 67 70 82 83 85 86 push buttons DX 0 044 53 54 55 58 63 64 68 energy metering

0 046 94 0 495 55 RCDs DX

6 021 08 09 10 terminal strips 0 342 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 connection terminals 0 342 22 23 25 28 terminal blocks Viking 3 0 371 70 71

latching relays time switch DX 0 491 20 0 037 05 21 0 047 00 sockets 04 40 0 576 69 41 72 42 75 43 76 44 45 bulkhead lights 70 0 604 05 0 497 56 0 499 26 14 15 4 126 23 4 127 80 19 90 92 94 4 128 58 power supplies 6 499 14 0 634 35 6 998 11 12 Plexo 0 695 04 transformer DX 0 042 25 11 42 70 socket outlets 0 697 12 DX 13 0 042 85 15 16 switches DX 22

0 043 01 02 03 05 07 10 21

surface-mounting wiring accessories 0 860 01 06 29

31 cable glands 0 980 01 03 05 06 07 08 09 RCCB DX3

32 33 34 36 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98

17 19 21 23 25 27 connection terminals 0 343 22 23 25 28

4 115 00 04 terminal blocks MEEI 08 Viking 3 (Hungary) 14 0 371 00 17 01 24 02 28 03 37 04 43 plugs and 05 50 extensions 07 54 0 506 55 08 57 65 09 69 20 72 multi-outlet 21 90 extensions 30 92 4 117 02 6 946 21 31 05 22 51 12 24 52 15 26 55 56 22 27 25 29 60 32 34 61 35 36 62 45 37 63 46 39 64 59 41 65 63 43 66 69 46 67 73 47 68 79 51 69 83 56 70 71 89 72 93 73 4 118 00 74 01 IMQ 75 (Italy) 77 latching relays 3 78 CX 79 4 124 00 80 01 81 82 DLP trunking Arteor 83 0 105 82 84 5 722 63 83 85 5 727 63 0 106 02 86 03 98 RCDs LR 22 99 6 021 46 23 0 372 00 47 82 01 49 86 02 50 92 03 52 0 107 02 04 53 06 07 94 07 08 95 22 09 32 10 35 11 36 12 38 20 TĂ&#x153;V 67 21 (Germany) 85 40 89 41 90 42 92 43 93 44 0 108 00 46 01 47 cabinets 02 54 Atlantic 04 55 0 355 00 06 56 01 0 109 10 60 02 17 61 03 0 300 27 62 04 33 63 06 0 301 14 64 07 0 308 04 67 08 0 313 50 68 10 51 69 12 52 70 14 6 373 11 71 15 12 72 17 13 73 18 14 74 20 15 79 22 16 80 23 81 24 82 26 83 terminal 27 84 strips 28 85 0 342 11 29 86 30 13 31 15

767

These products obtained on December 1st 2011, the following approvals surface-mounting terminal wiring strips accessories 0 342 11 0 860 01 13 15 cable glands 17 19 0 980 01 21 03 23 05 25 06 27 07 08 09

CLASS NK (Japan)

cartridge fuses 0 133 01 02 04 06 08 10 16 20 25 94 0 134 02 04 06 08 10 16 20 25 0 143 06 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 0 145 16 20 25 32 40 50 0 153 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 96 97 0 155 50 63 80 96 97

connection terminals 0 343 22 23 25 28

BBJ

(Poland)

indicator DX

current transformers 0 046 31 34 36 38 45 46 48 0 047 75 76 77 78 79 80 98 99

energy metering 0 046 91 94 time switch DX

0 047 04 terminal shield 40 boxes 41 0 013 56 42 43 44 switches DX 45 0 023 56 57 modular 58 distribution 59 blocks 66 0 048 79 67 68 80 81 69 76 82 77 84 78 85 79 86 0 043 07 88 10 fuse carriers 14 21 0 058 00 22 02 25 27 DLP 30 trunking 34

0 105 80 82 83 0 106 01 02 03 21 22 23 82 86 90 92 0 107 02 06 dimmer 07 0 036 58 22 59 32 KEMA 60 0 107 33 (Netherlands) 71 42 43 light sensitive 70 switch DX 71 0 037 21 72 socket outlet 0 108 00 DX 01 bells 02 0 042 85 0 041 01 04 07 06 switches DX 0 109 00 0 043 01 10 buzzer 02 13 0 041 13 05 14 07 17 socket outlets 23 10 DX 21 24 22 0 042 80 25 25 27 27 push-button 33 30 34 DX 42 35 0 044 53 65 45 47 54 50 55 Vistop 62 58 0 226 33 0 043 65 63 67 64 34 0 227 04 70 68 07

768

38 42 45 47 50 54 58 0 043 62 65 67 70 74 78

0 044 88

MCCBs DPX 0 254 01 03 04 05 07 09 10 11 13 15 16 17 19 21 22 23 0 262 39 45 48 49 50 51 87 88 90 91 99 0 263 50 51 53 0 265 10 11 0 266 02 03 06 07 12 13 16 17 22 23 26 27 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 0 266 78 79 80 81 82 83 86 87 89 90 92 94 97 DLPlus mini-trunking

0 300 07

08 14 15 27 33 98 99 0 301 14 0 302 16 21 23 24 26 51 53 54 81 83 90 91 92 93 0 303 00 01 02 03 16 26 36 0 306 67 0 307 03 07 42 0 308 04 0 312 02 03 07 10 0 314 04 08 14 18 56 66 0 316 94 95 96 0 328 02 03 05 07 0 333 17 25 27 29 30 terminal strips

Plexo 0 695 53 55 79 80 82 0 696 51 56 61 68 72 78 81 83 85 89 90 91 92 94 96 0 697 31 0 698 31 70 Batibox 0 802 51 52 53 54 57 58 59 60 61 62 64 66 69 Plexo boxes 0 919 10 11 0 921 00 01 0 921 04 26 36 38 RCDs LR 6 021 46 47

0 342 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 plugs and extensions 0 501 72 73 75 76 81 83 84 0 502 52 99 0 504 51 0 506 50 51 P 17 Tempra 0 555 53 57 58 73 77 78 0 574 34 38 39 0 575 14 18 19 0 581 34 38 39 0 582 14 18 19 bulkhead lights

0 604 51

AENOR (Spain)

MCBs DX 0 033 82 84 86 87 88 89 90 0 034 29 31 33 34 35 36 37 socket outlet DX

0 042 85 terminal strips

0 342 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 connections terminals 0 343 22 23 25 28

plugs and extensions

SEMKO (Sweden)

0 502 52 0 506 55 56 62 63 0 513 66 69 emergency lighting 0 618 40 42 46 48 6 610 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 19 20 21 22 23 30 31 32 33 6 614 01 02 03 04 09 23 24 6 617 01 02 05 06 07 09 10 12 13

socket outlet DX

0 042 85 emergency lighting

6 640 70 71 72 74 75 76 77 78 79

TSE

(Turkey)

isolating switches 0 221 72 73 75 76 77 79 MCCBs DPX

0 250 36 37 38 39 0 250 40 41 44 45 46 47 48 surface-mounting 49 wiring 50 accessories 51 0 860 01 52 06 53 31 54 55 58 RCCB DX3 59 4 115 00 60 04 61 05 62 06 63 07 0 251 49 24 50 25 51 26 57 27 58 50 59 54 62 55 63 56 64 57 65 69 70 70 71 71 72 72 73 90 0 252 24 91 25 92 26 44 multi-outlet 45 extensions 46 0 253 28 6 650 01 02 29 03 30 04 31 06 32 07 52 08 53 09 54 14 55 16 56 0 255 21 17 18 22 19 23 24 0 256 10 11 35 36 0 257 02 03

04 10 11 12 0 258 02 03 04 16 17 18 0 270 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 plugs and extensions 0 503 24 25 28 29 30 31

07 08 09 14 16 17 18 19

ASTA (UK)

plug

Plexo 0 695 85 0 696 51 72 0 697 32 39

P 17 Tempra 0 555 50 53 57 58 73 77 78 0 574 31 34 38 39 0 575 11 14 18 19 0 581 34 38 39 0 582 14 18 19

Batibox 0 800 40 41 42 43 44 49 51 52 53 54 0 801 08 24 26 28 40 41 49 51 0 819 40 Plexo 0 921 01 04 26 27 36 37 multi-outlet extensions 6 946 21 22 24 26 27 29 34 36 37 39 41 43 46 47 51 56 6 950 01 02 03 04 06

0 503 26

Mosaic

0 775 05 Batibox

0 802 51 Synergy

7 300 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 10 11 12 24 32 33 36 37 60 61 64 65 66 70 71 74 75 76 7 301 07 10 12 24 61 62 7 310 30 31 32 33 34 35 37 60 61 65 70 71 75 7 312 30 31 32 33 34 35 37 60 61 65 70 71 75 7 330 30 31 32 33 34 35 37 60 61 65 70

71 74 75 7 332 30 31 32 33 34 35 37 60 61 65 70 71 74 75 7 334 30 31 32 33 34 35 37 60 61 65 70 71 74 75 7 338 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 7 338 60 61 65 70 71 75

KITEMARK (UK)

plug

6 500 13

LLYOD'S REGISTER OF SHIPPING

25 32 40 50 0 153 16 20 25 32 40 50 63 80 96 97 0 155 50 63 80 96 97 0 215 04 05 0 216 04 05

UNDER WRITERS LABORATORIES (United States)

MPCBs 0 028 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 0 028 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 22 23 25 26 34 isolating switches

0 221 71 72 73 0 221 74 75 76 77 cartridge fuses 79 + fuse carriers 81 0 058 08 82 18 83 28 84 38 85 48 86 0 133 01 87 02 88 04 89 0 227 00 06 08 10 Osmoz 16 0 229 01 20 02 25 03 94 10 0 134 02 11 04 12 06 13 08 14 10 20 16 21 20 22 25 23 0 143 06 24 10 40 16 41 20 42 25 43 32 44 40 0 238 00 50 01 0 145 16 02 20 (UK)

These products obtained on December 1st 2011, the following approvals 03 04 06 0 238 08 09 11 12 13 21 22 26 34 35 36 37 72 74 76 80 81 82 83 85 91 92 94 95 0 239 01 02 03 04 09 15 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 40 43 50

51 52 53 54 60 61 63 80 82 0 240 00 01 02 03 04 11 12 0 240 31 32 33 35 36 37 41 42 43 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 73 80 82 91 0 241 00 01 02 03 04 05 20 21

22 23 24 30 31 32 33 34 40 41 42 43 44 60 61 62 63 64 0 242 00 01 02 03 04 05 41 42 50 51 52 0 242 53 54 70 71 72 73 74 cabinets Atlantic 0 355 10 12 14 15 17 18 20 21

22 23 24 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 36 37 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98

23 25 26 27 28 31 32 33 36 37 38 41 42 43 46 47 48 51 52 53 55 56 58 60 62 64 UNDER 66 WRITERS 67 LABORATORIES 68 69 (United States) 70 71 72 Recognized 73 75 76 cam switches 77 0 275 34 78 35 79 0 277 10 80 11 81 0 277 12 82 13 83 16 84 17 85 18 21 colring 22 cable ties

0 318 00 01 02 03 04 0 318 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 33 34 35 36 37 38 0 320 12 13 14 15 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 26

09 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 6 362 00 01 02 06 07 08 Lina 25 cable ducting 12 13 0 362 00 17 01 25 02 03 05 terminal blocks Viking 3 06 0 371 00 07 0 371 01 08 11 02 12 03 13 04 16 05 17 07 25 08 6 360 95 09 96 20 6 361 00 21 01 30 02 31 03 51 05 52 06 55 07 56 08 60

27 28 29 30 31 32 37 38 39 40 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 0 320 50 51

61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 98 99 0 372 00 01 02 03 04 07 08 09 10 11 12 20 21 40 41 42 43 0 372 44 46 47 54

55 56 60 61 62 63 64 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 0 390 10 11 13 14 15 17 18 20 21 transformers 0 442 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 31 32 33 34 35 36

38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 0 442 48 49 50 61 62 63 64 65 66 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 81 82 83 84 85 86 88 89 90 91

05 06 07 08 09 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 other agreements please consult us

power supplies 0 470 21 22 23 24 25 cable glands 0 980 01 03

These products benefit on December 1st 2011, from PEP (Product Environmental Profile) 0 026 02 11 22 0 042 25 0 048 71 73 76 77 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 88 0 102 02 05 06 10 20 30 50 63 96 0 103 06 0 104 24 27 28 61 62 63 64 65 67 69 70 75 76 0 105 80 82 83 84 0 106 01 02 03 05 19 21 22 0 106 23 35 38 50

81 82 86 91 92 0 107 01 02 03 05 06 07 10 11 22 33 35 36 37 38 39 40 63 64 67 84 85 89 90 92 93 95 98 0 108 01 02 04 06 0 109 13 23 33 52 54 56 58 92 94 96 98 0 113 10 0 114 06 10 0 116 10 0 117 16 0 120 04 06 08

10 0 123 00 01 02 04 06 10 16 20 0 124 02 04 06 10 16 20 0 126 16 20 25 0 127 25 0 130 01 02 04 06 08 10 12 16 20 25 95 0 133 00 01 02 04 06 08 10 16 20 25 32 94 0 134 02 0 134 04 06 08 10 16 20 25 32 0 140 10 12 16 20

25 32 40 50 0 141 02 04 06 08 10 12 16 20 25 32 40 50 0 143 00 06 10 16 20 25 32 40 50 0 145 16 20 25 32 40 50 0 150 25 32 40 50 63 80 96 97 0 151 25 32 40 50 63 80 95 97 0 153 00 16 20 25 32 40 50 63

80 96 97 0 155 50 63 80 96 97 0 200 02 03 04 05 06 45 46 0 201 03 04 05 06 07 08 18 19 23 24 25 26 27 28 38 40 41 42 43 44 0 201 45 46 47 48 49 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 0 202 01 05 07 10 12 14 16 18

19 20 21 22 23 24 28 29 53 54 55 56 57 58 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 96 0 203 00 01 03 04 07 10 12 14 15 0 203 16 20 21 22 23 24 40 41 42 43 44 0 204 01 02 06 07 23 24 26 27 33 34 43 44 46

47 48 49 51 52 53 54 56 57 58 59 66 67 68 69 73 74 0 206 05 07 10 12 14 16 20 21 22 23 0 206 24 55 57 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 80 0 208 00 01 06 07 10 12 14 15 16 20 22 23 24 34 40 41 42

43 44 45 46 0 209 00 01 06 07 10 12 14 16 20 22 23 24 34 40 41 42 43 44 45 0 209 46 50 51 57 60 62 70 72 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 0 212 51 52 53 54 56 57 58 59 71 72 73 74 76 77 78 0 300 07 08

14 15 27 33 0 301 14 0 302 08 18 21 23 24 51 53 54 81 83 90 91 92 93 0 303 00 01 02 03 0 307 03 07 42 78 79 80 0 308 04 81 0 310 65 66 67 69 0 312 02 03 07 11 0 314 04 08 14 18 56 66 0 319 10 13 16 19 20 21 22 25 28 29

30 32 0 320 12 13 14 15 18 19 20 22 23 24 25 26 27 0 320 28 29 30 31 32 37 38 39 40 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 61 63 0 333 25 27 30 0 335 51 52 54 55 61 62 63 64 65 66 73 76 90 92 0 336 03 04

06 08 09 0 342 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 0 342 27 0 343 22 23 25 28 0 355 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 12 14 15 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 36 37 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97

98 0 362 50 51 52 55 56 61 0 362 63 64 0 371 00 01 02 03 04 05 07 08 09 20 21 30 31 51 52 53 54 55 56 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86

769

These products benefit on December 1st 2011, from PEP (Product Environmental Profile) 87 92 0 372 00 01 02 03 04 07 08 09 10 11 12 20 21 40 41 42 43 44 46 47 54 55 56 60 61 62 63 64 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 0 376 61 62 63 64 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 77 78 87 88 89 90 97 0 377 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 0 377 87 88 89 0 378 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 0 379 10 11 20 21 22

770

27 28 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 40 41 42 43 44 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 0 380 09 0 381 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 50 51 52 53 54 55 60 61 0 381 62 63 64 65 0 382 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 70 71 72 73 74 75 76

80 81 82 83 84 85 86 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 0 383 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 0 383 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 0 384 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22

23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 40 41 42 43 45 46 50 52 54 55 56 60 62 64 65 66 96 99 0 405 80 86 87 90 91 0 407 49 0 415 07 0 416 47 0 442 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 0 462 00 01 02 03 06 07 09 11 12 13 14 0 463 00 06 12 18 19 0 463 21 22 23 28 29 0 470 21 22 23 24 25 0 473 62 63 91 92 0 488 03 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 13 20 21 22 23 24 25 30 40 41

42 50 0 522 04 0 574 34 38 39 0 575 14 18 19 0 581 34 38 39 0 582 14 18 19 0 625 40 41 42 43 80 81 82 83 0 676 64 66 67 68 0 695 11 12 13 24 25 30 40 42 51 79 80 82 0 696 11 12 13 21 51 61 68 72 78 81 83 85 89 90 91 92 94 96 0 697 11 12 13 22 31 40 80 0 698 21 31 61 70 0 756 01 02 03 04 06 08 09 11 12 13 14 16 21 22 23 24 26 31 32 0 756 33 34 36 41 42 43 44 46 61 62 63 66 67 69 71 72 75 76 81 88 90 0 765 41 42 44 46 51 55 61

62 64 65 73 76 81 82 83 0 766 40 41 42 82 0 767 01 20 0 770 00 01 02 11 12 21 25 26 30 31 32 40 41 42 43 44 50 52 60 62 70 72 73 74 75 91 92 93 0 772 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 31 45 0 775 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 09 11 0 778 11 12 13 14 22 31 32 33 35 36 37 41 42 43 44 51 52 53 90 92 0 784 01 51 0 787 02 10 11 12 14 15 16 0 787 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 80 81 82 0 788 01 02 03 04 06 08 10 11 14 15 16 18 22 23

25 28 30 32 36 37 38 39 54 56 64 66 80 0 790 01 02 03 04 06 08 10 14 15 16 18 22 23 25 28 30 32 36 37 38 72 73 74 0 792 01 02 11 12 25 26 30 32 42 70 92 0 794 51 52 54 55 61 62 64 65 73 76 0 800 40 41 42 43 44 49 51 52 53 54 61 0 801 08 24 26 28 40 41 49 51 55 82 85 0 802 50 51 52 53 54 59 61 64 66 68 69 74 76 78 80 0 802 81 82 83 84 85 86 89 0 896 05 06 10 11 15 16 20 21 25 26 30 31 32 0 919 10

11 14 15 16 17 0 920 32 42 52 62 82 92 0 921 26 36 38 0 955 01 03 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 0 968 00 01 03 05 06 07 08 09 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 0 980 00 01 03 05 06 07 08 09 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 4 016 76 77 78 79 4 018 61 62 63 64 71 72 73 74 4 062 58 60 62 66 76 78 80 82 87 4 090 89 90 4 097 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 4 097 72 73 74 75 76 77 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 97 98 99 4 098 00 01

02 03 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 23 24 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 46 47 48 49 ,50 51 52 53 54 55 4 101 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 99 4 102 00 01 02 03 04 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 4 104 01 02 13 14 4 104 24 26 28 29 31 32 35 71 72 74 75 77 80 83 86

99 4 105 00 11 12 21 23 25 26 28 29 31 34 55 76 83 4 106 05 08 11 36 40 43 4 109 93 97 99 4 110 00 02 03 04 05 06 21 22 24 25 26 27 28 41 47 48 50 51 52 53 54 91 92 94 95 96 97 98 4 111 85 86 87 88 89 4 112 04 05 06 07 08 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 4 115 00 04 05 06 07 08 14 15 16 17 24 25 26 27 28 37 43 50 54 55 56 57 69 70 71 72 90 91 92 4 117 02 03 4 117 04 05 12 13 14 15 22 23 24 25 32 33

34 35 45 46 59 60 61 62 69 70 71 72 73 79 80 81 82 83 89 90 91 92 93 4 118 00 01 4 124 04 05 08 10 11 12 14 16 4 125 03 09 10 14 17 21 23 24 33 35 36 44 51 58 61 4 126 31 41 4 130 91 92 93 4 140 33 34 35 36 37 38 4 141 51 81 4 142 21 23 4 144 24 25 26 27 28 29 6 038 00 01 02 03 6 117 07 08 09 11 13 15 21 23 25 31 33 35 41 43 45 51 53 55 96 6 170 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 41 42 43 46 47 49 6 371 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 10 11

12 13 14 15 16 20 6 373 11 12 13 14 15 16 6 645 30 6 646 30 6 647 01 02 05 08 09 10 13 14 35 6 648 01 02 05 08 09 10 13 14 35 6 650 01 02 03 11 12 13 7 700 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 7 741 15 7 742 15 7 743 01 06 07 13 21 22 23 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 72 73 7 744 01 06 07 13 21 22 23 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69

Index of protection

2. Protection against mechanical impact: IK index of protection

1. Protection against solid bodies and liquids: IP index of protection Degrees of protection for enclosures of electrical equipment according to standards: IEC 60529, BS EN 60529 and NF EN 60529

1st digit: protection against solid bodies IP

tests

Ø 12.5 mm

2nd digit: Additional letter IP XX protetion against liquids (ABCD): protection against direct contact resulting from IP tests the access to hazardous current-carrying parts No protection 0 IP tests protection Ø 50 mm

No protection Ø 50 mm

Protected against solid bodies larger than 50 mm

12 mm Protected against solid bodies larger than 12.5 mm

Protected Ø 2.5 mm against solid bodies larger than 2.5 mm

According to standards: IEC 62262, BS EN 62262 and NF EN 62262

The back of the hand remains remote from dangerous parts

The dangerous parts can not be touched when introducing a finger

The dangerous parts can not be touched when introducing a tool (eg a screwdriver)

Protected against vertically-falling drops of water (condensation)

Protected against drops of water falling at up to 15° from the vertical

IK 00 0.2 kg IK 01

Protected against drops of rain water at up to 60° from the vertical

Protected against projections of water from all directions

The dangerous parts can not be touched when introducing a wire

Completely protected against dust

Protected against the effects of immersion

100 mm

0.2

175 mm

0.35

250 mm

0.5

350 mm

0.7

200 mm

0.2 kg IK 03 0.2 kg IK 04 0.2 kg IK 05 0.5 kg IK 06

IK 07

400 mm

1.7 kg 295 mm

5 kg IK 09

200 mm

5 kg

15 cm mini

Protected against dust (no harmful deposit)

Protected against jets of water of similar force to heavy seas

Ø 1 mm

0.15

0.5 kg Protected against jets of water from all directions

Protected against prolonged effects of immersion under presure

75 mm 0.2 kg

IK 02

IK 08 Protected against solid bodies larger than 1 mm

Impact energy (in Joules)

Tests

IK 10

400 mm

• This table can be used to ascer tain the resistance of a product to an impact given in Joules from the IK code (graduated from 00 to 10)

Marking, Marks, Certificates, Declarations: what you need to know •

marking:

marking appears on Legrand’s electrical and/or electronic The devices or on their packaging. It is made mandatory by Directives of the European Parliament and of the council of the European Union*. marking replace a conformity mark. In the On no account may the European Union, it allows customs officials and regulatory bodies to authorize the free circulation of any product marked . marking on his products or their The manufacturer shall affix the packaging under his sole responsibility. His manufacture is not submitted to any conformity check by an outside body (compliance with national and international standards of safety and performance).

onformity marks (NF, VDE, CEBEC, IMQ, …): •C

They guarantee that the products concerned comply with national standards. This conformity is guaranteed by the Certification Bodies. Before their market release, the products are tested by an approved Laboratory, and the conformity of production is ensured by periodic factory testing. The standards are designed to guarantee both the products’ safety and their performance. The installers and builders are represented by their professional organizations in the national and international (IEC) standards drafting committees.

• Legrand Declaration of Conformity:

This is Legrand’s commitment to certain specific requirements which are not covered by a Conformity mark. This commitment is formalized by a Declaration of Conformity.

Requirements

marking

Conformity mark

Safety

At the manufacturer’s discretion

Strict compliance with standards in the design of the product

Additional requirements according to modes of use (professionals, private individuals, types of premises, …)

Reliability

No requirement

Strict compliance with standards as regards performance

Specifications going far beyond the standard requirements

Ease of installation

No requirement

Absolute simplicity required

User-friendliness

No requirement

Optimal adaptation to the conditions of use

Factory testing

Requirement not defined

Periodic checking by outside bodies

Ongoing checks according to the ISO 9001/9002 procedures

Guarantees for the installer and the user

Simple passport for circulation within the European Union

Associated documents

CE Declaration of Conformity

Guarantee of Guarantee of an compliance with the essential minimum quality requirements quality level and commitments of a major brand Certificate of Declaration of Conformity Mark Conformity

* Electrical equipment: Low Voltage Directive (LVD) 2006/95/EC ElectrIcal products: Electromagnetic Compatibility Directive (EMC) 2004/108/EC CE Marking: Directive 93/68/CEE

771